ISSUE 16
Your quick guide to our
PRODUCTS & SERVICES
order online SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK call
0121 508 6000
LETS MAKE INDUSTRY WORK BETTER
WE ARE PROUD TO BE
ONE ERIKS...
We are many, yet we are one. It is a source of strength for ERIKS. Together, we reach out to customers all around the UK and Ireland. From simple product supply or repair to fully integrated indirect supply chain optimisation or asset management, ERIKS deliver time and cost savings each and every day. How do we make our customers more successful? We are multi-product specialists with availability of high quality products, on time deliveries and custom made solutions that create a real difference for our customers. We have a passion for know-how. We are more than sellers of products. We apply technical expertise for our customers and help them to make their business work etter. We innovate and co-engineer. We create out-of-the-box solutions for and with our customers. We work together on constantly creating improvements that allow you to work better. We have the security of being part of SHV, a privately owned global company with an annual turnover of around ₏20bn. Our parent, ERIKS Group, has over 7000 employees wordwide, 1700 of which are here in the UK. We are part of Europe’s Largest Distribution, Engineering and Integrated Solutions provider and we are proud of the way we help industry work better.
AT ERIKS WE MAKE IT SIMPLE TO GET THINGS DONE
PRODUCTS AT THE HEART OF ALL WE DO MORE THAN THE SOME OF THE PARTS But they’re not all that make the ERIKS range industry’s best option. With ERIKS, the part is only the beginning: of greater efficiency, higher productivity, lower costs – and a long-term, rewarding relationship.
PARTS AND PARTNERSHIP
WE HAVE OUR STANDARDS
PARTS CONVERSION
We deal exclusively with leading manufacturers. And to most we’re a longterm partner so we can ensure complete traceability of every part we stock.
But when a standard solution is not the best solution, we can offer alternatives from simple upgrades to customised standard items and comprehensive re-engineering – to deliver a more costeffective, more efficient, more reliable and longer lasting product.
If you’re trapped in a replacement cycle using OEM parts, our parts conversion service will identify an alternative standard part using just the OEM part number. So you can choose a precise (but more costeffective) match.
That means more reassurance for you that every part is a genuine part. More peace of mind, with a full manufacturer’s warranty. And more consistency and continuity, with the right product in the right place at the right time – every time.
So what’s the alternative?
PARTS OBSOLESCENCE When a part becomes obsolete, it shouldn’t mean you have to write off the entire asset. ERIKS’ parts’ expertise and engineering experience allow us to find the right solution for you.
£22m OF STOCK WITH ACCESS TO OVER 1.3m PRODUCT LINES
Bearings Bearings | Fitting Tools | Condition Monitoring
Power Transmission Belt & Chain Drives | Motors | Couplings | Gearboxes I Inverters
Fluid Power, Transfer & Control Pneumatics | Hydraulics | Filtration | Industrial Hose
ERIKS offers over £5 million of bearing stock available the same day with a further £150 million of stock available next day. As an authorised distributor for the key global bearing brands, ERIKS has integrated logistic links with all key manufacturers delivering the most reliable supply service.
ERIKS’ understanding of the environment in which a transmission system must work, the stresses it has to handle, and the results it has to produce, enables us to engineer a solution you can rely on - for increased efficiency, extended life, minimum maintenance and maximum productivity.
ERIKS offers you fast, cost-effective access to an extensive range of world-leading brands. Our exceptional product know-how, coupled with our range of in-house application engineers, means that we are ideally positioned to provide solutions based on a true understanding of your needs.
Pages 1-32
Pages 33-86
Pages 87-160
Sealing & Polymer Industrial Seals | Gaskets
Our Technology Centre has sealing all wrapped up. With products, materials, processes, application know-how and resources all available 24/7 - ERIKS really does offer a complete sealing solution package.
Pages 161-184
Flow Control Pumps | Valves & Automation
Tools, Safety & Maintenance Tools | Spill Control | PPE | Lubricants | Adhesives
ERIKS Flow Control have the know-how to ensure your plant runs efficiently, keeping expensive downtime to a minimum. Whether you need a solution for Pumps or Valves ERIKS have the engineering capability, technical experience and supply chain you can rely on, year in year out!
ERIKS Tools, Safety and Maintenance provide brand leaders in all of its 3 main product areas – Safety, Tooling and Consumables. Choosing the right tools safety and maintenance equipment is not just about getting the job done more efficiently; it is also about protecting employees from the risk of injury.
Pages 185-220
Pages 221-284
ERIKS INDUSTRIAL Products, Services & Solutions
ERIKS SUPPORT FOR LIFE Even the highest quality, best designed, most carefully engineered product won’t last for ever. But with the right support it can have a far longer more productive service life.
Flow Control Tools, Safety and Maintenance
Sealing Gaskets Valves Pumps PPE Tools Electrical
www.eriks.co.uk
Call: 0121 508 6000 to speak to your local ERIKS Service Centre
3 3
3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Repair
Lubrication
OnSite maintenance
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Testing & certification
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
OnSite inspection
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Full Service
Maintain
Optimise / Monitor
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3
3
3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3
3 3
3
Asset management
Sealing and Polymer
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Replacement
Filtration
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Condition monitoring
Pneumatics
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Energy management
Hydraulics
Process improvement/ TCO
Open Drives Closed Drives Industrial Hose
Installation / commissioning
Fluid Power, Transfer and Control
Lubrication
Spares and maintenance strategy
PRODUCTS
Power Transmissions
Bearings
Training
Bearings and Lubrication
Application engineering/ problem solving
So rather than possibly saving pennies on the initial purchase price, with ERIKS Technical Services support for life, you can save pounds on maintenance, repairs and replacements.
Implementation
Advise / Review
SERVICES
ERIKS Technical and Engineering Services will help to ensure the product is always operating at its most efficient, with less unplanned downtime. If a repeat failure should occur, our engineers see it as an opportunity for performance improvement. Using root cause analysis, instead of simply addressing the symptom, they will resolve the issue and prevent it from happening again or happening so frequently.
v
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1
BEARINGS
BEARING TECHNOLOGY ERIKS offers over £5 million of bearing stock available the same day with a further £150 million of stock available next day. As an authorised distributor for the key global bearing brands, ERIKS has integrated logistic links with all key manufacturers delivering the most reliable supply service.
Quick reference
Quick Product Reference Spherical Roller Bearings
4-5
Deep Groove Ball Bearings
6
Y-Bearings 7 4-8, 28-29
9-14
15-18
19-23
Split Roller Bearings
8-9
Radial Ball Bearings
10
SNT Split Plummer Blocks
11
Housed Units
smart technologies 24
25
26
30-31
12-13
Tapered Roller Bearings
14
Linear Bearings
16
Rotary Bearings
17
Cylindrical Roller Bearings
18
Super Precision Bearings
19-21
Self-Lube® Bearings
22
Housings 23 Ball Busings
24
Needle Roller Bearings
25
Lubricators 26 Condition monitoring
27-28, 32
Bearing Fitting Tools Test and Measurement Tools
www.eriks.co.uk
29 29-31
BEARINGS
22
Bearings
SUPERIOR PERFORMANCE BEARING SOLUTIONS Authorised Distributors for all the top global brands. Stock and logistics excellence with 5 million of stock available same day and 150 million next day. Real bearing know-how from our Application, Project and Design Engineers. ERIKS are not just a supplier; we are a leader in condition based monitoring (CM), bearing fitting and gearbox repairs. Our bearing engineering ‘know-how’ can produce significant reductions in downtime and maintenance costs while helping you increase productivity. We can help you to positively impact the total cost of your bearings.
WHY USE AN AUTHORISED DISTRIBUTOR? Short answer, total peace of mind with full manufacture back up, warranty and guaranteed genuine products. n Full traceability n Avoid fake bearings n Availability n Full technical support n Access to the latest technologies
Product Range n n n n n n n
Ball and Roller Bearings Bearing Housings, Units and Split Bearings Plain Bearings, Bushes and Rod Ends Linear Bearings Linear Actuators Bearing Tools Lubricants and Lubricators
Services n n n n n n n n
Fitting Sealing Lubrication Selection and dDelivery Preventative Maintenance Repair and Refurbishment Sub-assembly Kitting Bespoke Bearing and Housing Design
INNOVATIVE NEW PRODUCTS n SKF Explorer Upgrade n NSK Molded Oil n Timken Blue Brute
0121 508 6000
3
BEARINGS
BEARING TECHNOLOGY
TOTAL FAN SOLUTIONS Industrial fans play a key backstage role in a variety of operations, from delivering process gases to extracting dangerous fumes. But their ‘behind the scenes’ nature means they are often ignored. So understanding the most common issues they suffer – and how to overcome them – can help you minimise unplanned downtime and maximise equipment productivity.
10 POINT PLAN FOR GETTING THE MOST FROM YOUR BEARINGS Select the Correct Bearing
Correct Sealing Arrangement
Choosing the right bearing at the design stage is critical to the safe, consistent, efficient running of your machine. Consider all the operating parameters such as space, speed, load direction as well as material, lubrication and shock-load.
The correct seal can reduce premature failures by 14%. Even a tiny amount of contamination can adversely affect the bearing operating life - which is why adequate sealing arrangements are key.
Get What you Paid For
n Premature failure
Counterfeit bearings are on the rise - and can be difficult to spot - making it more important than ever to deal with authorised sources in the purchasing stage. The implications can be extensive, resulting in catastrophic failure.
n Excessive noise
Store Bearings Correctly
n Excessive vibration n High temperatures n Poor access, poor maintenance
To discover how we can help you improve reliability and efficiency of these crucial often overlooked assets - request a copy of our latest Fan Solutions brochure.
www.eriks.co.uk
Keep bearings in their original, unopened packaging until mounting, to prevent corrosion and ingress of contaminants. Beware of the shelf-life of pregreased bearings which can range from 3-5 years.
Prepare for Installation Take care when removing existing bearings as damage to components can significantly delay the fitting and performance of the new ones. Check you have the right equipment to hand and select the correct fitting method, before you begin.
Fit and Align 16% of premature failures result from incorrect fitting, damage from hammer blows can ruin the bearings, before they even run. Adhere to correct fitting practices and you can help extend the bearing’s service life and reduce costs over time.
Maintain Lubrication Despite the availability of ‘sealed for life’ bearings, 36% of premature bearing failures occur as a result of incorrect lubricant specification or inadequate application.
Monitor Bearing Condition Regular interval checks for bearings are ideal, even if it’s just visual, temperature and noise checks. Condition monitoring techniques such as vibration analysis can be used to determine bearing status, enabling companies to address any issues early on and before any downtime occurs.
Plan for Replacement No matter how much you care for your bearings, they will need to be replaced at some point, condition monitoring can help you to plan for that replacement. Ensuring you can plan for the right people, components and tools to be available when you need them.
Upgrade for Savings When it comes to replacement, don’t just settle for like-for-like; consider upgrades to sealing, materials or different fittings - all of which can help you improve performance further.
4
Spherical Roller Bearings and Insert Bearing Units
Sealed bearing
BEARINGS
Open bearing
SKF Explorer Spherical Roller Bearings
NEW
SKF Insert Bearing Units, UCH range
0121 508 6000
5
BEARINGS
SKF Explorer Spherical Roller Bearings By design, SKF spherical roller bearings can accommodate very heavy radial and heavy axial loads in applications prone to misalignment or shaft deflections. In particular, SKF Explorer spherical roller bearings have proven to be so robust that they can last several times longer than other spherical roller bearings. All SKF Explorer spherical roller bearings have been upgraded to a new level of performance, featuring a combination of highquality steel and an improved heat treatment. Upgraded bearings provide longer service life, particularly in applications where there are high levels of contamination or poor lubrication conditions. Part No
ID (mm) OD (mm) Length (mm) 22205E 25 52 18 22210E 50 90 23 22215E 75 130 31
Sealed SKF Explorer Spherical Roller Bearings Sealed bearings have the same features and basic design as open bearings, but are equipped with contact seals fitted in recesses in the outer ring. The bearings are supplied lubricated with a high-performance SKF grease. For many application conditions, the bearings do not require relubrication and can be considered virtually maintenance-free. The effective contact seals keep lubricant in and contaminants out of the bearing, to significantly increase service life in applications where there are high levels of contamination.
SKF Spherical Roller Bearings for Vibratory Applications VA405 spherical roller bearings for vibrating screens are proven to last twice as long as other screen bearings and operate at much cooler temperatures. This helps lower maintenance and repair costs, reduce downtime and improve safety. VA406 spherical roller bearings provide all the same benefits as VA405 bearings, plus they feature a PTFE coated bore which virtually eliminates fretting corrosion between the shaft and the bearing bore. This helps extend maintenance intervals and reduce associated labour costs.
Part No
ID (mm) OD (mm) Length (mm) BS2-2205-2RS/VT143 25 52 18 BS2-2210-2RS/VT143 50 90 28 BS2-2215-2RS/VT143 75 130 38
Part No 22310 E/VA405 22315 EJA/VA405 22320 EJA/VA405
ID (mm) OD (mm) Length (mm) 50 75 100
110 160 215
40 55 73
The SKF Three-Barrier Solution For heavily contaminated environments, SKF recommends the SKF Three-Barrier Solution, as contaminants must pass through three barriers (external seal, housing grease fill and bearing seal) to reach the bearing. The SKF Three-Barrier Solution extends bearing service life without the use of large quantities of grease to purge contamination.
www.eriks.co.uk
1 2
3
3 2
1
nn Sealed SKF Explorer spherical roller bearing nn SNL split plummer block housing nn Standard SKF L or S-type seals for SNL housings nn SKF LGGB2 biodegradable or LGEP2 as the barrier grease Complete Kit Shaft Diameter mm SAF B22522 HTLC SAF B22524 HTLC SAF B22526 HTLC
100 110 115
BEARINGS
6
Deep Groove Ball Bearings and Y-bearing units
Sealed SKF Explorer Deep Groove Ball Bearings SKF Explorer deep groove ball bearings run more smoothly, more quietly, at cooler temperatures, and for longer than typical deep groove ball bearings. SKF specified steel has a higher resistance to fatigue, and the capacity to handle greater loads. Ball bearing seals are a key factor in durability, and that’s why SKF has extended its range of sizes available with its unique RSH seals, reducing maintenance costs and helping your machine run longer. RSH seals are designed to provide excellent sealing efficiency, as well as improve grease retention, and provide greater exclusion to water and contaminants. Part No
ID (mm)
OD (mm)
6000-2RSH 10 6200-2RSH 10 6300-2RSH 10
Width (mm)
26 30 35
8 9 11
Low friction SKF Explorer Deep Groove Ball Bearings
INSOCOAT Bearings
Low friction bearings reduce frictional losses in a bearing by 30% or more when compared to SKF standard bearings. Designed for grease lubrication, light to normal load applications, low friction bearings also enable longer bearing service life and are designed to improve application efficiency by reducing bearing power losses. Shielded E2 Bearings Part No ID (mm)
OD (mm)
E2.625-2Z 5 E2.6000-2Z 10 E2.6004-2Z 20
Whenever an electric current passes through rolling bearings, there is a potential threat to the reliability of your machines. Electrical erosion can damage and degrade bearings in traction motors, electric motors and generators, leading to costly downtime and unplanned maintenance. This latest generation raises the performance standard, offering a higher level of reliability and uptime for electrical applications, even in the most challenging environments such as high humidity.
Width (mm)
16 26 42
NEW
5 8 12
NEW
Part No
ID (mm) OD (mm) Width (mm) 6314/C3VL0241 70 150 35 6216/C3VL0241 80 140 26 6220/C3VL0241 100 180 34
Sealed E2 Bearings Part No
ID (mm)
OD (mm)
E2.626-2RSH 6 E2.6000-2RSH 10 E2.6002-2RSH 15
Width (mm)
19 26 32
6 8 9
SKF Corrosion Resistant Deep Groove Ball Bearings
SKF Explorer Single Row Angular Contact Ball Bearings
These bearings are manufactured to both withstand tough application requirements and to be the first choice when moisture or corrosive materials are present.
These improved bearings offer faster speeds, improved robustness and optimised reliability. Featuring a redesigned brass cage the new 40° contact angle bearings significantly increase the limiting speed up to 30% compared to the previous design. In addition, a new contact angle of 25° is also offered, giving the bearing a further 20% increase in speed over that of the 40° version. Sealed variants are also available for applications that may be more difficult to maintain.
NEW
Part No 7200 BEP 7202 BEP 7304 BEP
ID (mm) OD (mm) Width (mm) 10 15 20
30 35 52
9 11 15
The bearings are available open or capped (with seals or shields) and with or without a flange. They are also very versatile since the sealed versions can be supplied with different greases as well as seals from different materials. Part No W 605 W 6000 W 6002
ID (mm) OD (mm) Width (mm) 5 10 15
14 26 32
5 8 9
0121 508 6000
7
BEARINGS
SKF Insert Bearing Units, UCH Range The new UCH range has been designed to be interchangeable with JIS (Japanese Industrial Standards) equipment and delivers a robust and reliable solution, that’s easy to install, simple to order and improves productivity. The UCH bearing units are equipped with a set screw locking feature, to operate in environments where systemic vibrations are characteristic application conditions. The enhanced locking design helps provide more productive, more reliable, and smoother running rotating equipment. Part No
ID (mm)
Width (mm)
UCH 204 UCH 205 UCH 206
20 25 30
15 15 18
NEW
SKF Food Line Y-Bearing Units
SKF High Temperature Y-Bearing Units
These units offer a maintenance-free solution that enables increased productivity, coupled with reduced costs. Once installed, the units require no re-lubrication.
Standard bearings operating in high temperature applications can be unreliable due to premature failure. The result is high costs and time wasted on frequent bearing replacements.
They feature a maintenancefree, stainless steel bearing insert that is fitted with a very efficient multiple-lip seal and a rotating flinger on both sides to keep the lubricant in, and harsh washdown solutions out, even under high pressure washing.
SKF high temperature bearings incorporate a graphite-based lubrication that continuously lubricate the bearing, eliminating the use of grease and oil. Ideal for industries such as metals and food & beverage, these bearings are designed for trouble-free operation at temperatures up to 350 °C. .
Part No SYWK 20 YTH SYWK 25 YTH SYWK 30 YTH
ID (mm) Width (mm) 20 25 30
32 32 40
Part No SY 20 TF/VA201 SY 30 TF/VA201 SY 40 TF/VA201
ID (mm) Width (mm) 20 30 40
32 40 48
Low Friction SKF Y-Bearing Units
SKF Agricultural Y-Bearing Units
These lightweight, cost-effective and ready-to-mount units are particularly well suited for applications where high speeds, moderate loads, reliability and minimal maintenance are all key parameters.
These units are designed to withstand the toughest operating conditions, reduce downtime and environmental impact.
The units can be optimised for specific applications and conditions, helping customers reduce energy use and total cost of ownership. Part No SYK 20 FE SYK 25 FE SYK 30 FE
Suitable for normal and demanding applications, they are re-lubrication free and feature a robust, five-lip seal design, an advanced, truly concentric locking method, and optional corrosion protection.
ID (mm) Width (mm) 20 25 30
www.eriks.co.uk
32 32 40
Part No YSPAG 205 YSPAG 206 YSPAG 207
ID (mm) Width (mm) 25 30 35
52 62 72
8
Split Bearings, Housings and Bearing Units
BEARINGS
SKF Cooper Split Bearings Split bearings are the ideal solution to reduce machinery maintenance and repair downtime. The advantages are especially valuable in inaccessible or trapped locations, for example, between head pulley and gearbox or motor, where the need to dismount associated equipment is eliminated. Split bearings disassemble into smaller components easing the tasks of lifting and handling and making mounting or replacement simple even in the most cramped and inaccessible conditions. Clearances are pre-set, so no on-site adjustment is needed and no specialised fitting tools are required.
NEW
SKF Cooper provides the widest assortment on the market. It includes four series of cylindrical roller bearings and two types of split tapered roller bearings. The standard assortment is available for bore sizes from 30 to 1,500 mm.
Split Taper
03 Series
Part No 100 300 100 400 100 500
Shaft Diameter (mm) Width (mm) 75 100 125
02 Series
48 65 85
01 Series 100 Series
Upgraded SNL Housings SKF has developed an SNL housing solution that combines high machining quality and optimised design for superior customer value. SNL housings enable the incorporated bearings to achieve maximum service life with lower maintenance. Different housing variants and seal designs are available, making the use of bespoke housings virtually unnecessary and enabling cost-effective bearing arrangements. SNL housings keep their round shape even during operation where loads and vibrations are present. This delivers up to 25% increased bearing life, offering you increased uptime, improved productivity and greater safety. Part No SNL 505 SNL 506-605 SNL 507-606
Shaft Diameter (mm) Width (mm) 20 25 30
NEW
67 77 82
SKF ConCentra Roller Bearing Units These are robust, ready-to-mount units that are assembled, lubricated and sealed at the factory ready for instant use. With their quick and simple installation, easy alignment and reliable locking technology, they are an excellent alternative to adapter sleeve-mounted bearings in split housings. Available in two non-split housing series: a plummer block housing in the SYNT series and a flanged housing in the FYNT series. Part No SYNT 35 F SYNT 40 F SYNT 45 F
Shaft Diameter (mm) Width (mm) 35 40 45
65 65 65
Height (mm) 111 114 118
0121 508 6000
Bearings
8
Linear Motion and Actuation
SKF Linear Motion and Actuation Technology Linear Ball Bearings
SKF Roller Profile Rail Guide LLU Series
Delivers advantages over competitor’s solutions, and is considered a benchmark among linear guidance system users. SKF technology innovations, product quality, wide range availability, reliability and service life all contribute to efficient and costeffective solutions.
Specifically designed for machine tool applications where high accuracy, high system rigidity, low heat generation and low noise and vibration levels are prerequisites.
NEW
LBC D-series nn Full ISO interchangeability nn Self-aligning capability nn Optimised cage design nn Factory pre-lubrication nn Corrosion-resistant design nn Food grade lubrication option
Without Seals Part No ID (mm) OD (mm) Length (mm) LBCR 12 D LBCR 16 D LBCR 20 D
12 16 20
22 26 32
32 36 45
With 2 Double Lip Seals Part No ID (mm) OD (mm) Length (mm) LBCR 12 D-2LS LBCR 16 D-2LS LBCR 20 D-2LS
12 16 20
22 26 32
32 36 45
SKF Profile Rail Guide LLT Series Available in a wide range of sizes, carriages and accessories as well as in various preload and accuracy classes, which facilitates the adaptation to individual application demands. nn Improved service life and reliability nn Ready-to-mount due to factory pre-lubrication nn High flexibility in application design nn Interchangeability nn Simplified stock management
nn Full ISO interchangeability nn High load rating at compact design nn Outstanding running smoothness nn Longer service life nn Reduced maintenance
Part No
NEW
Rail Width (mm)
LLUHS 25 A LLUHS 35 A LLUHS 45 A
70 100 120
CAHB and CAT Actuators for Quick Delivery Available for delivery in just five working days this initiative is designed to help speed up machine build, modification and repairs, while reducing stockholding. Typical applications include medical, factory automation, food and beverage, and offhighway.
CASM Electric Cylinders with Brushless DC Motors When compared to pneumatics, the investment cost will be paid back in a short time period due to the tremendous energy savings. Simply define the cylinder’s operating parameters by using SKF Drive Assistant software and benefit from variable speed, high positioning accuracy, high force and a long lifetime.
Part No
Rail Width (mm)
LLTHC 15 SA T0 P5 LLTHC 20 SA T0 P5 LLTHC 25 SA T0 P5
15 20 25
Know-How
Specialist Technical Centres
9
TIMKEN Split Roller Bearings
BEARINGS
SPLIT CYLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARINGS Engineered to perform Revolvo Split Cylindrical Bearings are designed to help increase operational life and reduce maintenance expense. • Capable of handling higher speeds, temperature and acceleration from a highly engineered machined brass cage. • Longer life due to a robust design featuring double webs and thick sections of high grade cast iron.
Spherical housing outside diameter allows for +/1.5 degrees misalignment.
Innovative cage clip is fixed to the cage and prevents loss during assembly and disassembly.
Removable support caps and housing halves permit quick visual inspection of bearing components during scheduled maintenance.
Machined brass cage is standard to accommodate higher speeds and temperatures.
• Improved performance provided by profiled rolling elements that reduce damaging edge stress. • Ability to closely match application load requirements with engineered bearing configurations. • Able to handle a range of operating environments with available selection of eight seal designs. • Available in application appropriate housing styles.
CALL ON TIMKEN For your nearest Timken sales engineer, visit www.timken.com
ASTM 48A - Grade 40/BS EN1561:1997 - Grade 250 cast iron for strength and durability.
Eight seal styles, including Kevlar® packing seal and aluminum triple labyrinth, handle any operating environment.
Profiled rolling elements reduce damaging edge stress to increase bearing life and reliability.
The Timken team applies their know-how to improve the reliability and performance of machinery in diverse markets worldwide. The company designs, makes and markets high-performance mechanical components, including bearings, belts, gears, chain and related mechanical power transmission products and services.
© 2016 The Timken Company. Timken® is a registered trademark of The Timken Company.
www.eriks.co.uk
BEARINGS
10
Radial Ball Bearings and Plummer Blocks
Radial Ball Bearings Timken radial ball bearings consist of an inner and outer ring with a cage containing a complement of precision balls. The standard Conrad-type bearing has a deep groove construction capable of handling radial and axial loads from either direction in versatile designs that permit relatively high-speed operation.
Series Base Open Open C3 2 Rubber Seals 2 Rubber Seals 2 Metal Sheilds 2 Metal Shields C3 2RS 2RS C3 ZZ ZZ C3 6000 Series 6200 Series 6300 Series Miniature
6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6200 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6309 6310 6311 6312 607 608 609 626 627 628 629
6000-TIMKEN 6001-TIMKEN 6002-TIMKEN 6003-TIMKEN 6004-TIMKEN 6005-TIMKEN 6006-TIMKEN 6007-TIMKEN 6008-TIMKEN 6009-TIMKEN 6010-TIMKEN 6011-TIMKEN 6012-TIMKEN - - - - - 6200-TIMKEN 6201-TIMKEN 6202-TIMKEN 6203-TIMKEN 6204-TIMKEN 6205-TIMKEN 6206-TIMKEN 6207-TIMKEN 6208-TIMKEN 6209-TIMKEN 6210-TIMKEN 6211-TIMKEN 6212-TIMKEN - 6300-TIMKEN 6301-TIMKEN 6302-TIMKEN 6303-TIMKEN 6304-TIMKEN 6305-TIMKEN 6306-TIMKEN 6307-TIMKEN 6308-TIMKEN 6309-TIMKEN 6310-TIMKEN 6311-TIMKEN 6312-TIMKEN - 608-TIMKEN - 626-TIMKEN 627-TIMKEN - 629-TIMKEN
6000C3-TIMKEN 6001C3-TIMKEN 6002C3-TIMKEN 6003C3-TIMKEN 6004C3-TIMKEN 6005C3-TIMKEN 6006C3-TIMKEN 6007C3-TIMKEN 6008C3-TIMKEN 6009C3-TIMKEN 6010C3-TIMKEN 6011C3-TIMKEN 6012C3-TIMKEN - - - - - 6200C3-TIMKEN 6201C3-TIMKEN 6202C3-TIMKEN 6203C3-TIMKEN 6204C3-TIMKEN 6205C3-TIMKEN 6206C3-TIMKEN 6207C3-TIMKEN 6208C3-TIMKEN 6209C3-TIMKEN 6210C3-TIMKEN 6211C3-TIMKEN 6212C3-TIMKEN - 6300C3-TIMKEN 6301C3-TIMKEN 6302C3-TIMKEN 6303C3-TIMKEN 6304C3-TIMKEN 6305C3-TIMKEN 6306C3-TIMKEN 6307C3-TIMKEN 6308C3-TIMKEN 6309C3-TIMKEN 6310C3-TIMKEN 6311C3-TIMKEN 6312C3-TIMKEN - - - - - - -
60002RS-TIMKEN 60012RS-TIMKEN 60022RS-TIMKEN 60032RS-TIMKEN 60042RS-TIMKEN 60052RS-TIMKEN 60062RS-TIMKEN 60072RS-TIMKEN 60082RS-TIMKEN 60092RS-TIMKEN 60102RS-TIMKEN 60112RS-TIMKEN 60122RS-TIMKEN 60132RS-TIMKEN 60142RS-TIMKEN 60152RS-TIMKEN 60162RS-TIMKEN - 62002RS-TIMKEN 62012RS-TIMKEN 62022RS-TIMKEN 62032RS-TIMKEN 62042RS-TIMKEN 62052RS-TIMKEN 62062RS-TIMKEN 62072RS-TIMKEN 62082RS-TIMKEN 62092RS-TIMKEN 62102RS-TIMKEN 62112RS-TIMKEN 62122RS-TIMKEN 62132RS-TIMKEN 63002RS-TIMKEN 63012RS-TIMKEN 63022RS-TIMKEN 63032RS-TIMKEN 63042RS-TIMKEN 63052RS-TIMKEN 63062RS-TIMKEN 63072RS-TIMKEN 63082RS-TIMKEN 63092RS-TIMKEN 63102RS-TIMKEN 63112RS-TIMKEN 63122RS-TIMKEN 6072RS-TIMKEN 6082RS-TIMKEN 6092RS-TIMKEN 6262RS-TIMKEN 6272RS-TIMKEN - 6292RS-TIMKEN
60002RSC3-TIMKEN 60012RSC3-TIMKEN 60022RSC3-TIMKEN 60032RSC3-TIMKEN 60042RSC3-TIMKEN 60052RSC3-TIMKEN 60062RSC3-TIMKEN 60072RSC3-TIMKEN 60082RSC3-TIMKEN 60092RSC3-TIMKEN 60102RSC3-TIMKEN 60112RSC3-TIMKEN 60122RSC3-TIMKEN 60132RSC3-TIMKEN 60142RSC3-TIMKEN 60152RSC3-TIMKEN 60162RSC3-TIMKEN 60172RSC3-TIMKEN 62002RSC3-TIMKEN - 62022RSC3-TIMKEN 62032RSC3-TIMKEN 62042RSC3-TIMKEN 62052RSC3-TIMKEN 62062RSC3-TIMKEN 62072RSC3-TIMKEN 62082RSC3-TIMKEN 62092RSC3-TIMKEN 62102RSC3-TIMKEN 62112RSC3-TIMKEN 62122RSC3-TIMKEN 62132RSC3-TIMKEN 63002RSC3-TIMKEN 63012RSC3-TIMKEN 63022RSC3-TIMKEN 63032RSC3-TIMKEN 63042RSC3-TIMKEN 63052RSC3-TIMKEN 63062RSC3-TIMKEN 63072RSC3-TIMKEN 63082RSC3-TIMKEN 63092RSC3-TIMKEN 63102RSC3-TIMKEN 63112RSC3-TIMKEN 63122RSC3-TIMKEN 6072RSC3-TIMKEN 6082RSC3-TIMKEN 6092RSC3-TIMKEN 6262RSC3-TIMKEN 6272RSC3-TIMKEN - 6292RSC3-TIMKEN
6000ZZ-TIMKEN 6000ZZC3-TIMKEN 6001ZZ-TIMKEN 6001ZZC3-TIMKEN 6002ZZ-TIMKEN 6002ZZC3-TIMKEN 6003ZZ-TIMKEN 6003ZZC3-TIMKEN 6004ZZ-TIMKEN 6004ZZC3-TIMKEN 6005ZZ-TIMKEN 6005ZZC3-TIMKEN 6006ZZ-TIMKEN 6006ZZC3-TIMKEN 6007ZZ-TIMKEN 6007ZZC3-TIMKEN 6008ZZ-TIMKEN 6008ZZC3-TIMKEN 6009ZZ-TIMKEN 6009ZZC3-TIMKEN 6010ZZ-TIMKEN 6010ZZC3-TIMKEN 6011ZZ-TIMKEN 6011ZZC3-TIMKEN 6012ZZ-TIMKEN 6012ZZC3-TIMKEN - - - - - 6200ZZ-TIMKEN 6200ZZC3-TIMKEN 6201ZZ-TIMKEN 6201ZZC3-TIMKEN 6202ZZ-TIMKEN 6202ZZC3-TIMKEN 6203ZZ-TIMKEN 6203ZZC3-TIMKEN 6204ZZ-TIMKEN 6204ZZC3-TIMKEN 6205ZZ-TIMKEN 6205ZZC3-TIMKEN 6206ZZ-TIMKEN 6206ZZC3-TIMKEN 6207ZZ-TIMKEN 6207ZZC3-TIMKEN 6208ZZ-TIMKEN 6208ZZC3-TIMKEN 6209ZZ-TIMKEN 6209ZZC3-TIMKEN 6210ZZ-TIMKEN 6210ZZC3-TIMKEN 6211ZZ-TIMKEN 6211ZZC3-TIMKEN 6212ZZ-TIMKEN 6212ZZC3-TIMKEN - 6300ZZ-TIMKEN 6300ZZC3-TIMKEN 6301ZZ-TIMKEN 6301ZZC3-TIMKEN 6302ZZ-TIMKEN 6302ZZC3-TIMKEN 6303ZZ-TIMKEN 6303ZZC3-TIMKEN 6304ZZ-TIMKEN 6304ZZC3-TIMKEN 6305ZZ-TIMKEN 6305ZZC3-TIMKEN 6306ZZ-TIMKEN 6306ZZC3-TIMKEN 6307ZZ-TIMKEN 6307ZZC3-TIMKEN 6308ZZ-TIMKEN 6308ZZC3-TIMKEN 6309ZZ-TIMKEN 6309ZZC3-TIMKEN 6310ZZ-TIMKEN 6310ZZC3-TIMKEN 6311ZZ-TIMKEN 6311ZZC3-TIMKEN 6312ZZ-TIMKEN 6312ZZC3-TIMKEN 607ZZ-TIMKEN 607ZZC3-TIMKEN 608ZZ-TIMKEN 608ZZC3-TIMKEN 609ZZ-TIMKEN 609ZZC3-TIMKEN 626ZZ-TIMKEN 626ZZC3-TIMKEN 627ZZ-TIMKEN 628ZZ-TIMKEN 629ZZ-TIMKEN -
0121 508 6000
11
Timken’s capabilities in engineering and manufacturing heavy-duty plummer blocks help ensure high performance from their products
Design and Construction
Features
Timken offers split plummer block housings that can be built with either tapered bore bearings with adapters for mounting on straight shafts or cylindrical bore bearings for assembly on shouldered shafts.
nn Split construction for convenient assembly and disassembly. nn Units include pry-tool slots for quick and easy installation. nn Centre marks to simplify alignment and dimples for positioning pins and four-bolt mounting. nn Seal grooves allow for various sealing options. nn The design allows for simplified bearing inspection, service and replacement.
Timken uses a system of dowelling caps and bases together at an early stage of manufacturing, so that they remain a single unit during machining. They are not interchangeable as separate parts and become precisely mated components, helping to ensure a precise fit. Timken supplies plummer block housings for mounting with two or four bolts.
Sizes
Applications nn Conveyors nn Ball Millls
nn Casters nn Rolling mills nn Heavy movable structures
nn 20–400mm shafts
Split-block housings Provide proper support with precision-fit matched cap-and-base with dowel pins. Simplifies alignment and installation of heavy housings. Convenient pry-tool slots for easy cap removal speeds bearing inspection and replacement.
Timken® spherical roller bearings Increase reliability with a highperformance bearing that runs cooler for longer bearing life.
Seal options Protect the bearing with double-lip, labyrinth, V-ring and taconite sealing options.
Locating rings Provide flexibility to fix or float the bearing.
Tapered adapter For straight bore mounting secure each bearing onto the shaft.
Standard metric mounting dimensions Ease installation with same dimensions as industry norms for bolt holes, centre heights and shaft diameters. Conforms to ISO 113:1999.
www.eriks.co.uk
Cast-iron
Optional end caps
Rugged cast-iron is well-suited for harsh industrial applications. Available in steel or ductile iron.
Avoid damage to bearing and housing. Easy to install and remove.
BEARINGS
SNT Split Plummer Blocks
BEARINGS
12
Housed Units
Designed for the toughest conditions Tough bearings for tough jobs from Timken... Spherical Roller Bearing Steel Cage (EJ)
Spherical Roller Bearing Brass Cage (EM, EMB)
Spherical Roller Bearing Accessories
SNT Plummer Blocks
Size Range
Size Range
Size Range
Size Range
25mm bore up to 400mm outside diameter
30mm to 1500mm bore size
Available in sizes up to 900mm
20mm to 380mm bore size
Design
Design
Design
Design
•
•
•
Internal geometry and surface finishes optimised to maximise bearing performance and lower running temperature
Industries & Applications
• • • • • • • • •
Continuous casters Gear drives Cement Aggregate Mining and construction Oil and gas Pumps and compressors Air handling units Cranes, lifts and hoists
•
•
EM type feature precisionmachined, roller-riding brass cages and are designed for harsh industrial environments EMB type feature precision-machined landriding one-piece brass cages, and are designed for applications requiring a larger bore size
Industries & Applications EM
• • •
Continuous casters Vibratory screens Gear drives EMB • Continuous casters • Gear drives • Cement and aggregate • Mining & construction • Oil & gas • Pumps & Compressors
•
Adapter sleeves are used with a nut and locking device to simplify mounting a tapered bore bearing on a straight shaft using a pull-type fit Withdrawal sleeves feature a push-type mounting arrangement and a locking device to secure a bearing to a shaft
• •
Durable cast-iron housing and robust sealing options to keep lubrication in and contamination out Separate, matched caps and bases ease installation Simply remove the cap using a pry-tool slot for bearing inspection, service and replacement
Industries & Applications
Industries & Applications
• • • • • • •
• • • • • •
Continuous casters Gear drives Cement Aggregate Mining and construction Oil and gas Air handling units
•
Gear drives Cement Aggregate Mining and construction Oil and gas Pumping and compressors Air handling units
0121 508 6000
13
BEARINGS
SAF Pillow Blocks
Spherical Roller Bearing Solid-Block Housed Units
Type E Tapered Roller Bearing Housed Units
Revolvo Split Roller Bearing
Formally QM Blue-Brute
Size Range
Size Range
Size Range
Size Range
1.3/8 to 11.13/16 11" with special shaft sizes available up to 39.3/8" and beyond
Shafts from 35 to 400mm (1.7/16" to 15.3/4")
Shafts from 35 to 125mm bore size
35mm to 600mm (Larger in special design)
Design
Design
Design
Design
•
•
•
•
• •
Rugged cast-iron or cast-steel housings with high capacity spherical roller bearings to meet the toughest demands of heavy industry Split construction allows for easy assembly and disassembly Multiple sealing options protect against contamination
•
Made with cast-steel housings and Timken highperformance spherical roller bearings, these are the only spherical roller bearing housed units to offer steel solid-block housings as standard Can run on misaligned shafts up to ±1.5° without a reduction in life expectancy
•
Timken Type E tapered roller bearing housed units feature industryleading premium tapered roller bearings, highperformance seals, e-coated housings and powerful locking collars Available as: Pillow blocks, Flange units, Take-up units
Split-to-the-shaft design enables the bearing to be fitted without requiring access to the shaft ends, can be built around the shaft. Huge savings in unnecessary downtime as there is no need to remove other drive components
Industries & Applications
Industries & Applications
Industries & Applications
Industries & Applications
• • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • •
Conveyors Mining applications Pulp and paper mills Rolling mills
www.eriks.co.uk
Metal mills Aggregate and cement Mining Power generation Pulp and paper Material conveying Sugar mills Agriculture Waste management Waste waste treatment HVAC, fans & blowers Cranes, Lifts and hoists
Material-handling Processing equipment Air-handling equipment Mixers Washers Shredders Mills Vibrating equipment Ovens and furnaces
Metal mills Aggregate and cement Mining Power generation Pulp and paper Material conveying Sugar mills Agriculture Waste management Waste waste treatment HVAC, fans & blowers Cranes, Lifts and hoists
14
Tapered Roller Bearings
SH
.CO.U K I KS
R .E
ERIKS WEBSHOP SH
OP
Available in single-, double- and four-row configurations, customised geometries and engineered surfaces can be applied to these bearings to further enhance performance in demanding applications.
IK S
Tapered roller bearings are uniquely designed to manage both thrust and radial loads on rotating shafts and in housings.
Thousands of products available to order on
UK O. .C
Timken offers the most extensive line of tapered roller bearings available anywhere in the world.
.E R I KS.CO. OP UK
SHOP.E R
BEARINGS
Tapered Roller Bearings
Single-Row Tapered Roller Bearings The most basic and widely used tapered bearing, usually fitted as one of an opposing pair. Double-Row Tapered Roller Bearings With double cups and two single cones, these are available in a variety of configurations. Four-Row Tapered Roller Bearings Combine the inherent high-load, radial/ thrust capacity and direct/indirect mounting variables of tapered roller bearings into assemblies of maximum load rating in minimum space.
Part No
Inside Outside Diameter Diameter Width
Here’s just our best sellers. Don’t forget we have 100s of other sizes – call us with your needs!
Part No
Inside Outside Diameter Diameter Width
Part No
Inside Outside Diameter Diameter Width
30202-TIMKEN 15mm
35mm 11.75mm
30218-TIMKEN 90mm
160mm
32.5mm
32004-TIMKEN 20mm
42mm
15mm
30203-TIMKEN 17mm
40mm 13.25mm
30302-TIMKEN 15mm
42mm
14.25mm
32005-TIMKEN 25mm
47mm
15mm
30204-TIMKEN 20mm
47mm 15.25mm
30303-TIMKEN 17mm
47mm
15.25mm
32006-TIMKEN 30mm
55mm
17mm
30205-TIMKEN 25mm
52mm 16.25mm
30304-TIMKEN 20mm
52mm
16.25mm
32007-TIMKEN 35mm
62mm
18mm
30206-TIMKEN 30mm
62mm 17.25mm
30305-TIMKEN 25mm
62mm
18.25mm
32008-TIMKEN 40mm
68mm
19mm
30207-TIMKEN 35mm
72mm 18.25mm
30306-TIMKEN 30mm
72mm
20.75mm
32009-TIMKEN 45mm
75mm
20mm
30208-TIMKEN 40mm
80mm 19.75mm
30307-TIMKEN 35mm
80mm
22.75mm
32010-TIMKEN 50mm
80mm
20mm
30209-TIMKEN 45mm
85mm 20.75mm
30308-TIMKEN 40mm
90mm
25.25mm
32011-TIMKEN 55mm
90mm
23mm
30210-TIMKEN 50mm
90mm 21.75mm
31305-TIMKEN 25mm
62mm
18.25mm
32012-TIMKEN 60mm
95mm
23mm
30211-TIMKEN 55mm
100mm 22.75mm
31308-TIMKEN 40mm
90mm
25.25mm
32013-TIMKEN 65mm
100mm 23mm
30212-TIMKEN 60mm
110mm 23.75mm
31310-TIMKEN 50mm
110mm 29.25mm
32014-TIMKEN 70mm
110mm 25mm
30213-TIMKEN 65mm
120mm 24.75mm
31311-TIMKEN 55mm
120mm
31.5mm
32024-TIMKEN 120mm
180mm
30214-TIMKEN 70mm
125mm 26.25mm
31313-TIMKEN 65mm
140mm
36mm
38mm
0121 508 6000
15
BEARINGS
Mobility for Tomorrow
Future trends are clear - increasingly intelligent bearings and mechatronics systems require the Products and Maintenance Management solutions of Tomorrow. Yet Schaeffler provides those revolutionary solutions Today ... Products which are ever-more efficient, safer and quieter; keeping pace with the demands of heavy industry, renewable energy, automotive and rail transport applications. And Condition Monitoring which remotely evaluates real-load data to extend maintenance intervals safely leading to greater cost savings. Mobility for Tomorrow ... it’s here today
www.eriks.co.uk
16
Linear Bearings
BEARINGS
Linear Bearings Shaft Guidance Systems
Part No
KS Series nn nn nn nn nn nn nn
Segmented design with high load capacity Compensation of misalignment up to ±40 angular minutes Available with gap seals: series KS, KSO Available with contact seals: series KS..PP, KSO..PP Available with open outer ring: series KSO, KSO..PP Available with housings Available in corrosion-resistant version
Part No
Other Series nn nn nn nn
ID
(mm) OD (mm) Length (mm)
KS12-INA 12 KS16-INA 16 KS20-INA 20 KS25-INA 25 KS30-INA 30 KS40-INA 40 KS50-INA 50
ID
Hollow Shafts
Solid Shafts
nn Shafts have metric dimensions and are manufactured to tolerance class h6 or h7 depending on size nn Made from quenched and tempered steel with a surface hardness of 59 to 65 HRC nn Corrosion-resistant version available nn Can be machined to customer specification
nn Shafts have metric dimensions and are manufactured to tolerance class h6 nn Made from quenched and tempered steel with a surface hardness of 59 to 65 HRC nn Corrosion-resistant version available nn Can be machined to customer specification
32 36 45 58 68 80 100
(mm) OD (mm) Length
KN12B-INA 12 KN16B-INA 16 KN20B-INA 20 KN25B-INA 25 KN30B-INA 30 KN40B-INA 40 KN50B-INA 50
Compact Series (KH..) Ø6 to Ø50 Light Series (KN..) Ø12 to Ø50 Machined Series (KB..) Ø12 to Ø50 Permaglide® Plain Series (PAB..) Ø12 to Ø50
22 26 32 40 47 62 75
22 26 32 40 47 62 75
32 36 45 58 68 80 100
Max Single Piece Part No ID (mm) OD (mm) Length (mm)
Max Single Piece Part No OD (mm) Length (mm)
Max Single Piece Part No OD (mm) Length (mm)
WH12-INA 4 WH16-INA 7 WH20-INA 14 WH25-INA 15.5 WH30-INA 18.2 WH40-INA 27 WH50-INA 29 WH60-INA 36 WH60-INA 56
SHAFT-4MM 4 SHAFT-5MM 5 SHAFT-6MM 6 SHAFT-8MM 8 SHAFT-10MM 10 SHAFT-12MM 12 SHAFT-14MM 14 SHAFT-15MM 15 SHAFT-16MM 16 SHAFT-18MM 18
SHAFT-20MM 20 SHAFT-24MM 24 SHAFT-25MM 25 SHAFT-30MM 30 SHAFT-32MM 32 SHAFT-40MM 40 SHAFT-50MM 50 SHAFT-60MM 60 SHAFT-80MM 80
12 16 20 25 30 40 50 60 80
6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000
2500 3600 4000 4000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000
6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000
Track Roller Guidance Systems (LFCL) nn Hollow section carriage made from anodized, profiled aluminium nn Comprises carriage plate, four bolts, four track rollers, two end covers and eight T-nuts nn Preset clearance, no adjustment required nn LFS guideways supplied single piece or multi piece nn Can be installed in any combination with all guideways LFS nn Other carriages available (LFL.., LFDL.., LFKL.. etc)
Part No Height
(mm) Width (mm) Length (mm)
LFCL25 30.5 LFCL42 38.1 LFCL86 48.4
80 116 190
110 150 335
Ball Monorail Guidance Systems (KUVE) nn Four-row linear recirculating ball bearing and guideway assembly nn Wide range of carriage types nn For applications with long unlimited stroke lengths nn Moderate and high loads, moderate and high rigidity nn Guideways supplied in single or multi piece lengths nn High speed version (10m/s) also available nn Wide range of accessories available nn Also available in 6 row design KUSE
Part No
Rail Width
(mm)
KUVE15B-INA 15 KUVE20B-INA 20 KUVE25B-INA 25 KUVE30B-INA 30 KUVE35B-INA 35 KUVE45B-INA 45 KUVE55B-INA 55
0121 508 6000
17
Rotary Bearings
Rotary Bearings BEARINGS
Drawn Cup Needle Roller Bearings (HK) nn nn nn nn nn nn nn
Thin walled caged needle roller bearing assembly Produced to DIN 618-1 / ISO 3 245 Size range 3 to 60 mm bore Can be used with INA IR or LR inner rings Press fit in housing, no further axial location required Can be combined with axial needle roller bearings of series AXW…. Can be supplied with: integral seals, special lubricants, anti-corrosion protection, and closed end
Part No
ID
(mm) OD (mm) Width (mm)
HK0408-INA 4 HK0609-INA 6 HK0810-INA 8 HK1010-INA 10 HK1012-INA 10 HK1210-INA 12 HK1212-INA 12
8 10 12 14 14 16 18
8 9 10 10 12 10 12
Part No
ID
(mm) OD (mm) Width (mm)
HK1612-INA 16 HK1622-INA 16 HK2020-INA 20 HK2030-INA 20 HK2210-INA 22 HK2520-INA 25 HK3026-INA 30
22 22 26 26 28 32 37
12 22 20 30 10 20 26
Part No
ID
(mm) OD (mm) Width (mm)
HK3520-INA 35 HK4012-INA 40 HK4020-INA 40 HK4516-INA 45 HK5020-INA 50 HK5025-INA 50
42 47 47 52 58 58
20 12 20 16 20 25
Machined Needle Roller Bearings With Inner Ring (NKI) nn nn nn nn nn nn
Machined series needle roller bearings, light range Available sizes 5mm to 100mm Sizes > 7mm supplied with oil hole and lubrication groove Can be supplied with Corrotect® anti-corrosion coating Can be supplied with special bearing greases Other ground series bearings include: NA 48.. (DIN 617/ISO 1 206) 110mm to 380mm, NA 49.. (DIN 617/ISO 1 206) 10mm to 140mm, NKIS.. 15mm to 65mm, NA.. RS single sealed 10mm to 50mm, NA.. 2RS double sealed 10mm to 50mm, NAO without ribs 6mm to 90mm
Part No
ID
(mm) OD (mm) Width (mm)
NKI5/12-INA 5 NKI7/12-INA 7 NKI10/16-INA 10 NKI12/16-INA 12 NKI15/16-INA 15 NKI17/20-INA 17 NKI20/16-INA 20
15 17 22 24 27 29 32
12 12 16 16 16 20 16
Part No
ID
(mm) OD (mm) Width (mm)
NKI20/20-INA 20 NKI22/16-INA 22 NKI22/20-INA 22 NKI25/20-INA 25 NKI25/30-INA 25 NKI28/30-INA 28 NKI30/20-INA 30
32 34 34 38 38 42 45
20 16 20 20 30 30 20
Part No
ID
(mm) OD (mm) Width (mm)
NKI35/20-INA 35 NKI40/30-INA 40 NKI45/35-INA 45 NKI50/35-INA 50 NKI60/35-INA 60 NKI75/25-INA 75
50 55 62 68 82 105
20 30 35 35 35 25
Cylindrical Roller Bearings – Full Complement (SL) nn nn nn nn nn nn
Cylindrical roller bearing – double row full complement Highest dynamic and static basic load ratings due to the maximum number of rolling elements Support radial forces as well as limited axial forces in both directions Outer ring axially split and held together with retaining clips Dimension series according to DIN 5 412-9 Other designs include: SL18 48.. dimension series according to DIN 5 412-9, non locating series SL02.. semi locating series SL18 50.., single row semi locating series SL18 18.., SL18 22.., SL18 29.., SL18 30.., SL19 23... single row semi locating with spacing elements ZSL19 23.., single row semi locating with disc cage LSL19 23..,
Part No
ID
(mm) OD (mm) Width (mm)
SL014912-INA 60 SL014914-INA 70 SL014916-INA 80 SL014918-INA 90 SL014920-INA 100 SL014922-INA 110 SL014924-INA 120
www.eriks.co.uk
85 100 110 125 140 150 165
25 30 30 35 40 40 45
Part No
ID
(mm) OD (mm) Width (mm)
SL014926-INA 130 SL014928-INA 140 SL014930-INA 150 SL014932-INA 160 SL014934-INA 170 SL014936-INA 180 SL014940-INA 200
180 190 210 220 230 250 280
50 50 60 60 60 69 80
Part No
ID
(mm) OD (mm) Width (mm)
SL014944-INA 220 SL014952-INA 260 SL014960-INA 300 SL014964-INA 320 SL014972-INA 360 SL014980-INA 400
300 360 420 440 480 540
80 100 118 118 118 140
18
Cylindrical Bearings
BEARINGS
FAG Bearings FAG Cylindrical Roller Bearings with Cage FAG Cylindrical Roller Bearing with non-locating polyamide cage N and NU prefixes Supports radial forces only Size range 15mm up to 148mm bore Brass cage version available Cages can be supplied in other materials, available on application nn Available in C3 and C4 clearances nn nn nn nn nn
Part No
Bore
OD Width (mm) (mm) (mm)
N 202-E-XL-TVP2-FAG N 203-E-XL-TVP2-FAG N 204-E-XL-TVP2-FAG
15 17 20
35 40 47
11 12 14
NU 202-E-XL-TVP2-FAG NU 203-E-XL-TVP2-FAG NU 204-E-XL-TVP2-FAG
15 17 20
35 40 47
11 12 14
FAG Cylindrical Roller Bearing with semi-locating polyamide cage nn NJ and NUP prefixes nn Supports high radial force and axial force in one direction nn Guides shaft in one direction nn Size range 15mm up to 140mm bore nn Brass cage available from 120mm bore nn Cages can be supplied in other materials, available on application nn Available in C3 and C4 clearance
Part No
Bore
OD Width (mm) (mm) (mm)
NJ 202-E-XL-TVP2-FAG NJ 203-E-XL-TVP2-FAG NJ 204-E-XL-TVP2-FAG
15 17 20
35 40 47
11 12 14
NUP 203-E-XL-TVP2-FAG NUP 204-E-XL-TVP2-FAG
17 20
40 47
12 14
FAG Spherical Roller Bearings nn nn nn nn nn nn
Support axial and radial forces Handles angular misalignment Size range 20mm up to 900mm Available in steel, brass and polyamide cages Available in tapered bore – suffix K Can be supplied sealed and greased, available on application
Part No
Bore
OD Width (mm) (mm) (mm)
22205-E1-XL-FAG 22206-E1-XL-FAG 22207-E1-XL-FAG
25 30 35
52 62 72
18 20 23
Varying modifications available: S With lubrication groove and hole; E1 Increased capacity design; T41A For oscillating load with restricted diameter tolerances C4; T41D T41A with layer of chromium on bore; TVPB Solid window cage made from glass fibre and reinforced polyamide etc.
FAG Angular Contact Ball Bearings – Single Row nn Supports high axial forces in one direction and radial loads nn Size range 10mm up to 170mm bore nn Contact angle of 40° nn Available in sealed version - suffix 2RS nn Universally matched bearings - please request the amount of sets you require not the number of single bearings
Part No
7200-B-XL-TVP-FAG 7201-B-XL-TVP-FAG 7202-B-XL-TVP-FAG
Bore
OD Width (mm) (mm) (mm) 10 12 15
30 32 35
9 10 11
0121 508 6000
19
NSK AIP Programme
BEARINGS
THREE LETTERS. TOTAL QUALITY. NSK sets many things in motion – for example in the industrial gearbox industry. As a leading global manufacturer of rolling bearings, NSK combines 100 years of success and a total quality approach.
www.nskeurope.com
NSK_Ad_Image_IndustrialGearboxes_180x232_E.indd 1
www.eriks.co.uk
16.05.17 11:18
BEARINGS
20
Super Precision Ball Bearings
Deep Groove Ball Bearings NSK is the world leader in the manufacture of deep groove ball bearings, with manufacturing plants globally and in particular Europe. NSK invests heavily into continued research and development to ensure the needs of our customers are adhered to now and in the future.
NSK Seals and shields
Suitable for a wide variety of applications including gearbox’s, washing machines, vacuum cleaners, electric motors, pumps, compressors, computers, conveyors and even skate boards. NSK’s deep groove ball bearings offer the following:nn Made from Z Steel which increases the bearing life by up to 80% nn Precision steel balls, coined cage pockets and both raceways super finished delivering ultra-quiet operation nn Superior quality grade lubricants in a variety of different temperature ranges resulting in low starting torque and extended service life nn A range of radial internal clearance grades including the unique CM (standard clearance to electric motor specification) and the popular C3 nn Available in bore sizes from 1mm up to 800mm
nn Available in a variety of enclosures, including the patented labyrinth DDU rubber seal offering superb sealed for life features, DDW light-contact seals, VV non-contact and ZZ metal shields seals as shown below:-
DU Seal (Full Contact) nn Maximum Sealing Protection
DW Seal (Light Contact) nn Excellent Contaminant Protection nn 1/3 Less Drag than Full Contact Seal
V Seal (Non-Contact) nn Low Torque nn High Speed Limit nn Contaminant Protection
Z Shield (Metal Shield) nn Low Torque nn High Temperature Limit nn High Speed Limit
0121 508 6000
21
Cylindrical Roller Bearings BEARINGS
NSK Cylindrical Roller Bearings are available with a patented high strength cage design in pressed steel, machined brass or polyamide. For more arduous applications, they can also be supplied in a range of advanced special materials. These bearings offer low noise and heat generation, and - by virtue of the line contact between rolling elements and raceways, have high radial load capacity and are suited for high-speed applications. nn NSK offers a complete range in both metric and imperial sizes ranging from ½” to 1320mm bore sizes nn Cage material in pressed steel, machined brass and polyamide throughout the range nn EM series combines the strength and technology of previous brass cage design into a one piece brass rollerguided cage resulting in a higher load carrying capacity, improved oil flow and quieter operation
nn EW series with the press steel cage enables higher limiting speeds, low noise and superior cage strength nn Available in a variety of configurations, enabling users to customise for specific applications as shown right:-
REQUEST A COPY NSK and ERIKS have been partners for many years. By dealing with ERIKS, an Authorised NSK Distribution Partner, you get access to full NSK technical back-up and excellent stock availability delivered via ERIKS’ 60+ nationwide Distribution and Engineering Service Centres.
For more information request your copy of the dual branded ERIKS and NSK brochure on Super Precision Bearings.
www.eriks.co.uk
22
Self-Lube® Bearings
BEARINGS
Self Lube® Bearings RHP Self-Lube® housed bearing units offer flexibility, with the capability of accommodating moderate misalignment and can be adapted to a huge number of applications using a range of inserts, housings, sealing and lubrication solutions as shown below.
Sealing Arrangements Moulded nitrile lip bonded to strong seal pressing secured in the bearing outer ring. Suitable for a large range of applications. Example part number is 1020-20G
The flinger seal has a nitrile moulded lip bonded to a steel former, which is pressed onto the bearing inner ring. Extra seal gives added protection compared to standard seal to extend the bearing life in arduous conditions without any loss in speed capability. Example part number is 1020-20GFS
Triple lip seal consists of a one piece nitrile moulding with three sealing lips bonded to a steel pressing. Recommended where there is a high degree of contamination with a restriction in speed rating Example part number is T1020-20G
Locking Types Locking arrangements consists of two knurled-cup point set screws fitted in the extended inner ring which can be tightened down onto the shaft. This simple locking system is suitable for most applications except where vibration is an issue. Example part number is SF25 Consists of an eccentric diameter formed on the extended inner ring of the bearing which engages an eccentric diameter in the bore of the separate collar. This collar is then locked into position on the shaft with a knurled-cup point set screw. Often used when vibration is an issue. Example part number is SF25EC or SF25DEC Locking arrangement consists of a standard taper adaptor sleeve, locknut and lock washer. Recommend where a positive concentric lock is required, heavy vibration and/or shock load is present Example part number is MSF10205-25K
Grease Types nn Standard - High quality mineral oil based grease suitable for high load, medium speed applications. Temperature range: -20° to +110°C
nn HLT - high quality grease with temperature resistant silicone seals suitable for high and low ranges. Temperature range -40°C to +180°C
nn Silver-Lube - approved for food grade grease to NSF H1 standard. Temperature range: -20°C to +90°C
nn Molded-Oil™ - Optimum lubrication held in a solid polyolefin matrix and sealed for life. Temperature range: -15°C to +80°C
0121 508 6000
23
Housings
Housings BEARINGS
Standard Housings - Cast Iron Features
Benefits
High grade cast iron
Elimination of housing defects and premature failures
Designed for exceptional strength
High strength in all mounting orientations
Extensive range of housing types available
Offering comprehensive solutions for a variety of applications
Well established and proven design
Provides end user with confidence in critical applications
Special Housings - Silver-Lube® Corrosion Resistant Housings Features
Benefits
Housings manufactured in PBT thermoplastic resin
Smooth surface resists fungicidal growth and aggregation of food particles
Stainless steel grease nipple and bolt hole liners
Corrosion resistant, ideal for frequent washdowns
Plastic end covers available
Additional protection for the bearing and an aid to safety requirements
Stainless steel inserts have aluminium complex, high temperature, approved food grade grease as standard
Suitable for food applications
Available in PNP, PSF, PSFT and PST style Housing types available are the most housings from 20mm to 40mm bore sizes used styles in this industry
Special Housings - Life-Lube® Bearing Units Features
Benefits
Housings manufactured in PBT thermoplastic resin
Smooth surface resists fungicidal growth and aggregation of food particles
Fully interchangeable with RHP SelfLube® units
Corrosion resistant and resistant to chemical attach
Molded-Oil™ insert manufactured in Martensitic stainless steel with solid lubrication
Lubrication will not wash out during frequent washdowns
Molded-Oil™ inserts available from 20mm to 50mm bore sizes
No need to re-lubricate and easy to retrofit
www.eriks.co.uk
24
Ball Bushings
BEARINGS
Ball Bushings Thomson Imperial Precision Steel Linear Ball Bushing Bearings nn All steel construction for maximum system rigidity
nn Available in 14 bore sizes and 9 configurations
nn Steady state travel speeds of up to 10ft/s and accelerations of up to 450ft/s2 without the use of derating factors
nn Operating temperature of up to 600°F nn Available in self-aligning pillow block housing for ease of installation and use
nn Coefficient of friction as low as 0.001
Closed Type without seals for End Supported Applications Part No
ID
A4812-THO 1/4 A81014-THO 3/8 A81420-THO 1/2 A101824-THO 5/8 A122026-THO 3/4 A162536-THO 1 A203242-THO 1. 1/4 A243848-THO 1. 1/2 A324864-THO 2 A406080-THO 2. 1/2 A487296-THO 3 A6496128-THO 4
OD
Length
1/2 5/8 7/8 1. 1/8 1. 1/4 1. 9/16 2 2. 3/8 3 3. 3/4 4. 1/2 6
3/4 7/8 1. 1/4 1. 1/2 1. 5/8 2. 1/4 2. 5/8 3 4 5 6 8
Thomson Imperial Super Ball Bushing Linear Bearings nn Self aligning capability of up to 0.5 degrees compensating for inaccuracies in base flatness or carriage machining
nn Travel speeds of up to 10ft/s without a reduction in load capacity
nn Radially floating bearing plates. When installed in an adjustable housing the Super Ball bushing bearing may be adjusted to a specific diametrical fit-up for accurate and repeatable movement
nn Lightweight, wear resistant, engineeredpolymer retainers and outer sleeves that reduce inertia and noise
nn Coefficient of friction as low as 0.001 Closed Type without seals for End Supported Applications Part No
ID
SUPER4-THO 1/4 SUPER10-THO 5/8 SUPER12-THO 3/4 SUPER20-THO 1. 1/4 SUPER24-THO 1. 1/2
OD
Length
1/2 1. 1/8 1. 1/4 2 2. 3/8
3/4 1. 1/2 1. 5/8 2. 5/8 3
DEGREASERS & CLEANERS LUBRICANTS, OILS & GREASES ANTI-CORROSION
Over 170 Products Since 1948
Ambersil.com
METAL WORKING WELDING PAINTS POLYMER PROCESSING
For more details see page 271 20565 Ambersil A5L Press Ads_AW.indd 2
01/05/2018 17:20
0121 508 6000
25
Needle Roller Bearings
Needle Roller Bearings BEARINGS
Koyo Metric Drawn Cup Needle Roller Bearings HK SERIES – Caged-Open ends Part No
Shaft Diameter
HK0408-KOYO 4mm HK1010-KOYO 10mm HK1522-KOYO 15mm HK3016-KOYO 30mm HK4020-KOYO 40mm HK4520-KOYO 45mm
BK SERIES – Caged-Closed end Part No
Shaft Diameter
BK0408-KOYO 4mm BK1010-KOYO 10mm BK1522-KOYO 15mm BK3016-KOYO 30mm BK4020-KOYO 40mm BK4520-KOYO 45mm
HK.RS SERIES – Caged-Single Seal Part No
Shaft Diameter
HK0810RS-KOYO 8mm HK1414RS-KOYO 14mm HK2018RS-KOYO 20mm HK2414RS-KOYO 24mm HK3518RS-KOYO 35mm HK5022RS-KOYO 50mm
HK.2RS SERIES – Caged-Double Seal Part No
Shaft Diameter
HK12162RS-KOYO 12mm HK14162RS-KOYO 14mm HK20202RS-KOYO 20mm HK25162RS-KOYO 25mm HK35202RS-KOYO 35mm HK50242RS-KOYO 50mm
DL SERIES – Full Complement-Open ends Part No
Shaft Diameter
DL610-KOYO 6mm DL1210-KOYO 12mm DL2016-KOYO 20mm DL3520-KOYO 35mm DL5012-KOYO 50mm DL5520-KOYO 55mm
DLF SERIES – Full Complement-Closed end Part No
Shaft Diameter
DLF610-KOYO 6mm DLF1210-KOYO 12mm DLF2016-KOYO 20mm DLF3520-KOYO 35mm DLF5012-KOYO 50mm DLF5520-KOYO 55mm
Koyo Inch Drawn Cup Needle Roller Bearings B SERIES – Full Complement-Open ends Part No
Shaft Diameter
S24-KOYO 1/8" S66-KOYO 3/8" S85-KOYO 1/2" S1210-KOYO 3/4" S328-KOYO 2" S5612-KOYO 3.1/2"
M SERIES – Full Complement-Closed end Part No
Shaft Diameter
M85-1-KOYO 1/2" M146-1-KOYO 7/8" M167-1-KOYO 1" M208-1-KOYO 1.1/4" M328-1-KOYO 2" M4420-1-KOYO 2.3/4"
J SERIES – Caged-Open ends Part No
Shaft Diameter
SCE36-KOYO 3/16" SCE68-KOYO 3/8" SCE126-KOYO 3/4" SCE2412-KOYO 1.1/2" SCE3216-KOYO 2" SCE4412-KOYO 2.3/4"
MJ SERIES – Caged-Closed end Part No Diameter
Shaft
MJ36-1-KOYO 3/16" MJ65-1-KOYO 3/8" MJ1210-1-KOYO 3/4" MJ2412-1-KOYO 1.1/2" MJ2812-1-KOYO 1.3/4" MJ3216-1-KOYO 2"
Koyo Cam Follower – Stud type – Metric KR Series – Caged Stud Type – Metric Crowned outer Cylindrical outer Outside Diameter Standard Sealed Standard Sealed KR16-KOYO KR19-KOYO KR22-KOYO KR26-KOYO KR30-KOYO KR32-KOYO
KR16PP-KOYO KR19PP-KOYO KR22PP-KOYO KR26PP-KOYO KR30PP-KOYO KR32PP-KOYO
www.eriks.co.uk
KR16X-KOYO KR19X-KOYO KR22X-KOYO KR26X-KOYO KR30X-KOYO KR32X-KOYO
KR16PPX-KOYO 16mm KR19PPX-KOYO 19mm KR22PPX-KOYO 22mm KR26PPX-KOYO 26mm KR30PPX-KOYO 20mm KR32PPX-KOYO 30mm
JT SERIES – Caged-Single seal Part No
Shaft Diameter
SCE56P-KOYO 5/16" SCE109P-KOYO 5/8" SCE1613P-KOYO 1" SCE2421P-KOYO 1.1/2"
JTT SERIES – Caged-Double Seal Part No
Shaft Diameter
SCE57PP-KOYO 5/16" SCE1010PP-KOYO 5/8" SCE1614PP-KOYO 1" SCE2018PP-KOYO 1.1/4"
26
Automatic Lubricators, Bearing Tools and Ball Bushings
BEARINGS
Single-point automatic lubricator Simalube is a gas powered single point automatic lubricator filled with 30, 60, 125 or 250 ml of grease or oil. The patented hydrogen producing dry cells drive a piston to dispense lubricant at a consistent rate of between 1 and 12 months, which is adjustable in operation. Gas production is initiated by turning the adjustment disk on the top with a Hex key or Allen key. nn 1 to 12 month dispense time nn Infinitely adjustable during operation nn Patented gas producing dry cell technology means no liquid or dangerous chemicals, no toxic waste nn ATEX approval to Zone 2
nn Works in any orientation even upside down nn Grease or oil filled (oil filled units have a non-return valve) nn Suitable for the lubrication of rotary bearings, linear bearings, chain, open gears, sprockets etc
Part No Description Size Temp range Base oil Thickener/ Soap
DIN 51502
SIMASL24-125 Multi purpose grease with EP, NLGI 2 SIMASL10-125 Food industry grease, NSF H1 approved, NLGI 2 SIMASL01-125 Water resistant grease, NLGI 2 SIMASL14-125 Chain oil SIMASL15-125 High temperature chain oil SIMASL18-125 Food industry oil, NSF H1 approved
KP2N-30 KPHC2N-30 KP2K-30 CGLP68 CGLPE220-320 CLPHC220
125 125 125 125 125 125
–30°C to +140°C –30°C to +140°C –30°C to +120°C –10°C to +90°C –30°C to +250°C –15°C to +150°C
Mineral oil Li/Comp. Synthetic Al/Comp. Mineral oil Li/Ca Mineral oil Synthetic Synthetic
For other sizes change suffix 125 to relevant size. i.e.. SIMASL10-125 becomes SIMASL10-60
Simatherm IH 025 Volcano The Simatherm IH 025 Volcano marks the start of a new era in the field of portable induction heaters. The patented technology enables outstanding heating performance from an extremely light structure. You can use it to heat roller bearings with an inner diameter as small as 20mm up to an outer diameter of 160mm and a weight of up to 10kg. To do this, simply place the work piece onto the Volcano’s cone shaped heating surface. nn Portable, compact and very light (3.5kg) nn A bearing weighing 5kg can be heated to 110°C in under four minutes nn Silent in operation nn No support yoke required – simply place the work piece on the device nn Predictive temperature control (PTC) for automatic temperature monitoring
Part No SIMAIH025-VOLCANO/115V SIMAIH025-VOLCANO/230V
Simatool Kits Perfect for installing and removing bearings and seals! Available individually as well as accessories or spare parts, these high-quality tool components are supplied in a compact case with liner, allowing all tool components to be neatly stored. A comprehensive user manual, containing data tables and illustrations is also provided.
Bearing Puller BP 61
Bearing Fitting Tool FT 33
Seal Puller SP 50
Part No
Part No
Part No
SIMABP61
SIMAFT33
SIMASP50
0121 508 6000
IS YOUR CONDITION MONITORING
27
MONITORED?
STEPS TO SUCCESS n
Step 1 Consultation
n
Step 2 Recommendation
n
Step 3 Supply, installation & commissioning
n
Step 4 Reporting and training
n
Step 5 On-going support
Condition Monitoring is only as good as the data n View machine performance online with it collects. Ensuring maximum plant uptime Machine WebWatch demands permanent data monitoring. n Receive SMS or email alerts of triggered ERIKS’ cloud-hosted solution uses the latest alarms for faster reaction, and less downtime telemetary coupled with site diagnostic solutions n Analyse or alter configurations without going ensuring that equipment status is available at on-site – save time and money your fingertips: n Cloud-based database of maintenance
routines, information, inspection routes
CALL: 0845 006 6000
to contact your local workshop
www.eriks.co.uk
BEARINGS
ENGINEERING & SITE SERVICES
SKF Bearing Life Cycle
BEARINGS
28
0121 508 6000
29
Bearing Tools and Condition Monitoring
SKF Drive-up Method
SKF Oil Injection Set THKI series
This fitting method is unique to SKF and delivers accurate axial drive-up of spherical roller and CARB bearings mounted on tapered seatings. Incorporates the use of an SKF HMV ..E hydraulic nut fitted with a dial indicator, and a high accuracy digital pressure gauge mounted on the selected pump.
The THKI is used for the mounting and dismounting of pressure joints of all sizes and applications such as rolling bearings, couplings and gears. The set consists of a stand-mounted oil injector complete with a high pressure pipe, pressure gauge and a range of connection nipples.
Hydraulic Nuts HMV ..E series
Hydraulic puller sets TMMA ..H /SET series
Mounting bearings on tapered seatings can be a difficult and time-consuming job. Using a hydraulic nut facilitates easy and quick application of the high drive-up forces required. The time taken to dismount bearings mounted on either adapter or withdrawal sleeves is also greatly reduced.
Set consists of a hydraulically assisted SKF EasyPull together with a tri-section pulling plate, TMMS series, and a puller protection blanket facilitate an easy, safe and virtually damage-free dismounting. The set is especially suitable for dismounting roller bearings, and other components such as pulleys and flywheels.
SKF QuickCollect Sensor Machine monitoring made easy The SKF QuickCollect sensor is an easy to use, bluetooth enabled, handheld sensor that connects to apps on your smart phone or tablet. Combining vibration and temperature sensing, overall data can be viewed on the spot in real time or pushed to the cloud for future analysis. The sensor is ideal for service, reliability, operations, or maintenance personnel as part of a walk around data collection program. Benefits nn Gets you started quickly nn Can be used with minimum training and experience nn Identify developing rotating machinery issues before they become problems
nn Connect directly to expert advice when you need it nn Expand functionality via apps to grow and compliment your existing maintenance program nn Suitable for use in hazardous environments (ATEX Zone 1, Class 1, Div 1)
Measurement displays Measurements taken by the sensor are shown on your mobile device, which displays velocity, acceleration, and temperature. Each reading displays a current overall measurement, including alarm status, minimum and maximum values, and alert and danger thresholds.
NEW SKF designation CMDT 390-K-SL
www.eriks.co.uk
BEARINGS
SKF Hydraulic Techniques for Mounting and Dismounting Bearings
BEARINGS
30
Test, Measurement and E-Series
The new FLIR Test and Measurement Range FLIR Systems has broadened the scope of its product range, applying its hallmark quality design and build to a brand new range of test and measurement tools. Three electrical meters all feature large and clear LCD displays and bright dual-LED work lights to illuminate dimly lit work areas. They include Bluetooth® connectivity to Android™ mobile devices running the latest FLIR Tools Mobile® app. They can be connected wirelessly to Meterlink® enabled FLIR thermal imaging cameras so that electrical readings can be embedded into IR images in real-time.
Streamlined VFD troubleshooting
Simplify power and VFD analysis
Multifunctional clamp meter
The FLIR DM93 is a rugged digital multimeter with advanced variable frequency drive (VFD) filtering that allows accurate analysis of non-sinusoidal waveforms and noisy signals found in VFD-controlled equipment. A special mode to eliminate ghost readings and automatic data recording to detect intermittent glitches are also standard features.
The FLIR CM83 is an industrial-grade power clamp meter with power analysis and advanced VFD filtering for testing three-phase systems and VFD-controlled equipment. Other features include a harmonics mode to find noise from different electrical sources; ‘phase rotation’ to confirm phase orientation of three-phase systems and ‘inrush current’ to detect start-up transients.
Combining the capabilities of a true RMS multimeter and clamp meter with a non-contact IR thermometer and Type K thermocouple is the new FLIR CM78. Ideal for use on industrial equipment and complex machinery, this new instrument enables users to capture accurate AC/DC readings up to 1000A or 1000V.
Illuminated voltage detection
Versatile moisture meter
Easily manoeuvrable videoscope
The FLIR MR77 moisture meter features a pinless sensor and an external pin probe that capture moisture readings up to 19mm below the surface of various building materials. This rugged instrument also includes a field-replaceable temperature/ humidity sensor, spot IR thermometer and laser pointer.
The FLIR VS70, videoscope is designed for industrial environments. It features intuitive handset controls that enable the user to guide the probe into tight areas to deliver clear video images to a large 5.7" colour LCD display. It provides 180° and 90° camera views and SD card storage of video, image and audio files. Voice comments can also be captured via the product’s headset.
The FLIR VP52, is a compact, noncontact voltage detector with a powerful LED work light and dual-LED convenience light at the probe tip. Other features include vibration feedback and multi-coloured LED alarms. High/low sensitivity modes for testing industrial equipment low voltage systems and tamper-proof outlets are also standard.
0121 508 6000
31
BEARINGS
FLIR E-Series Lightweight design, heavyweight performers The FLIR E-Series are small and lightweight thermal imaging cameras designed for those needing higher resolution and more features and for whom documentation of findings are important. The cameras are ideal for predictive maintenance and planned inspections of electrical and mechanical systems to ensure they operate at maximum efficiency and safety with minimal energy consumption. n Up to 320 x 240 pixels resolution n Compact and lightweight n Extremely rugged n High quality visual camera n Thumbnail image gallery n Âą2% accuracy n LCD touchscreen n Built-in LED light
n Long-life battery n Laser Pointer n Picture-in-Picture (PiP) n Thermal fusion* n Instant reports* n Text and voice annotations* n Interchangeable lenses * Features dependant on camera model, please check technical specifications for more details.
Mechanical check-up of an electrical motor using the FLIR E-Series
Large 3.5" touchscreen
Connect to smartphone or tablet via Wi-Fi, using the FLIR Tools mobile app (Apple iOS and Android) for processing and sharing results as well as for remote control.
Motor bearing problem
TO HELP... nn Advice about the correct
Inspecting a transformer using the Fusion Picture-in-Picture function
For further details contact your local ERIKS Service Centre on 0845 006 6000 or visit eriks.co.uk ERIKS_catalogue.indd 1 ERIKS_catalogue.indd ERIKS_catalogue.indd 1 1 Images used are for illustration purposes only
www.eriks.co.uk
maintenance strategy and camera selection is available from the ERIKS Condition Monitoring Business Unit
nn Training is essential and
available from ERIKS 4/5/13 3:02 PM PM 4/5/13 4/5/13 3:02 3:02 PM
CONDITION MONITORING
32
ENGINEERING & SITE SERVICES
Condition Monitoring is only as good as the data taken and it takes a skilled engineer to interpret the results accurately. ERIKS is proud of its team of condition monitoring experts across the UK who specialise in analysis of electromechanical machinery.
FUNCTIONS:
WHY ERIKS:
n Experts in electromechanical machines/rotating
n ISO 18436 certified personnel
equipment
n Accurate analysis of machine data
in a form you can understand
n Heat energy surveys with cost
saving information
n Certified maintenance partner of SKF n Improved uptime of client’s plant n Reduced energy consumption n Safer working environment
n Flexible local staff to fit with your schedules n Machine protection by:
– Periodic portable monitoring – Linking to PLC/SCADA or internet
CALL: 0845 006 6000
to contact your local workshop
33
POWER TRANSMISSION
POWER TRANSMISSION
ERIKS’ understanding of the environment in which a transmission system must work, the stresses it has to handle, and the results it has to produce, enables us to engineer a solution you can rely on - for increased efficiency, extended life, minimum maintenance and maximum productivity.
Quick reference
70-71
Quick Product Reference
55
48-49
Classic Vee Belts
36
High Performance Wedge Belts
37
Emergency Belts
38-39
Wedge Belts
40-41
Ribbed Belts
42
Tensioners 43 Timing Belts
44-45, 48-49
Pulleys 46-47 36-47, 50-54, 58-60, 73, 77-/85
55-57, 61
68-69
74-76
62-66
86
Shaft Fixings
50-51
Couplings
52-57
Roller Chain and Sprockets
58-59
Adapter Chain
60-61
Performance Special Chain
62-65
Chain Accessories
66
Drives and Rollers
68-69
Electric Motors Hygienic Geared Drives
70-71, 74-75 73
Inverters 76-79 Gearboxes 81-83
www.eriks.co.uk
Speed Reducer
85
Vibration Solutions
86
34 34
Power Transmission
SUPERIOR PERFORMANCE POWER TRANSMISSION
POWER TRANSMISSION
True reliability is more than simply continuous operation. It’s a continuous level of performance, minimal energy consumption and a predictable life span. We understand the environment in which a transmission system must work, the stresses it has to handle and the results it has to produce, but above all we understand how each part of your drive system is intrinsically linked.
POWER TRANSMISSION TECHNOLOGY Whatever the dilemma you face, the chances are we can provide you an alternative solution to increase efficiency, and extend product life.
Power Transmissions
Friction belts and pulleys Synchronous belts and pulleys Chain and sprockets Conveyor chain Couplings Shaft fixings Materials handling chain & belts
Drives
Gearboxes, new and repair Geared motors Electric motors, new and repair Inverters Starters and controllers Automation
70%
of belts are fitted to worn pulleys, which can waste up to 10% of the energy input
0121 508 6000
35
POWER TRANSMISSION
POWER TRANSMISSION
IMPROVING YOUR TOTAL COST OF OWNERSHIP
DRIVE DESIGN AND UPGRADE
CONDITION MONITORING
Our knowledge and passion for technology make us more than simply a supplier of drives and transmission products, ERIKS has the Power Transmission know-how when and where you need it.
When a drive fails or is coming to the end of its working life a number of choices can be made.
Unexpected downtime and costly repairs can have a negative impact on your bottom line.
A repair or like-for-like replacement is not always feasible or the best solution so when you need options for improving your process and extending the life of your machinery ERIKS can work with you to upgrade or re-design you drive system.
Most Condition Monitoring reports only give you a diagnosis. But the comprehensive capabilities and holistic point of view of ERIKS mean a Condition Monitoring report gives you the cure too.
Unmatched know-how and experience from our in-house technical experts Solutions and advice for both MRO and OEM requirements Complete project management from initial drive selection through to installation and commissioning Failure diagnosis, offering advice so you don’t risk the same failure repeating itself Rapid gearbox assembly, built to order from stock across the Fenner range Product customisation Total cost of ownership advice, ensuring you get the best
www.eriks.co.uk
Upgrade to modern technology 3D CAD modelling capability Fabrication and re-engineering services Whole drive train packaged solutions Drop-in replacements Extended warranty options Turnkey solutions Benefits Minimal down time to your application Extraction, installation and commissioning services Optimised total cost of ownership Lower running costs Extended lifecycle Full product lifecycle support
The Condition Monitoring Team collects, stores, compares and analyses key variables from your machines, enabling you to assess their health. Then - if failures or deviations from the norm are detected - ERIKS’ know-how comes into play, to diagnose the cause and prescribe the cure. Services Include:
Vibration Analysis Thermographic analysis Oil debris and condition analysis Endoscope inspection Internet based asset monitoring protection device
36
High Strength Wedge Belts
Classic Vee Belts... Ever Considered Trading Up?
POWER TRANSMISSION
Vee Belts offer a versatile and economical low maintenance drive which is standardised throughout the world and Fenner Classic Vee Belts are fully approved to all international standards allowing for optimised drives for compact size and economy.
Increased Performance, More Power, Longer Life But did you know that a simple upgrade to the Fenner range of Ultra PLUS wrapped wedge belts will transmit significantly more power than the classical vee product and run in the same pulleys! Fenner Ultra PLUS wedge belts are available in a large range of lengths, and conform to all the relevant ISO, BS, DIN and RMA standards. So why not upgrade your drives today to wedge belts – increase your drives capacity and efficiency. Sections: SPZ, SPA, SPB, SPC, 8V Length: 487–12500mm Relative power 70%
SPB 2240 -FEN Belt Section
Pitch Length (mm)
Fenner Brand
Size Matters...
What Size Wedge Belts are You Buying? How many times have you asked for an “odd” sized belt that we just don’t have in stock? But are you aware that there is a solution just sitting on the shelf. For any belt drive, the pulleys can be adjusted closer together to allow removal or installation of the belt. Equally, the pulleys can be adjusted further apart to allow the belt to be tensioned correctly. These two adjustments are referred to as “Installation Allowance”, and “Take Up Allowance”. For Example You may be looking for a SPZ 1012 belt, the standard size available is SPZ 1010, so what next? You will see from the table below that there is 20mm installation allowance and a 20mm takeup allowance. So in Conclusion... The 2mm difference in belt size will make no difference whatsoever, and a standard off-theshelf product will do the job perfectly, and you won’t be paying a premium.
Installation and Take Up Allowances for Fenner Wedge Belts Wedge Belt Lengths mm
Sections Available
Upto 630 SPZ 630 - 800 SPZ/SPA 800 - 1000 SPZ/SPA 1000 - 1250 SPZ/SPA 1250 - 1600 SPZ/SPA/SPB 1600 - 2000 SPZ/SPA/SPB 2000 - 2500 SPZ/SPA/SPB/SPC 2500 - 3150 SPZ/SPA/SPB/SPC 3150 - 4000 SPZ/SPA/SPB/SPC 4000 - 5000 SPA/SPB/SPC 5000 - 6300 SPB/SPC 6300 - 8000 SPB/SPC 8000 - 10000 SPB/SPC 10000 - 12500 SPC
Installation Allowance
Installation Allowance
Installation Allowance
Installation Allowance
SPZ
SPA
SPB
SPC
20mm 20mm 20mm 20mm 20mm 20mm 20mm 20mm 20mm
25mm 25mm 25mm 25mm 25mm 25mm 25mm 25mm 25mm
30mm 30mm 30mm 30mm 30mm 30mm 30mm 30mm 30mm
50mm 50mm 50mm 50mm 50mm 50mm 50mm 50mm
Take up Allowance 5mm 10mm 15mm 20mm 25mm 30mm 40mm 50mm 60mm 70mm 85mm 105mm 140mm 175mm
0121 508 6000
37
Quattro PLUS TW Maximum Stability, Wide Range of Use
Suitable for a wide range of industries and uses it transmits 30% more power than traditional wrapped belts QQ State-of-the-art wrapped chloroprene rubber construction QQ Higher modulus polyester cord reduces belt elongation QQ 2-ply asymmetrical weave outer jacket improves belt length and abrasion resistance QQ Suitable for counterbending/back-tensioners
Sections: QSPZ, QSPA, QSPB, QSPC Length: 1202 – 9500mm Relative power 130%
Problem: A large quarry based in Wales was experiencing unplanned down time due to regular of vee belts on their primary crusher drives.
SPC 7500 QPTW -FEN Belt Section Pitch Length (mm)
Belt Type
Fenner Brand
Ideal for Heavy Duty Applications: QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
Waste compactors Shredders Crushers Heavy duty conveyors Bucket elevators Woodworking machinery
QQ QQ QQ QQ
www.fptgroup.com
Quarry Plant Saw kills Compressors Calendars
Due to a number of adverse effects on the drives including high shock and impact loads and dusty environment the current belts were stretching unevenly causing belt slippage and even jumping out of the pulley grooves. Resulting in the requirement of a lot of unplanned maintenance. The customer asked ERIKS if they could offer them a more reliable solution.
Solution: The ERIKS application engineer offered the engineers the new Fenner Quattro Plus TW wrapped belts, packed with new technology and new materials it was the obvious choice. The belts are constructed using state of the art wrapped chloroprene rubber construction it uses high modulus polyester cord to reduce elongation and a unique 2-ply asymmetrical weave outer jacket that is high abrasion resistant but still flexible enough to wrap around small diameter pulleys.
Benefit: The customer has seen over ÂŁ12,000 per annum in savings due to improvements in downtime and replacement costs. The maintenance staff now spends its time on preventive maintenance rather than reactive maintenance.
www.eriks.co.uk
POWER TRANSMISSION
The Fenner Quattro PLUS TW is a wrapped wedge belt that has been specifically designed to reduce belt elongation and improve stability.
38
Emergency Belting
3 Simple Steps to Increase Productivity
POWER TRANSMISSION
70% of belt drives are estimated to be operating inefficiently and are in imminent danger of failing.
Worn Pulley
By taking a proactive stance to belt drive maintenance and looking at the condition of the belt and pulley set then you can bring both peace of mind and productivity improvements. It’s as easy as 1, 2, 3.
1 Check Pulley Condition The drive stands or falls by the accuracy of its installation, so don’t forget to check the condition of your pulleys – 50% of new belts are fitted to worn pulleys, which can waste up to 10% of your energy input. The Fenner groove gauge can quickly help you assess the health of your pulleys.
New Pulley
2 Select the Correct Drive Solution New Belt Ultra PLUS
Ultra Plus CRE
Quattro Plus TW
Pulley Condition
Worn Belt
Worn pulley
Imminent Failure
> 1 year
> 1½ years
> 2 years
New Pulley
Premature Failure
> 3 years
> 3½ years
> 4 years
3 Install Correctly Correct installation once you have carefully selected your belt drive components is paramount to the longevity and efficiency of your belt drive. We are able to offer you a range of installation tools to help you maximise productivity and uptime.
Belt Efficiency Kit Product Ref: FEN_BELT_MAINT_KIT
Fenner Drive Alignment Laser Product Ref: FEN/A/230L0000
Have you seen... Our Fenner belt efficiency kit? Get the most from your wedge belt drives with the Fenner Belt Efficiency Kit. The kit contains all the tools necessary to help achieve optimum performance: QQ Belt tension indicator QQ Pulley groove gauge QQ Guide to wedge belt efficiency Product Code: 230K0000
0121 508 6000
39
Fenner QuickFix The Fenner QuickFix belt is incredibly versatile, featuring a dual groove profile so that one belt fits both V and wedge belts profiles. QQ Quick and simple to install
www.fptgroup.com
Fenner QuickFix enables you to reduce stock inventory considerably, requiring just two five metres boxes of each section size, to cover all eventualities for both new and old systems and for both wedge belt and V belt profiles – saving both time and money. Part Number: SPZ - 283Z1111 SPA - 283A1111 SPB - 283B1111 SPC - 283C1111
A Quick Fix for Breakdowns
Why use Fenner QuickFix Belts? QQ QQ QQ QQ
A well-known Facilities Management company were experiencing call out difficulties from customers who were experiencing breakdowns on their HVAC units.
Dual groove profile - means one belt fits both Vee and wedge belts Jointed belting - ensures minimum strip down when installing Any length - Can be made to any length within minutes Reduces potential downtime - quick and simple to install keeping downtime to an absolute minimum
Engineers would arrive on-site, only to find they could not complete the task due to the lack of belts being stocked. The Fenner QuickFix emergency belt was the ideal solution. Available in four profiles: SPZ, SPA, SPB & SPC in 5 metre boxes meant any size belt could be accommodated and fitted without the need of strip down of machinery.
Perfect for use in the following:
ERIKS WEBSHOP
R .E
.CO.U K I KS
Thousands of products available to order on
UK O. .C
SH
OP
www.eriks.co.uk
S
In addition this gave the engineer time to reorder the Fenner rubber belts which could be fitted once they arrived.
IK P.E R S.CO.U HO K
IK S
Hospitals Airports Facilities Management Companies Universities Shopping malls and retail parks Distribution Centres Anyone with a large number of belt drives
SHOP.E R
QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
Service levels for the FM company increased significantly following a relatively low investment the Fenner QuickFix belt range - which is now carried by all the engineers with the confidence that any breakdown calls can be quickly fixed.
POWER TRANSMISSION
Available in four different width profiles; SPZ, SPA, SPB & SPC QQ Comes five metre roll enabling the maintenance teams to cut it to the desired length QQ
40
Wedge Belts
Quattro PLUS CRE More Power. Longer Life.
POWER TRANSMISSION
The Fenner Quattro PLUS CRE represents a real step forward in belt technology. Able to transmit 26% more power than traditional CRE belts, this heavy duty V-belt has been completely redesigned using a range of innovative new materials that also ensures an additional 15% longer belt life.
QQ Synthetic rubber EPDM heavy duty V-belt QQ Enhanced tooth profile improves belt flexibility, reducing bending resistance and increasing efficiency and life QQ Unique construction of the polyester tension member improves belt stability QQ Extended temperature range -40 °C to +130°C QQ Reduced belt weight lower inertia and reduces vibration QQ Lower pre-tensioning force offers longer bearing life and extends maintenance periods between re-tensioning QQ Anti-static to ISO 1813 QQ Suitable for tropical climates
Significant downtime and the maintenance caused by the belts on a dryer fan melting down each week, due to the dryer fans were operating at temperatures of over 95 degrees C.
SPA 1400 QPX -FEN Pitch Length (mm)
Belt Type
Fenner Brand
Applications include: QQ QQ QQ QQ
Fans Compressors Pumps Packing machines
98
Problem:
Sections: QXPZ, QXPA, QXPB, QXPC Length: 512 – 6700mm Relative power 150%
Belt Section
www.fptgroup.com
QQ Printing machines QQ Textile machinery QQ Elevators
The engineering department were spending too much time on replacing belts. So they asked ERILKS UK to help them come up with a solution.
Solution: The ERIKS application engineer offered the engineers the new Fenner Quattro Plus TW wrapped belts, packed with new technology and new materials it was the obvious choice. The belts are constructed using state of the art wrapped chloroprene rubber construction it uses high modulus polyester cord to reduce elongation and a unique 2-ply asymmetrical weave outer jacket that is high abrasion resistant but still flexible enough to wrap around small diameter pulleys.
Benefit: The customer has seen over £12,000 per annum in savings due to improvements in downtime and replacement costs. The maintenance staff now spends its time on preventive maintenance rather than reactive maintenance.
0121 508 6000
41
Ultra PLUS Wedge Belts Fenner Ultra PLUS Wedge belts are precision built ( ) allowing extended life, offering superior anti-static, heat and oil resistant properties. QQ Ideal for use in single or multi-belt drives QQ One shot tensioning for fit and forget applications QQ Will not self-ignite under severe slip/stall conditions POWER TRANSMISSION
Sections: SPZ, SPA, SPB, SPC, 8V Length: 512 – 10600mm Relative power 100%
SPB 2240 -FEN Belt Section
Pitch Length (mm)
Fenner Brand
University Upgrade with Ultra PLUS The Fenner Ultra PLUS wedge belt has stood the test of time, and once again proved its mettle when ERIKS were contacted by a large university. The local ERIKS Application Engineer was asked to do a feasibility study on a set of Air Handling Units (AHU’s).
ERIKS were tasked to devise a plan to upgrade 12 AHU drives which supplied air into the canteens, lecture rooms etc. The incumbent drives were old and inefficient - some consisting of classical vee belts, along with a with a variety different makes - and pulleys that had not been changed for over 10 years.
Ultra Plus CRE Fenner Ultra Plus CRE wedge Belts excel in high ratio compact applications by combining flexibility with structural stability. QQ Special compounds improve flexibility and strength QQ Higher running efficiency than wrapped belts QQ Precision built ( ) allowing excellent length matching Sections: XPZ, XPA, XPB, XPC, Length: 512 – 2900mm Relative power 110%
SPA 1400 U PX -FEN Belt Section
Pitch Length (mm)
www.eriks.co.uk
Belt Type
Fenner Brand
The AHU’s were fitted with Fenner Ultra PLUS wedge belts and new pulleys, which helped improve the drive efficiency, reduced running costs, and provided a reliable solution for the university.
42
Ribbed Belts and Tensioners
PolyDrive PLUS Ribbed Belts Fenner PolyDrive PLUS ribbed belts are an ideal solution for compact drives in household appliances and heavy machinery.
POWER TRANSMISSION
The ribbed belts enable economic solutions even under difficult drive conditions, such as large transmission ratios, high belt speeds, small pulley diameters and back idler pulleys. QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
High belt speeds up to 60m/s Designed for high transmission ratios High power output Low vibration, efficient belt Long service life Fully approved to all international standards Static conductivity to ISO 1813
695 PL 8 -FE N Length
Pitch
No of Ribs
Imperial
Fenner Brand
1765 PL 8 -FE N
Metric
PowerFlex PU Belting TThe Fenner PowerFlex metric timing belt is manufactured from a highgrade polyurethane material, reinforced with helically wound zinc coated steel tension member, allowing high breaking load and extremely low elongation. With excellent dimensional stability, consistent length and thickness, it makes it ideal for use in processing and packaging industries along with any clean areas where contamination would be an issue. QQ Also available in OPEN LENGTHS QQ Non-standard widths cut from stocked sleeves QQ Steel Cord winding in S and Z profile allow high breaking load and extremely low elongation. QQ Ozone and temperature resistance (-25 °C / +80 °C) QQ Oil, grease and gasoline resistance Why use
16 T5- 1500 -FEN Width
Profile & Pitch
Belt Length
Fenner Brand
Fenner PowerFlex PU Belting?
Manufactured in thermoplastic polyurethane, that gives superior wear and abrasion resistance QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
High Power Transmission The Steel Cord gives good running characteristics and high traction loads. Low noise running Free Maintenance Low pretension Constant length
0121 508 6000
43
Tensioners The new range of Fenner tensioners have been designed to help maximise drive efficiency whilst extending your drive lifecycle.
Fixtures include Simplex, Duplex & Triplex idler sprockets, Chain Riders & Rollers, with supporting brackets to complement the range.
www.fptgroup.com Why Choose Fenner Tensioners? QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
Increases chain and belt life Noise and vibration damping Absorbs shock loads Maintenance free Safe in operation Self-adjusting Progressive spring characteristics Operating angle -30° to 30° Resistant to temperature -40° to 80°C
Tensioner
Simplex
Duplex
Triplex
Pitch No
Teeth
Size Standard
Tensioner
Idler Sprocket
Idler Sprocket
Idler Sprocket
3/8”
15
FT2
186B0002
186S1001
186D2001
186T3001
3/8”
15
FT3
186B0003
186S1001
186D2001
186T3001
1/2”
15
FT4
186B0004
186S1002
186D2002
186T3002
5/8”
15
FT5
186B0005
186S1003
186D2003
186T3003
5/8”
15
FT5
186B0005
-
-
186T3004
3/4”
15
FT5
186B0005
186S1004
186D2004
-
3/4”
15
FT6
186B0006
186S1005
186D2005
186T3005
1”
13
FT6
186B0006
186S1006
186D2006
186T3006
1.1/4”
13
FT7
186B0007
186S1007
186D2007
186T3007
1.1/4”
13
FT8
186B0008
186S1007
186D2007
186T3007
1.1/2”
11
FT7
186B0007
186S1008
186D2008
186T3008
1.1/2”
11
FT8
186B0008
186S1008
186D2008
186T3008
www.eriks.co.uk
POWER TRANSMISSION
Range includes Tension Arms in Cast iron & Stainless Steel – Standard & Front Mount – with a Boomerang version.
44
Timing Belts
Upgrade form Chain Drives to Fenner Torque Drive PLUS 3 Determine your drive requirements to replace existing chain, or determine requirements for new Fenner Torque Drive PLUS 3 synchronous belt drive. Use the Fenner Drive Design Selector: http://selectors.fptgroup.com
www.fptgroup.com
QQ Free from the noise associated with chain drives QQ Free from maintenance; no wear elongation, no need
for regular adjustment
QQ Free from lubrication costs and oil contamination of
machine or product
QQ Free from the space limitations associated with
traditional synchronous belt drives
QQ Free extended service life, Fenner TDP3 synchronous
belts offer up to twice the normal service life compared to roller chain drives
Torque Drive PLUS 3
Typical operating life, chain drive versus synchronous drive
25,000 Working Life in Hours
POWER TRANSMISSION
It’s as easy as 1, 2, Free!
20,000 15,000
Approx. 20,000 hours
10,000 5,000
Approx. 9420 hours Chain Drive*
Same size, and space envelope Lighter and quieter Greater power rating Up to twice the service life
QQ The highest power rating in the range QQ Enhanced compounding and glass fibre cord excel in highly dynamic applications QQ Ultra compact and cost effective QQ Quiet operation even at high speeds
Fenner TDP3
Fenner Torque Drive PLUS 3 Drive versus Chain Drive QQ QQ QQ QQ
*Chain drive: 2.2kW 3:1 reduction chain drive using 122 pitches ½” BS chain using 19 tooth driver and 57 tooth driven sprockets at 510mm centre distance.
The state-of-the-art Torque Drive PLUS 3 works with standard HTD pulleys tp provide the ultimate combination of power capacity, low noise and high accuracy in a belt drive.
QQ Replaces HTD belts to extend life and increase load capability Widths: 20–170mm Pitches: 8, 14mm Relative power 150%
14MXP- 3150- 55 -FEN Pitch (mm)
Length (mm)
Width (mm)
Fenner Brand
0121 508 6000
45
HTD Timing Belts Fenner HTD belts have a curvilinear tooth form giving a more uniform distribution of shear stresses within the teeth. This also provides a more uniform transition of tooth loads to the tensile members in the belt which significantly improves upon classical timing belts. QQ Ultra compact and cost-effective drives QQ Runs optimally on standard HTD pulleys QQ Non-standard widths cut to size from stock sleeve QQ ISO 13050 (International Standards Organisation) Widths: 9–170mm Pitches: 3, 5, 8, 14mm Relative power 100%
1040 -8M 30 -FEN Length (mm)
Pitch (mm)
Width (mm)
Fenner Brand
Can’t Find The Right Size... Try Our Belt Cutting Service In-House Belt Cutting Service If you can’t find the correct size belt, give your local ERIKS Service Centre a ring and they will be able to call upon our in-house belt cutting service, based at the Power Transmission Centre of Excellence. We stock a wide range of Timing Belts and Multi Vee Belts in sleeve from which can be cut to any width required. Profiles include:QQ Classic Timing Belt
XL, L , H & XH
QQ HTD Timing
5mm, 8mm & 14mm
QQ Torque Drive PLUS 3
5mm, 8mm & 14mm
QQ PU metric
5, AT5. T10 & AT10
QQ Multi V rib
PM, PL, PJ & PK
www.eriks.co.uk
POWER TRANSMISSION
QQ Minimum backlash for precise positioning
46
Vee, Wedge and Timing Pulleys
Vee and Wedge Taper Lock® Pulleys
POWER TRANSMISSION
Statically balanced to grade G6.3 for high accuracy Superior material specification and design allows guaranteed Superior performance at rim speeds up to 40m/s. Designed for use with both Vee and Wedge section belts. QQ Dual duty grooves to ISO 4183, dual duty pulleys accept both wedge and vee belts
www.fptgroup.com
QQ High grade cast iron used for construction QQ All pulleys are statically balanced QQ Rim speeds to a maximum of 40m/s QQ Special designs available
SPA500X5-FEN Belt Section
Pitch Dia. (mm)
No. of Grooves
Fenner Brand
Available in: Z, SPZ, XPZ, QXPZ from 56–630mm pitch dia. A, SPA, XPA, QXPA from 80–800mm pitch dia. B, SPB, XPB, QXPB, USPB from 112–1000mm dia. C, SPC, XPC, QXPC, USPC from 200–1250mm pitch dia.
Why Choose Fenner Friction Pulleys Available with pilot bore fixings or using Taper Lock® shaft fixings system for ultimate versatility. QQ Manufactured to ISO standards QQ Surface treated to reduce corrosion QQ Specials available
Save Energy, Improve Efficiency... Your belt drive stands or falls by the accuracy of its installation, so don’t forget to check the condition of your pulleys. 50% of new belts are fitted to worn pulleys, which can waste up to 10% of your energy input. QQ
Worn pulleys waste up to 10% of energy input
QQ Check yours now with the Fenner pulley groove gauge
Request your free pulley groove gauge today! http://knowhow.eriks.co.uk/fenner-groove-gauge-request
Worn Pulley
New Pulley
0121 508 6000
47
Timing Pulleys Fenner timing pulleys are manufactured from steel and high grade cast iron (GG25), tolerate shock loadings and can achieve rim speeds of up to 40m/s. QQ Available in both Classical Timing and HTD profiles QQ Meet ISO 13050 and ISO 5296 standards QQ High grade cast iron used for construction
QQ Special designs and sizes are available QQ Maximum rim speed up to 40m/s QQ Available with standard Taper LockÂŽ fitting
40-8M20-FEN No of Teeth
Pitch Size Belt Width (mm) (mm)
Fenner Brand
Have you seen... Our On-Line Drive Design Assistants Boost your drive efficiency Optimising your drive at the design stage can contribute significantly to the operating life, reliability and overall efficiency of your application. With this in mind, we developed easy-to-use Fenner SelectÂŽ on-line drive design assistants, providing engineers with a structured, detailed approach to achieving optimum drive performance. The family of on-line drive design assistants include: QQ Friction belt drives QQ Synchronous belt drives QQ Chain drives
Visit http://selectors.fptgroup.com and check out this invaluable, FREE resource!
www.eriks.co.uk
POWER TRANSMISSION
QQ P recision machined grooves protect and maximise belt life while reducing noise emissions
Timing Belts and Shaft Fixings
POWER TRANSMISSION
48
CONTI® SYNCHROFORCE CARBON Das Multitalent The Allrounder
Power Transmission Group
0121 508 6000
49
Timing Belts from CONTI® CONTI® Synchrochain Heavy Duty Timing Belt The newly developed CTD profile ensures faultless meshing and hence smooth running at high speeds. At the same time it prevents a jump-over at high torques.
Properties: QQ Temperature range, depending on application, from –40°C to +80°C QQ Suitable for tropical climates QQ Resistant to aging and ozone QQ Withstands reverse flexing QQ Resistant to oils, grease and fuel QQ Conditionally resistant to acid and lye QQ Raw materials and production are silicone free
Polyurethane teeth Tension member Aramide cord with S/Z twists wound in pairs
Polyurethane backing
CONTI® Synchrochain Carbon Heavy Duty Timing Belt Conti® Synchrochain Carbon utilises state-of-the-art materials with unparalleled smart production techniques which result in one of the most versatile and technically outstanding products on the market today. Whether your key driver is maximum production out, minimum drive size or total cost of ownership – Conti® Synchrochain Carbon is the solution! QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
Higher power capacity Almost zero tension loss (initial) Excellent length stability Reduced belt width Reduced noise Increased service life Reduced system costs and drive envelope
CONTI® SilentSync Self-tracking Timing Belt Conti SilentSync is a self-tracking timing belt made for very quiet and reduced vibration operation, making it an excellent choice for horizontal drives Properties: QQ Temperature range from –40°C to +85°C QQ Electrically conductive to ISO 9563 QQ Very low noise QQ Low vibration QQ Resistant to ageing and ozone QQ Conditionally oil-resistant QQ Maintenance-free
www.eriks.co.uk
Specially treated fabric Synthetic rubber feet Aramide tension member Synthetic rubber backing
POWER TRANSMISSION
So the Conti Synchrochain is well able to cope with a wide range of requirements. It is suitable for new drive designs and at the same time also compatible for use in existing systems. Available in pitches CTD8M and CTD14M. Details of pitch, lengths and widths can be obtained on request.
Specially treated fabric
50
Shaft Fixings and Taper Lock Bushes
POWER TRANSMISSION
Which Shaft Fixing is Right for your Application?
Simple
Standard
Solutions
page 50
page 51
page 51
Fenner Taper LockÂŽ Bushes
FenLock™ Cone Clamping Elements
Fenner Trantorque GTR
Exclusively for use with Taper Lock bored pulleys, sprockets and couplings, easy to install, off-the-shelf solution.
Extreme duty, high torque transmission shaft fixing. The ultimate solution for arduous equipment where reliability is essential.
Fast and accurate, single fastener shaft locking. Ideal for quick change parts or assemblies.
Offering a full range of both metric and imperial sizes as well as a full range of weld-on hubs, bolt-on hubs and hub adaptors. Available for shafts 9 to 125mm diameter - up to 7,400Nm transmission QQ Quick and easy to install or remove QQ Unique 4-hole design to reduce vibration for balanced assemblies QQ Removes the need for re-boring with a full range of both metric and imperial bores QQ Manufactured from high grade, closegrain grey iron or steel
Offering simple installation, increased shaft strength and high torque transmission capacity. Available for shaft sizes 6 to 900mm diameter - transmission of up to 1,650kNm QQ Accommodates infinite axial and radial positioning QQ Can be installed and removed multiple times QQ Enclosed design eliminates ingress of contaminants QQ Offers high torque transmission capacity
It offers a mechanical shrink-fit eliminating the problems of fretting corrosion, backlash and key wallowing. Trantorque Mini available for 5 to 16mm shafts (up to 50Nm transmission). Trantorque GTR available for 15 to 75mm shafts (up to 2000Nm transmission) QQ Precise radial and axial adjustments on shafts QQ Self-centering, requires no location diameter to retain concentricity QQ Offers a mechanical shrink-fit eliminating backlash QQ Can be used directly over empty keyways to repair a worn or damaged connection
0121 508 6000
51
Taper Lock® Bushes Easy on, easy off - the simplest and quickest shaft fixing
Simple
QQ QQ QQ QQ
o costly re-boring N High grade, close grain grey iron (GG25) material Tolerates shock loading Accommodates wide shaft diameter limits +0.05mm (0.002”) to 0.125mm (0.005”) QQ Perfect for use with V-pulleys, timing and HTD pulleys, sprockets, shaft couplings, hubs and adaptors
1610X38-FEN Bush Size
Bore Size
www.fptgroup.com
Metric
Fenner Brand
2 5 1 7 X1.5/8 - F E N
Imperial
Metric Range: 1008–5050 Bore Diameter 16mm–125mm Imperial Range: 1008–5050 Bore Diameter 3/8"–5"
Adaptors
Bolt-on hubs
Weld-on hubs
QQ For use with parallel bore eliminating the cost of drilling, tapping and taper boring QQ Keyed version also available for heavy duty applications QQ Taper bored to receive 4-hole Taper Lock® bush sizes 1008 to 4040
QQ A convenient means to secure fan rotors, steel pulleys, plate sprockets, impellers etc to a shaft QQ Welding not necessary QQ Taper bored to receive 4-hole Taper Lock® bush sizes 1210 to 3040
QQ Manufactured from steel to provide convenient means to secure fan rotors, steel pulleys, plate sprockets, impellers etc to a shaft QQ Shouldered outer diameter allows for easy location QQ Taper bored to receive 4-hole Taper Lock® bush sizes 1210 to 5040
2517 KM -ADAPTOR -FEN
BF 25 -FEN
WH 25 HUBS -FEN
Bush Size Keyway
Bolt-on Bush Size Fenner Brand (1st & 2nd Hub
Weld-on Bush Size Constant (1st & 2nd Hub
KM for Metric PM for Plain
Constant
www.eriks.co.uk
Fenner Brand
digits of bush size)
digits of bush size)
Fenner Brand
POWER TRANSMISSION
Machined to exacting tolerances in cast iron and steel, the Fenner Taper Lock® four hole bush has been tried and tested in over 40 million applications. It is the most successful shaft fixing in the market place today with a full range of both metric and imperial sizes as well as a full range of weld-on hubs, bolt-on hubs and hub adaptors.
52
Shaft Fixings and Couplings
TranTorque GTR Bushes & FenLock Cone Clamping Elements
POWER TRANSMISSION
Standard
Solutions QQ Eliminate Keys, Keyways, Setscrews Eliminate costly matching with inexpensive Trantorque GTR mounts. They grip like a shrink-fit on shaft and bore, and resist shocks and torque reversals better than keyways. Single-nut design, self-centres accurately, locks or unlocks with the twist of a wrench. QQ Infinite, Precise Radial Adjustment The positive lock and release action permits exact initial positioning with easy readjustment at a later date.
FenLock™ cone clamping elements provide a wide and versatile range of keyless shaft/hub assemblies. QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
Simple installation/dissembly Resistance to alternating torques ncreased shaft strength High torque transmission capacity No backlash Axial and angular adjustment capability No fretting corrosion
FLK 200
Medium High Torque, non self-centering
QQ Use Smaller Shafts Eliminate the weak spot in shafts and hubs caused by machining keyways. This, plus the rigidising effect, permits smaller and less expensive shafts and bearings with equal strength and stiffness.
FLK110
Medium/High Torque, self centering, fewer screws
FLK130
High torque, self-centering
FLK131
High torque, self-centering larger dia. location collar
FLK603
Medium/high torque, self centering, shrink disc device
QQ Retrofit and Repair Can be used directly over empty keyways to repair a worn or damaged connection. Both metric and imperial units are available.
Conatct your local ERIKS service centre for details on the full range available.
QQ Mount Hubless Devices Trantorque GTR mounts are unique in their ability to mount thin hubless devices. They need not be completely within the bore. This permits mounting plate sprockets, hubless gears, disc brakes, etc. – often at substantial savings to the user or OEM.
To Help... When ordering shaft fixings, consider the following: QQ Shaft dimension QQ Keyway details QQ Transmitted torque QQ Hub details (diameter, length, material)
0121 508 6000
53
Fenaflex™ Couplings Less stress, more flexibility
QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
POWER TRANSMISSION
These highly elastic lubrication-free couplings tolerate large amounts of misalignment in all planes as well as offering simple installation and inspection without disrupting the drive. The Fenaflex® coupling also has excellent shock absorbing properties while reducing vibration and torsional oscillations. Accepts misalignment simultaneously in all planes Highly resilient to absorb shock loads Lubrication-free Sample visual inspection to aid maintenance ATEX approved variant Simple installation without moving coupled machines Taper Lock® and pilot bore flanges Pump spacer and flywheel fixing variants
Pump Spacer Variant
Flywheel Variant
Couplings
Spacer variant available for pump drives to allow disassembly of pump shaft without disturbing the prime mover, minimising downtime.
Flywheel coupling version available for standard SAE flywheel fixings and elements available in different dynamic stiffness’s to accommodate a wide range of engine and driven machine parameters.
Available in Taper Lock® or pilot bore flanges. Taper Lock® have a massive torque capacity and are available with a fire resistant, anti-static tyre.
Rigid Couplings Taper Lock® Rigid couplings provide a convenient method of rigidly connecting shafts. Taper Lock® bushes permit easier and quicker fixing to the shafts with the firmness of a shrunk-on fit. QQ QQ QQ QQ
Peripheral speeds of up to 33m/s available Vertical assemblies possible in FF design Taper Lock® fixing as standard 8 sizes in the range
www.eriks.co.uk
54
Fenner Couplings
HRC Couplings
POWER TRANSMISSION
Exceptional performance, exceptional value Permitting quick and easy installation by means of Taper Lock® bushes, and offering quick alignment, the semi-elastic general purpose HRC coupling is ideal for use with electric motors. QQ Ease of alignment and fitting using straight edge and machined outside diameters QQ Fail-safe design due to interacting dog design QQ Accommodates incidental misalignment QQ Power ratings are matched to standard motor sizes QQ Standard and FRAS elements available QQ Flywheel fixing variant available QQ Pilot bore design also available
TriFlex Coupling New Fenner® TriFlex cord–reinforced flexible couplings can be trusted for installation in the most diverse drive train applications where resistance to shock stresses and silent operation are important such as hydraulic pump drives and machinery used in the agriculture, construction and medical industries. QQ The stiffness of the reinforced cords in Fenner® TriFlex couplings can be individually adjusted in all directions to compensate for radial, axial and angular misalignment QQ Drive train torque peaks can be effectively dampened QQ Individual elements of the coupling can be replaced quickly without the need to move the motor or driven load QQ All electrical parts in the drive train can be effectively insulated
Jaw Couplings A low-cost general purpose solution to absorb incidental misalignment, shockloads and small amplitude vibrations. QQ Ease of alignment QQ Fail-safe shaft connection QQ Range of element materials available including; nitrile, urethane and hytrel QQ Pump spacer variant available QQ Design powers up to 42.2kW available at 1440rpm
0121 508 6000
55
Autogard XG Series Torque Limiter
www.eriks.co.uk
POWER TRANSMISSION
Mechanical overload protection for extruders
56
Couplings Couplings Rexnord and Falk Couplings
Disc Couplings Disc Couplings Rexnord®
Disc Couplings
Rexnord • ® Th Ov
Couplings
POWER TRANSMISSION
Rexnord® Thomas® XTSR Disc Couplings QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
23 sizes Up to 430 mm bore capacity Up to 283,000 Nm torque capacity Speed ratings up to 23,000 rpm Allows for visual inspection and easy replacement of disc packs and center members Features zero backlash, low-restoring forces, and electrically-insulated designs Meets API 610 or API 671 specifications when specified ATEX certified
Rexnord Addax® Composite Disc Couplings QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
13 sizes Up to 130 mm bore capacity Up to 4,090 Nm torque capacity High-performance composite spacer with custom spacer lengths, up to 6,985 mm Up to 500 hp Corrosion-resistant center member, flex element, hub, and hardware lower the cost of ownership and extend service life Patented unitized flex elements provide 1 degree of misalignment per element and eliminate fretting
Disc Couplings
• Up • Over • Up • Up to • Sp • Up to • All • ® Spee rep Rexnord Thom • Allow • Fe repla • Over 20 an • • UpFeatu to 43 • • Upand to Me 28e sp • • Speed ra Meet • AT • Allows fo speci replacem • ATEX • Features
and elec Meets A specified •Rexnord ATEX ce A •
Rexnord • Add 13
• Up • 13 siz • Up • Up to • Hi Rexnord • Addax Up to cu High• • 13 • sizes Up • Upcusto 13 • to Co • • UpUp to 4,0 to ele • • High-per Corro ow custom elems • to Pa • Up 50 owne de • Corrosio • Paten element eli degre ownersh • Sh elimin • Patented • degree Shipso •
Lubricated Couplings Falk® Steelflex® Grid Couplings QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
25 sizes 11 models including high-speed, spacer, flywheel, brake and controlled torque Up to 508 mm bore capacity Up to 932,000 Nm torque capacity Up to 10,000 rpm Five-year heavy-duty warranty when lubricated with Long Term Grease (LTG)
Falk Lifelign® Gear Couplings QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
28 sizes 13 models for general purpose, high-speed and high-torque applications Up to 1,067 mm bore capacity Up to 8,185,763 Nm torque capacity Large flex hubs accommodate high-torque applications in space-limited installations Three-year heavy-duty warranty when lubricated with Long Term Grease (LTG)
Lubricated Couplings Lubricated Couplings Lubricated Couplings
eliminate Ships in
Falk® Stee
Falk® Steelfle • 25
® • 11 Falk® Steelflex • 25 siz fly • • 25 11 sizes m • mode Up • 11 flywh • Up • flywheel Up to • to Up • • Up Up 50 to • to Fiv • Up 93 • Up to • Up to wi 10 Five• • Five-yea with with LonL
Falk Lifelig
® ® Falk Lifelign G Falk Lifelign • 28
• sizes 13 • • 28 28 siz an • 13 mode • 13 m and • high Up and1,0 h • Up • to Up Up to • • Up to 8,1 • La Up fle to • • Large ap • applicati Large • Th • Three-ye appli •
0121 508 6000
Three
57
Elastomeric Couplings
Elastomeric Couplings Elastomeric Couplings Couplings
Falk Wrapflex® Elastomeric Couplings
9 sizes Up to 190 mm bore capacity Up to 15,027 Nm torque capacity Up to 4,500 rpm Replace-in-place elements eliminate the need for time-consuming realignment Patented hub and flex element design ensure long life Close-coupled and spacer designs available to accommodate shaft spacing Polyurethane element has excellent wear and chemical resistance and an operating temperature range of -40°C to 95°C ATEX certified
Falk Wrapflex® Elastomeric Couplings • Wrapflex 12 sizes ® Elastomeric Couplings Falk
POWER TRANSMISSION
QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
• Up to 184 mm bore capacity • • Up12tosizes 15,027 Nm torque capacity 184 rpm mm bore capacity • • UpUp toto 4,500 ® Rexnord Viva Elastomeric Couplings • Up to 15,027 Nmflex torque capacity • Patented hub and element design ensure • long Up life to 4,500 rpm QQ 12 Viva sizes Patented huband andspacer flex element design ensure QQ Up to 165 mm bore capacity • • Close-coupled designs available to long life QQ Up to 6,270 Nm torque capacity accommodate shaft spacing QQ Up to 5,400 rpm Close-coupled and spacer designswear available to • • Polyurethane element has excellent QQ Split-in-half flex element design for efficient installation and replacement accommodate shaft spacing and chemical resistance and an operating QQ Mounting hole patterns allow for a wide range of shaft gaps: from 6 to 300 mm • temperature Polyurethane element has to excellent range of -40°C 95°C wear QQ Non-lubricated and low-maintenance and certified chemical resistance and an operating • ATEX QQ Viva model features patented “V” notch design which provides uniform failure area for overload temperature range of -40°C to 95°C protection • ATEX certified
Elastomeric Couplings
QQ ATEX certified
Falk Wrapflex® Elastomeric Couplings • 12 sizes • Up to 184 mm bore capacity • Up to 15,027 Nm torque capacity • Up to 4,500 rpm ® • Patented hub and flex elementLimiters design ensure Rexnord Autogard Torque long life QQ Protect equipment from damaging torque spikes and inertias • Close-coupled and spacer designs available to QQ Instant and complete disengagement of the drive when overloaded accommodate shaft spacing QQ Adjustable, accurate, and repeatable torque setting • Polyurethane element has excellent wear QQ Reduced downtime due to quick and easy reset and chemical resistance and an operating QQ Rapid-reset, remote-reset, synchronous-reset options temperature range of -40°C to 95°C QQ Torque ranges from 1Nm to 1,000,000 Nm + • ATEX certified
Torque Limiters
QQ PT Drive Components
Rexnord Viva® Elastomeric Couplings • • • • •
12 Viva sizes Up to 165 mm bore capacity Up to 6,270 Nm torque capacity Up to 4,300 rpm Split-in-half flex element design for efficient installation and replacement Mounting hole patterns allow for a wide range of shaft gaps: from 6 to 300 mm Non-lubricated and low-maintenance Viva model features patented “V” notch design which provides uniform failure area for overload protection ATEX certified
Torque Management Products Torque Management Products • • • •
Rexnord Autogard® Torque Limiters
® • Protect equipment from Limiters damaging torque spikes Rexnord Autogard Torque
Torque Management Products
www.eriks.co.uk
and inertias PT Drive Components Protect equipment from damaging torque • • Instant and complete disengagement of the spik and inertias drive when overloaded Instant andaccurate, complete disengagement of the • • Adjustable, and repeatable torque drive when overloaded setting Adjustable, accurate, repeatable torque • • Reduced downtime dueand to quick and easy reset setting • Rapid-reset, remote-reset, synchronous-reset • options Reduced downtime due to quick and easy rese Rapid-reset, synchronous-reset • • Torque ranges remote-reset, from 1Nm to 1,000,000 Nm + options • Torque ranges from 1Nm to 1,000,000 Nm +
58
Roller Chain and Sprockets
Fenner PLUS Roller Chain High Performance Chain
POWER TRANSMISSION
Fenner PLUS chain has been designed to provide the optimum combination of tensile strength, wear resistance and fatigue life. Increased fatigue resistance QQ S hot peening of roller and side plates gives increased fatigue resistance QQ Ball swaged side plate holes improve finish and combat fatigue failure QQ Deep waisted side plates increase effective cross section lowering fatigue Fit and forget reliability QQ P reloaded to bed in all component parts QQ Final 100% quality check enabling you to simply fit and forget Also available OKS Chain and Drive Spray Product Ref: OKS3751500ML
Sprockets Fenner sprockets are available with either Taper Lock or pilot bored fixings and are precision manufactured from fine grade steel. Sprockets are available in simplex, duplex and triplex forms for sizes 05B to 20B. QQ Surface treated to reduce corrosion QQ Short-reach bushes on selected sizes - compact hubs QQ Hardened teeth on Taper Lock sprockets
5 /8 D- 27 T- TL - F EN Pitch (Inches)
Form
Number of teeth
Fixing
Fenner Brand
Sprocket Reworking Service The ERIKS Power Transmission Technology Centre is pleased to offer you a new in-house sprocket reworking service.
QQ Stocking 3/8� to 3/4� pitch simplex in preferred tooth numbers** QQ Bored to H7 tolerance QQ B.S. keyway/grubscrew QQ Can be machined to drawing
0121 508 6000
59
Lubrication Free Chain The Greener Cleaner Option Fenner PLUS Lubrication-Free roller chain utilises sintered bush chain technology which negates the need to pre-lubricate the chain for storage or running. POWER TRANSMISSION
The porous bush is lightly impregnated with oil which gives the same performance characteristics as lubricated chain without the need for periodical applications of lubricant whilst the chain is in use. This reduces risk to personnel as they don’t have to climb into machines to lubricate product and reduces waste oil products having to be recycled safely and legally. Fenner PLUS lubrication-free roller chain is an ideal solution for situations where lubrication is difficult or contamination and fire are serious potential problems. QQ B uilt-in lubrication – Fenner PLUS lubrication-free chain has been specially manufactured to exacting standards and features its own built-in lubrication QQ U sing sintered bushes impregnated with oil, Fenner lubrication-free chain can operate at up to 2.5m/sec, which is more than twice that of composite bush chains
Dramatically Reduced Downtime ERIKS were contacted by a large pet food manufacturer, as they were experiencing problems with the roller chains on their pet food conveyors. The chains were failing after just six months of use, and were also contaminated with debris attracted by excess oil which had been applied to
www.eriks.co.uk
the products. Following a site visit and after a lengthy technical discussion it was recommended that Fenner PLUS lubrication-free roller chain would be the best solution. Not only would this negate the need for costly and time consuming maintenance procedures, it would save the customer the expense of recycling the oil based lubricant after use.
100 metres were subsequently trialled, and a year later are still performing! The end user is delighted not only with the enhanced performance, but also with the lube-free benefits using this product resulting in an environmentally friendly factory. All conveyor lines have been and will continue to be fitted with Fenner PLUS lubrication-free roller chain.
60
Adapted Chain
Fenner PLUS Adapted Chain
POWER TRANSMISSION
Fenner PLUS adapted chain builds on the heritage and engineering experience of the Fenner product range by optimising the benefits of performance enhancing features which work together to give Fenner PLUS chain the optimum combination of tensile strength, wear resistance and fatigue life. QQ Enhanced performance in hostile environments QQ Solid rollers manufactured to achieve high surface hardness QQ S hot peened plates for increased fatigue resistance and extended chain life
48 Hour Adapted K1
K2
M1
M2
Chain Service
Everything You Need QQ Carbon and stainless steel variants QQ British (BS) and American (ANSI) standard specification
163 Circlip Type
164 EXTENDED PINS
563
564 Plain Duplex Pin
QQ Simplex and duplex QQ K and M attachments QQ Extended pin variants QQ Hollow pin variants QQ Matched lengths available
3 Simple Steps to an Adapted Solution Determine your adapted chain requirement using our simple adapted chain enquiry form and pass to your ERIKS representative Our engineering team will assess and quote for your requirements
3
We will assemble and deliver your adapted chain swiftly and efficiently so that you can enjoy the market leading benefits of Fenner PLUS adapted chain
0121 508 6000
61
POWER TRANSMISSION
When the Industry Moves, Rexnord is the Preferred Choice.
When it comes to providing highly engineered products that improve productivity and efficiency for industrial applications worldwide, Rexnord is the most reliable in the industry. From durable products like plastic bottles, to a more delicate product like a bag of chips, Rexnord works to ensure the sustainability of your product through production and distribution. Our commitment to customer satisfaction and superior value extends to every area of our business.
www.rexnord.com
www.eriks.co.uk
62
Renold Performance Chain
POWER TRANSMISSION
3XXXX Renold Synergy Ad 210x280 v1_Layout 1 25/07/2012 10:43 Page 1
LASTS 3 TIMES LONGER IN WEAR THAN YOUR CURRENT CHAIN OR YOUR NEXT CHAIN IS FREE Attachment Chain from Renold. Synergyexcellent is the only high performance transmission chain on theContact market ERIKS, your Renold AttachmentRenold chain requires authorised distributor service; prompt quoting, rapid To find out how Renold Synergy can on 0845 006 6000 • Unbeatable wear • Reduced initial wear enhance your productivity, call us on; availability and quick delivery. Tel: +44 (0)161 498 4600 and fatigue resistance Email: synergy@renold.com • Productivity improves • Withstands shock with Renold Synergy loadings better than any other standard chain www.renold.com/synergy www.renold.com/attachmentchain
39269 Renold ERIKS A4 ATTACHMENT Advert.indd 1
30/04/2013 09:56
0121 508 6000
63
Synergy Chain The only true high performance roller chain on the market! This isn’t our verdict, but that of engineers around the world, who consistently report that these superb products offer excellent wear and fatigue resistance, and exceptional working life. Its performance which results from years of research and development to deliver a product which is quite simply the most reliable of its kind. QQ Backed by the Synergy Wear Life Guarantee QQ Unbeatable wear resistance delivers maximum productivity identification and fast disconnect
QQ Unique end-softened pins for quick and easy cutting to length – without damaging the rest of the chain
QQ High resistance to shock loading Part No
ISO Ref
110038-25FT-REN 06B-1 110046-25FT-REN 08B-1 110056-25FT-REN 10B-1 110066-25FT-REN 12B-1 110088-10FT-REN 16B-1 110106-10FT-REN 20B-1 110127-10FT-REN 24B-1 114038-25FT-REN 06B-2 114046-25FT-REN 08B-2 114056-25FT-REN 10B-2 114066-25FT-REN 12B-2 114088-10FT-REN 16B-2 114106-10FT-REN 20B-2 114127-10FT-REN 24B-2 116038-25FT-REN 06B-3 116046-25FT-REN 08B-3 116056-25FT-REN 10B-3 116066-25FT-REN 12B-3 116088-10FT-REN 16B-3 116106-10FT-REN 20B-3 116127-10FT-REN 24B-3
Pitch (inch)
Box Qty (ft)
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1 1.1/4 1.1/2 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1 1.1/4 1.1/2 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1 1.1/4 1.1/2
25 25 25 25 10 10 10 25 25 25 25 10 10 10 25 25 25 25 10 10 10
Wear resistance and performance without equal
Syno Chain If lubrication’s a problem – here’s the solution! Designed around unique Renold technology, these chains set a new benchmark for chain performance with little or no lubrication. Offering real improvements in working life, thanks to outstanding wear and fatigue resistance, the range covers both small and large pitch sizes and is dimensionally interchangeable with standard chains. Using food industry-approved lubricant within the sintered bush, they have an ISO standard pin diameter, and therefore standard attachments on the outer links. QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
Large and small pitch sizes No lubrication normally required Totally dry to the touch Nickel-plated plates Excellent corrosion resistance
Part No
QQ U nique food industry-approved roller coating QQ Dimensionally interchangeable with standard chain QQ ISO standard pin diameter
ISO Ref
110438-10FT-REN 06B-1 110446-10FT-REN 08B-1 110456-10FT-REN 10B-1 110466-10FT-REN 12B-1 110488-10FT-REN 16B-1
www.eriks.co.uk
Pitch (inch) 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1
Box Qty (ft) 10 10 10 10 10
POWER TRANSMISSION
QQ Special platinum-coloured connecting link for easy
The biggest single innovation in power transmission technology since Renold invented the bush roller chain
Renold Special Chain
POWER TRANSMISSION
64
Attachment Chain from Renold. Attachment Chain from Renold. Attachment chain requires excellent service; prompt quoting, rapid Attachment excellent availability and chain quickrequires delivery. service; prompt quoting, rapid availability and quick delivery.
Contact ERIKS, your Renold authorised distributor on 0845 006 6000
Contact ERIKS, your Renold
authorised distributor on 0845 006 6000
www.renold.com/attachmentchain www.renold.com/attachmentchain 39269 Renold ERIKS A4 ATTACHMENT Advert.indd 1 39269 Renold ERIKS A4 ATTACHMENT Advert.indd 1
30/04/2013 09:56
30/04/2013 0121 508 09:56 6000
65
Renold Sovereign Renold Sovereign is the perfect solution for abrasive environments where dirt and dust ingress is commonplace. Renold Sovereign offers up to 4 times longer wear life, reduces pin wear, and is suitable for high speed or heavy load applications.
Part No
ISO Ref
Part No
ISO Ref
114846-25FT-REN 08B-2 114856-25FT-REN 10B-2 114866-25FT-REN 12B-2 114888-10FT-REN 16B-2
Pitch (inch) 1/2 5/8 3/4 1
Pitch (inch) 1/2 5/8 3/4 1
Box Qty (ft) 25 25 25 10
Box Qty (ft) 25 25 25 10
Renold Stainless Steel Renold Stainless Steel chain should be slected when resistance to chemical action is critical. Ideal for use in food processing.
Part No
ISO Ref
185118-10FT-REN 05B-1 185302-10FT-REN 06B-1 181707-10FT-REN 08B-1 180280-10FT-REN 10B-1 185634-10FT-REN 12B-1 187900-10FT-REN 16B-1
Part No
ISO Ref
185122-10FT-REN 06B-2 185125-10FT-REN 08B-2 185126-10FT-REN 10B-2 185127-10FT-REN 12B-2 185128-10FT-REN 16B-2
Pitch (inch) 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1
Pitch (inch) 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1
Box Qty (ft) 10 10 10 10 10 10
Box Qty (ft) 10 10 10 10 10
Renold Hydro-Service Renold Hydro-Service chain delivers superior corrosion resistance, lasting as much as 30 times longer than standard carbon steel in applications that have to deal with water or salt spray. Part No 530038-10FT-REN 530046-10FT-REN 530056-10FT-REN 530066-10FT-REN 530088-10FT-REN 530106-10FT-REN 530127-10FT-REN
Part No 534038-10FT-REN 534046-10FT-REN 534056-10FT-REN 534066-10FT-REN 534088-10FT-REN 534106-10FT-REN 534127-10FT-REN
www.eriks.co.uk
ISO Ref 06B-1 08B-1 10B-1 12B-1 16B-1 20B-1 24B-1
ISO Ref 06B-2 08B-2 10B-2 12B-2 16B-2 20B-2 24B-2
Pitch (inch) 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1 1.1/4 1.1/2
Pitch (inch) 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1 1.1/4 1.1/2
Box Qty (ft) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Box Qty (ft) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
POWER TRANSMISSION
110846-25FT-REN 08B-1 110856-25FT-REN 10B-1 110866-25FT-REN 12B-1 110888-10FT-REN 16B-1
66
Accessories, Drives and Rollers
Chain Pin Extractor Do you have to grind chain to cut it? Renold makes cutting chain easy. Using the Renold Chain Pin Extractor cutting chain is effortless, it takes just seconds and there’s no mess.
Extractor
Chain Pin Extractor
Do you have to grind chain to cut it? Renold makes cutting chain easy. Using
POWER TRANSMISSION
nd chain to cut it? Renold makes cutting chain easy. Using the Renold Chain Pin Extractor chain is effortless, it takes just seconds and there’scutting no mess. ds and there’s no mess.
inextractor.com
www.renoldpinextractor.com
Chain Wear Guide
xtractor You can use a simple wear guide to identify when
has reached the point when it needs d chain to your cut chain it? Renold makes cutting chain easy. Using the Renold Chain Pin Extractor cutting chain is effortless, to be replaced. Running a worn chain will reduce and there’s no mess. efficiency, accelerate the wearing of sprocket teeth and increase operational noise. The Renold Chain
extractor.com Wear Guide helps you to measure chain extension and improve maintenance.
ar Guide
Renold Klik-Top polymer
Chain block Wear chain Guide
Renold Klik-Top You can use a simple wear guide to identify when your chain Renold Klik-Top polymer block chain is a modern alternative Polymer Block Chain has the point when needsIfto beneed replaced. Running toreached conventional polymer blockit chain. you to remove
ple wear guide to identify when your chain oint when it needs to be replaced. Running reduce efficiency, accelerate the wearing and increase operational noise. The Renold can use a chain simpleextension wear guide and to identify when helps youYou to measure your chain has reached the point when it needs ance.
a worn chain willit’s reduce accelerate the a Klik-Top block easy, efficiency, no need to disassemble the wearing chain. of Renold: sprocket teeth and increase operational noise. The Renold making life easier! to be replaced. Running a worn chain will reduce Chain Wear Guide helps you to measure chain extension and www.kliktopchain.com earguide.com efficiency, accelerate the wearing of sprocket teeth improve maintenance. and increase operational noise. The Renold Chain Wear Guide helps you to measure chain extension and improve maintenance.
www.chainwearguide.com
Renold Chain r Guide hain Selector
Renold Klik-Top polymer Selector eector wearfrom guide to identify when your chain Renold has been launched, making it even easier block chain The new Chain Selector from Renold has been nt when it needs to be replaced. Running t transmission chain for the job. You can quickly and easily Chain Selector launched, making it even easier to specify the right Renold duce efficiency, accelerate theenvironmental wearing on, alter parameters to include factors like Renold Klik-Top polymer block chain is a modern alternative transmission chain for the job. You can quickly
to conventional polymer block chain. If you need to making remove it even eas Chain Selector from Renold has been launched, dation increase operational The Renold and even allow for noise. applications with shock loads. The new and easily generate a selection, alter parameters a Klik-Top block it’s easy, nochain need for to disassemble the right transmission the job. You the can chain. quickly and easil include environmental factors like corrosion or to specify elps you toto measure chain extension and hainselector.com lubrication and even allow for applications with Renold: making life easier! generate a selection, alter parameters to include environmental factors like ce. shock loads. www.renoldchainselector.com corrosion or lubrication and even allow for applications with shock loads.
rguide.com
ndd 1
www.kliktopchain.com www.renoldchainselector.com
0121 508 6000 30/04/2013 09:53
ERIKS INDUSTRIAL Products, Services & Solutions
67
ENGINEERING SERVICES e-CONNECT
e-Connect Cloud Based Monitoring Solutions
www.eriks.co.uk
Call: 0121 508 6000 to speak to your local ERIKS Service Centre
Monitoring your critical assets to learn about their condition, behaviour and performance is one of the most cost-effective ways to minimise downtime, maximise uptime, and reduce repair and maintenance costs. From data logging and periodic text reports, to continual monitoring of device states with alerts, to trending with threshold-triggered alerts, diagnostics with local algorithms, and prognosis using high-end analytical techniques. The e-Connect system enables you to understand and resolve the root cause of asset issues with the ability to provide advanced failure warnings and under-performance identification.
e-Connect offers the following benefits and insights; Predictive maintenance support Preventive maintenance support Remote process control support Predictive stocking Real-time system information Near miss analytics Big data analytics
POWER
TRANSMISSION POWER TRANSMISSION
68
and Rollers 86 Interroll DrivesDrives and Rollers
DRIVES AND ROLLERS THE HEART OF CONVEYOR TECHNOLOGY
The Interroll Group is one of the world's leading manufacturers of key products for unit load handling systems, internal logistics and automation. Interroll UK has recently strengthened its position to offer customers an all embracing drive solution that includes professional consulting services, a product portfolio for drum drive technology and conveying components, with the assurance of a dedicated repair and servicing department geared to promptly respond to your needs.
• • • • • • • • • • • •
Attention
Workshops offering repair or replacement
Motorised Drums 80mm - 217mm Dia. Synchronous Drum Motors 82mm -113mm Dia Drives for all makes of modular belts Zone Controlled RollerDrives Gravity Rollers Fixed & Friction Drive Rollers 50mm Dia Magnetic Speed Controller Tapered Rollers Conveyor Wheels Omniwheels & Ball Transfer Units Roller Tracks Pallet Drives / Rollers
0121 508 6000
DRIVE FOR THE NEXT GENERATION_Layout 1 26/05/2017 11:14 Page 1
69 Drives and Rollers
86
Interroll Drum Motors Drive for the next generation POWER TRANSMISSION
The new generation of Drum Motors with fully modular synchronous and asynchronous design are engineered for high performance and longevity, and to meet stringent hygiene requirements. QQ Modular platform strategy available with an 80-mm and 113-mm diameter QQ Easier to plan and implement user-specific material-handling solutions
THE HEART OF CONVEYOR TECHNOLOGY
QQ Stronger shafts and ball bearings guarantee a long service life QQ Robust planetary gears make it possible to transfer high levels of torque to conveyor belts efficiently and quietly
QQ Greater speed range that can achieve throughput requirements precisely QQ Short and reliable delivery times QQ High energy efficiencies compared to alternative drive systems, cutting operating costs further
Ultra-hygienic belt drive QQ New generation Drum Motors with protection class IP69K, meet the highest hygiene requirements QQ Makes cleaning the facility much faster and easier QQ Reduces the risk of product contamination in the food
The Interroll Group is one of the world's leading manufacturers of key products for unit load handling systems, internal logistics and automation. processing area
Interroll UK has recently strengthened its position
to offer customers anto all embracing drive solution QQ The PTFE-sealing allows a high pressure cleaning with chemicals according that includes professional consulting services, a ECOLAB Specifications
Pioneering drive solutions
product portfolio for drum drive technology and conveying components, with the assurance of a dedicated repair and servicing department geared to promptly respond to your needs.
• • • • • • • • • • • •
In pioneering drive solutions for modular plastic belt conveyors Interroll utilises a range Attention of purpose designed, food quality FDA approved profiled rubber and Workshops PU lagging, offering repair or replacement and stainless steel or polymeric sprockets. To provide maximum flexibility of speed and control, all Interroll Drum Motors can be connected with most types of frequency inverters.
Continuous Development & Growth An important element of Interroll’s Group strategy is its commitment to developing and refining intelligent products that allow our customers to save space, energy and delivers a fast return on investment. QQ Magnetic Speed Controller MSC 50 - the new patented Interroll MSC 50 provides the optimal technical solution for controlling descending product speeds on gravity conveyors with materials weighing from 0.5 kg to a maximum of 35 kg.
QQ Interroll RollerDrive - a 24 VDC brushless motor integrated in a conveyor roller provides the most energy efficient all-purpose drive employed with controllers in automated conveyor technology.
Interroll Drum Motors are available with a wide range of voltages, powers, speeds, high torque motors, accessories and many other options.
www.eriks.co.uk
Motorised Drums 80mm - 217mm Dia. Synchronous Drum Motors 82mm -113mm Dia Drives for all makes of modular belts Zone Controlled RollerDrives Gravity Rollers Fixed & Friction Drive Rollers 50mm Dia Magnetic Speed Controller Tapered Rollers Conveyor Wheels Omniwheels & Ball Transfer Units Roller Tracks Pallet Drives / Rollers
POWER TRANSMISSION
DRIVES AND ROLLERS
70
Brook Crompton Motors
POWER TRANSMISSION
WIMES_advert_Tech_Direct:WIMES
01/05/2018
15:17
Page 1
WIMES Compliant motors
Keeping Industry Turning • Motor range 0.75 to 375kW (IE3). • PTC thermistors. • Dual voltage heater (110 / 230 volt). • 200kW and above fitted with winding RTDs. • Stainless steel nameplate with WIMES inscription. • Drip proof cowl fitted on V1 motors. • Variable Speed Drive Compliant. • C3M paint as standard. • 3 year warranty.
WIMES COMPLIANT 0121 508 6000
71
The clear choice for the UK W Flameproof Range POWER TRANSMISSION
Brook Crompton’s flameproof motors are designated Ex db (eb) flameproof and are designed for operation in Zone 1 hazardous areas. They comply with all relevant national and international standards. They are of a rugged cast iron construction to withstand an internal explosion. Outputs range from 0.37kW to 200kW with smaller or larger outputs on request. Standard motors are suitable for applications classified T4, in addition, T5 and T6 can be supplied, although this may involve reduced outputs. Special build options: QQ Ex db eb IIB or IIC QQ Group I mining QQ Special shaft dimensions QQ Special voltage
QQ QQ QQ QQ
Low starting torque Offshore Roller bearing plus many more
W Range The Brook Crompton W motor range is a high quality, high variant product with outputs from 0.07kW to 400kW in frame sizes 80 to 355L (for cast iron range) and WU-DA63S to WU-DA180L (aluminium range). They are suitable for use within a diverse range of applications from food and drink, china clay production to water and sewage. From roller table drives to refrigeration. Many applications often have adverse operating conditions including repeated starting and occasional overloading; the ‘W’ range is well suited to these situations. A virtual “go anywhere” motor that has a full three year guarantee. Some of the benefits of aluminium over cast iron, include, high resistance to corrosion and atmospheric attack (except chlorine, salt-laden or sulphuric acid) and the fact that aluminium is approximately one third the weight of cast iron. Special build options: QQ Multi-speed QQ Encoder QQ Force ventilated (IC416) QQ Brake/brake kit friendly QQ QQ
(aluminium range, frames 63-132 only) Special shaft/special flange dimensions Special paint
www.eriks.co.uk
QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
Special voltage Roller bearing Low starting torque Marine Hoist/crane duty Fumex (smoke extraction) plus many more
Multi-Mount... By simply changing the position of the feet, the user is able to obtain right, left or top mounted terminal box positions and by removing the standard endshield you can change it for a flange or face version.
ERIKS INDUSTRIAL Products, Services & Solutions
72
72
POWER TRANSMISSION
ENGINEERING SERVICES MOTOR REPAIRS
REPAIR, REPLACE OR UPGRADE? ERIKS Can Minimise Your TOTAL COST OF OWNERSHIP
www.eriks.co.uk
Call: 0121 508 6000 to speak to your local ERIKS Service Centre
ERIKS repair or replace neutrality, backed by our unrivalled motors know+how and extensive resources, means you always get more than just a short term fix. You get the most cost-effective, most efficient, long term holistic solution, supported by hard figures from ERIKS unique Total Cost of Ownership online calculator.
The Complete Motor Solution
AC, DC HV, LV Repair, replace, upgrade On and off-site repairs Full installation service Broad product range TCO online calculator Full function testing Root cause failure mode analysis Repairs carried out to manufacturers specifications
73
Electric Motors
Fenner Hygienic Geared Drives
POWER TRANSMISSION
In environments that demand an especially high level of hygiene or use aggressive cleansing agents that corrode traditional drives, the FennerÂŽ range of Hygienic stainless steel geared drives provides complete inter-changeability with any existing motor population for simple upgrades offering up to 15 times the service life. Designed specifically for wash-down duty applications using acid or alkaline solutions required for food, beverage, pharmaceutical or process industries and manufactured in chemical resistant Stainless Steel AISI304/316 with an electrolytic polished surface. The hygienic characteristics are further complimented by the smooth exteriors free from indentations and catchment areas to prevent the accumulation of dirt, speeding up the cleaning process. All Fenner Hygienic Geared Drives include: QQ Hygienic design, smooth and free draining surfaces QQ Corrosion and chemical resistant high quality electro polished stainless steel AISI 316 QQ No ID plates, specifications are etched on the surface QQ IP66 (optional IP69 (K)) to withstand sanitary washdown
Geared Unit Range
Motor Range
7 types, up to 3,000Nm QQ Interchangeable with European standard footprints QQ Dry fit IEC mounting QQ Filled with USDA H1 food grade lubrication and Blue FDA approved oil seals QQ Stainless steel AISI 316 breather
Power Range 0.12kW – 7.5kW QQ IEC interface QQ Unique anti condensation breather QQ Class F insulation QQ Built-in PTC motor thermal protection QQ IE2 or IE3 efficiency QQ Suitable for frequency inverter duty QQ O-ring sealed terminal box
www.eriks.co.uk
74
WEG Motors and Drives
Motors | Automation | Energy | Transmission & Distribution | Coatings
POWER TRANSMISSION
W22 LOW VOLTAGE MOTORS AND DRIVES Controlled Performance
WEG Low Voltage Motors and Variable Speed Drives are the easy answer for greater energy efficiency, control and versatility for all applications. We offer a complete range of IE3 and IE4 motors both for safe area and hazardous area applications. With inverter drives designed for machinery, systems, HVAC-R and general purposes, we can offer a solution for all your machinery drive needs. For more information visit www.weg.net
Transforming energy into solutions.
www.weg.net
0121 508 6000
75
IE3 and IE4: Meeting efficiency regulations and helping you to save money.
W22 IE3 Premium Efficiency and IE4 Super Premium Efficiency - Cast Iron Range High efficiency and low cost of ownership throughout the entire motor lifetime have been the basis for the W22 development. Available with outputs from 0.12 to 500kW in either 2, 4, 6 and 8 pole speeds.
W22X IE3 Premium Efficiency and IE4 Super Premium Efficiency - Flameproof Range Although not yet included within the EU MEPS, the W22X is available at both IE3 Premium efficiency and IE4 Super Premium efficiency rating Available with outputs from 0.12 to 1,600 kW in either 2, 4, 6 and 8 pole speeds.
W21 - Aluminium Range Offering improved thermal dissipation with a lower overall weight than cast iron, the aluminium frame is suitable for most industrial environments. Available with outputs from 0.12 to 11kW in either 2, 4, 6 and 8 pole speeds.
www.eriks.co.uk
Premium efficiency IE3 and Super Premium efficiency IE4 Lower total operational costs Energy saving Versatile, robust design Reduced noise
Premium efficiency IE3 and Super Premium efficiency IE4 Low total operational costs EXd rated for explosive atmospheres Suitable for Zones 1 and 2 ; Zone 21 and 22 certified IIC group certified
High efficiency IE2 and Premium Efficiency IE3 Multi-mounting Class F insulation system IP55 protection Suitable for inverter duty applications
POWER TRANSMISSION
With energy efďŹ ciency regulations and rising energy costs, motor performance should be one of your biggest priorities. As a world-leader in the design and manufacture of industrial motors, our focus is not only helping you to meet IE3 standards, but to exceed them. Our W22 IE4 range offers even greater savings with the assurance of WEG quality.
76
Inverters
Frequency Inverters
POWER TRANSMISSION
The smallest VSD on the market for 50°C operation, the new CFW100 is both compact and user friendly for simple applications, suitable for low power ratings and single-phase power supplies. The CFW100 has been designed for simple applications such as fitness equipment, car washers, conveyors, pumps, fans, blowers, factory and garage doors, barriers and many more. Available in the following power ratings: 0.25, 0.55 and 0.75 kW in three different frame sizes. QQ Operating temperatures 50°C without derating QQ Compact product, saving space when using external filter QQ Many communication plugins available, making it very flexible.
DRIVES AND PUMPS
QQ PLC function embedded by Soft PLC. QQ Easy and fast commissioning, ready to run after being QQ
unpacked (I/Os with predefined function, parameter with default factory setting) Flash memory module available, making programming fast, easy and reliable for OEM’s
CFW700 Frequency Inverter The CFW700 has been designed and optimised for variable torque applications such as pumps and fans. Available in the following power ratings: 1.1 to 5.5kW (220-240V) single phase and 1.5 to 110kW (380-480V) three phase. QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
Quick and simple set-up Built in PID controllers Motor overload protection Self-tuning function automatically matches VFD lifetime Conformal coated boards for harsh industrial environments
CFW-11 Frequency Inverter The CFW11 drive has been designed for the control of squirrel-cage induction motors. It is suitable for use across a wide range of applications running on either normal or heavy duty loads. Available in the following power ratings: 1.1 to 5.5kW (200-240V) single phase and 1.5 to 630 kW (380-480V) three phase. QQ Plug and play set-up QQ Sensorless vector and closed loop control
QQ Built-in EMC filters QQ Built-in PID controllers QQ Wmagnet drive system®
0121 508 6000
77
QD:Neo Inverters Constant Torque 0.75kW - 200kW
POWER TRANSMISSION
Fenner QD:Neo offers the perfect combination of high performance and ease of use, providing a solid solution for even the most demanding applications. Fenner QD:Neo is suitable for use with both standard induction and permanent magnet motors. High Performance QQ Sensorless Vector Control: QQ Up to 200% torque from 0 speed ensures reliable starting and accurate speed control
Optional LED or OLED (IP55 & IP66)
Cable Management
High Quality Long-life Fans
Convenient Help Card
QQ PM Motor Control future proof: QQ Can be upgraded to the latest high efficiency permanent magnet motors QQ I/O & Communications: Fenner QD:Neo supports a wide range of machine control systems interfaces
Key Features
DIN Rail Mount (IP20)
QQ Just 14 basic parameters QQ Pluggable control terminals QQ Internal RFI filter complies with the latest EMC standards QQ Up to 32kHz Output Switching Frequency gives ultra quiet motor operation QQ Integral Brake Transistor QQ Modbus and CANopen as standard
Pluggable Terminals
+
QQ IP20, IP55 & IP66 enclosures QQ Bluetooth compatible Q-Stick for fast, accurate repeat programming
Applications QQ Cranes
QQ Hoists
QQ Compressors
QQ Extruders
QQ Winding
QQ Crushers
QQ Mixers
QQ Cutting
QQ Packaging QQ Conveyors
www.eriks.co.uk
Safe Torque Off Function The Fenner QD:Neo features a safe torque off function, as standard, to allow simple integration into machine critical safety circuits.
QQ Faster shut down and reset procedures reduce system maintenance time
QQ Better safety standard compared to mechanical solution
QQ Better motor connection, single cable with no interruption
78
Inverters
QD:Flow Inverters
POWER TRANSMISSION
Variable Torque 0.75kW - 200kW The Fenner QD:Flow sets a new standard for dedicated fan and pump control whilst retaining the ease of use you come to expect from Fenner inverters. Fenner QD:Flow has an innovative design, combined with robust performance to provide powerful flow control and reliability in a compact drive. Designed for HVAC QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
Energy optimisation Energy monitoring Built in pump cascade control Multiple fan operation Resonance avoidance
Key Features
Optional LED or OLED (IP55 & IP66)
Belt Break Detection
Spin Start
Hand Auto
QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
14 basic parameters Internal RFI filter Belt brake detection Anti-ragging function Fire-mode Spin start Bypass mode BACnet and Modbus RTU as standard QQ Maintenance interval timer QQ Multi-language OLED display QQ Intelligent standby Applications QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
Industrial Domestic Airports Hospitals Kitchens Offices Hotels
QQ Conference Centres QQ Swimming Pools QQ Additional Buildings
Bluetooth Q:Stick Programming
High Quality Long-life Fans
+
Dedicated to optimising efficiency The Fenner QD:Flow has been designed to optimise efficiency in pumping and HVAC systems.
QQ QQ QQ QQ
Multiple fan operation Fire override mode Stairwell pressurisation PID Control
0121 508 6000
79
QD:Evo Inverters Easy to Use 0.37kW - 11.0kW The Fenner QD:Evo is a value packed basic drive ideally suited for low power applications that require “best in class” purchase value. POWER TRANSMISSION
Operating from a small space-saving envelope the QD:Evo is fast to set up, simple to use and suitable for most applications. High Performance QQ Easy to install
DIN Rail Mount (IP20)
EMC & Varistor Disconnect
Q:Stick Programming
Convenient Help Card
QQ Simple keypad control QQ 50°C ambient rating for hot, tough applications QQ Free lifetime technical support QQ Energy optimisng function
Key Features QQ Simple commissioning, 12 basic parameter settings, default settings suitable for most applications QQ Internal RFI filter for full EMC compliance QQ Modbus RTU allows easy integration with your control and monitoring systems QQ Compact enclosures help minimise your space requirements QQ Brake chopper on sizes 2 & 3, dynamic and compact options with heatsink mounted resistor. QQ High overload capacity, 150% overload for 60 seconds and 170% overload for 2 seconds
Applications QQ Cranes QQ Compressors QQ Winding QQ Mixers QQ Packaging
QQ Conveyors
Optional Braking Resistor
Q-Stick for fast programming
QQ Hoists QQ Extruders QQ Crushers QQ Cutting
www.eriks.co.uk
For fast, accurate repeat programming.
Upload/download buttons allow for fast copying of parameters between drives
Infra-red and bluetooth communications capability provides remote control convenience
Can be programmed by PDA/smart phone
ERIKS INDUSTRIAL Products, Services & Solutions
80
80
POWER TRANSMISSION
ENGINEERING SERVICES ELECTRONICS SOLUTIONS
DEDICATED state-of-the-art ELECTRONICS centres
www.eriks.co.uk
Call: 0121 508 6000 to speak to your local ERIKS Service Centre
Repair, replace and upgrade of; Inverters, DC drives, encoders, robotics, monitors PLCs, HMIs and software, industrial PCs, power supplies and servo systems Full functional test facilities Obsolete equipment risk management
Complete system design, build, program, installation and commissioning Extensive 12 month ‘in service’ warranty on all repairs On-site support and project management
81
Fenner Gearboxes
Cyclo
Series W
Cyclodial Gearbox
Worm Gearbox
POWER TRANSMISSION
The revolutionary design of the Cyclo discs offers smooth and silent operation and excellent resistance to overloads. Extremely high ratios can be achieved within a very small envelope offering high efficiency in a very compact package. QQ High overload capacity up to 500% and high efficiency, even at high reduction ratios QQ Compact size and reduced noise level QQ High reliability with 2 years warranty QQ Exceptional life compared to other types of gearing
Shaft ø
Shaft length
Footprint
Shaft height
14 (k6) 20 (k6) 25 (k6) 25 (k6) 30 (k6) 35 (k6) 35 (k6) 50 (k6) 50 (k6) 60 (h6) 70 (h6) 80 (h6) 95 (h6)
30 40 50 50 60 70 70 100 100 90 90 110 135
60 x 120 60 x 120 75 x 120 90 x 150 90 x 150 90 x 150 115 x 190 145 x 290 145 x 290 150 x 370 275 x 380 320 x 420 380 x 480
80 80 90 100 100 120 120 150 150 160 200 220 250
www.eriks.co.uk
Fenner Series W Size Centres Standard Base to Footprint bore centre
Basic dimensions (All dimensions are in mm) 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 616 614 618 619
QQ Dimensionally interchangeable with the market leaders QQ Versatile mounting QQ Excellent mechanical strength whilst being especially lightweight QQ Accepts standard IEC electric motors
Basic dimensions (All dimensions are in mm)
Fenner Cyclo Size
A modern modular designed aluminium worm box available in a vast range of sizes and ratios for cost-effective solutions.
740 741 742 742 742 743 743 743 744 744 744 745 745 746 746 746 747 749
25 30 40 40 40 50 50 50 63 63 63 75 75 90 90 90 105 130
11 14 18 18 18 25 25 25 25 25 25 28 28 35 35 35 42 45
35 40 50 50 50 60 60 60 72 72 72 86 86 103 103 103 127.5 147.5
34 x 45 44 x 54 60 x 70 60 x 70 60 x 70 70 x 80 70 x 80 70 x 80 85 x 100 85 x 100 85 x 100 90 x 120 90 x 120 100 x 140 100 x 140 100 x 140 115 x 170 120 x 200
Flange options 75 80 110 120 140 125 145 160 160 180 200 160 200 200 210 250 280 320
82
Gearboxes
Fenner Gearboxes
Series C
Series M
Helical Worm Gearbox
POWER TRANSMISSION
Coaxial Gearbox
The innovative Fenner® Series M Coaxial Gearbox is the culmination of many years of expertise. Designed to be utilised in a wide variety of situations it combines high load carrying capacity with high efficiency and reliability and is manufactured using the highest quality materials and components.
Modern design techniques and high quality components enable the Fenner® Series C helical worm gear unit to outperform any other Gearbox in terms of lowest cost/Nm. The Series C right angle range provides a highly efficient and compact solution to meet most requirements.
QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
In-Line Up to 11,000Nm 5:1 to 16,200:1 ratios Foot or flange mounting DryFit, sealed gear-head Standard IEC motor connection
Fenner Series M
Fenner Series C
Basic dimensions (All dimensions are in mm) Size 860 801 861 802 862 803 863 864 865 866 867
Right angled Up to 10,000Nm 8:1 to 60,000:1 ratios Foot, flange or shaft mounting DryFit, sealed gear-head Standard IEC motor connection
Basic dimensions (All dimensions are in mm)
Shaft ø
Shaft length
Footprint
Shaft height
20 (k6) 25 (k6) 25 (k6) 30 (k6) 35 (k6) 35 (k6) 40 (k6) 50 (k6) 60 (m6) 70 (m6) 90 (m6)
40 50 50 60 70 70 80 100 120 140 170
110 x 110 130 x 110 130 x 110 165 x 135 165 x 135 195 x 150 205 x 170 260 x 215 310 x 250 370 x 290 410 x 340
75 90 90 115 115 130 140 180 225 250 265
Size Standard Alternate Shaft Footprint* Flange bore bore height* ø 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877
20 H7 30 H7 35 H7 45 H7 60 H7 70 H7 90 H7 100 H7
NA 25 H7 30 H7 40 H7 50 H7 60 H7 70 H7 80 H7
80 100 110 130 180 225 280 335
90 x 63 100 x 80 110 x 100 130 x 130 150 x 100 200 x 120 250 x 135 300 x 150
120/160 160 200 200 250 350 450 450
*These dimensions include additional mounting feet not supplied with the standard unit but available as an accessory on sizes 870, 871, 872 and 873.
0121 508 6000
83
Series K
Series F
Helical Bevel Gearbox
Helical Gearbox
POWER TRANSMISSION
The newly improved Fenner® Series F range is primarily designed as a shaft mounted unit incorporating an integral torque reaction bracket. This compact range of parallel shaft mounted geared motors and speed reducers offer high efficiency and interchangeability with other leading brands.
The Series K range incorporates all Fenner’s core design features in a highly efficient yet flexible bevel helical drive. With high load carrying capabilities and increased efficiency over worm units, the right angled Series K range is proven to save energy and reduce running costs.
QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ QQ
Parallel off-set Up to 16,500Nm 4.5:1 to 5,700:1 ratios Flange or shaft mounting DryFit, sealed gear-head Standard IEC motor connection
Fenner Series F
Fenner Series K
Basic dimensions (All dimensions are in mm) Size Bore ø Shaft* Off-set 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790
25 30 35 40 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
– 25 x 47 30 x 56 35 x 66 40 x 76 50 x 95 60 x 114 70 x 135 90 x 172 90 x 170 110 x 210
* From centre
www.eriks.co.uk
Right angled Up to 12,300Nm 8:1 to 36,000:1 ratios Foot, flange or shaft mounting DryFit, sealed gear-head Standard IEC motor connection
96 121 121 144 165 200 243 274 332 385 414
Basic dimensions (All dimensions are in mm)
Torque Flange restraint options ø15 – 140mm* ø15 – 158mm* ø15 – 170mm* ø15 – 198mm* ø15 – 218mm* ø24 – 278mm* ø24 – 346mm* ø27 – 395mm* ø27 – 485mm* ø26 – 485mm* ø33 – 550mm*
160 160 160 250 250 300 350 450 450 550 650
Size 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898
Shaft ø
Shaft length
Footprint
Shaft height
30 35 40 40 50 60 70 80 100
180 200 250 250 300 350 450 450 450
110 x 100 130 x 120 130 x 130 120 x 140 150 x 165 180 x 180 240 x 240 280 x 270 350 x 330
100 112 132 140 180 212 265 315 375
ERIKS INDUSTRIAL Products, Services & Solutions
ERIKS SUPPORT FOR LIFE Even the highest quality, best designed, most carefully engineered product won’t last for ever. But with the right support it can have a far longer more productive service life.
Tools, Safety and Maintenance
Gaskets Valves Pumps PPE Tools Electrical
www.eriks.co.uk
Call: 0121 508 6000 to speak to your local ERIKS Service Centre
3 3
3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Repair
Lubrication
OnSite maintenance
Testing & certification
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
OnSite inspection
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Full Service
Maintain
Optimise / Monitor 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3
3
3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3
3 3
3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
Flow Control
Sealing
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Asset management
Sealing and Polymer
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Replacement
Filtration
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Condition monitoring
Pneumatics
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Energy management
Hydraulics
Process improvement/ TCO
Open Drives Closed Drives Industrial Hose
Installation / commissioning
Fluid Power, Transfer and Control
Lubrication
Spares and maintenance strategy
PRODUCTS
Power Transmissions
Bearings
Training
Bearings and Lubrication
Application engineering/ problem solving
So rather than possibly saving pennies on the initial purchase price, with ERIKS Technical Services support for life, you can save pounds on maintenance, repairs and replacements.
Implementation
Advise / Review
SERVICES
ERIKS Technical and Engineering Services will help to ensure the product is always operating at its most efficient, with less unplanned downtime. If a repeat failure should occur, our engineers see it as an opportunity for performance improvement. Using root cause analysis, instead of simply addressing the symptom, they will resolve the issue and prevent it from happening again or happening so frequently.
84
85
Speed Reducers and Gearboxes
SMSR PowerPLUS Shaft Mounted Speed Reducer Precision gearing with increased face width allows the Power PLUS range of SMSR units to operate within smaller gear cases than many of its rivals. The modular cases design allows the unit to be mounted in a number of ways. POWER TRANSMISSION
QQ Compact design – reduced gear case size QQ Modular case design, variety of mounting options QQ Easy-fit, up-rated Taper-Grip bush option QQ Easy fit backstops available QQ Comprehensive output speeds available with a simple Fenner belt drive. QQ Extended manufacturer’s warranty QQ Quick and simple upgrade QQ New extra sizes in the range QQ Quicker installation and removal, no keyways QQ Flange mounting holes machined on both faces as standard QQ Full mounting flexibility for any application
Available in QQ Power ratings up to 250kW/ 44,000Nm QQ Ratio range; 5:1, 13:1 and 25:1 The Fenner SMSR excels in harsh environments such as quarries and as such is used extensively across a wide range of applications in arduous environments worldwide.
50% Better, 100% Fenner The UK’s leading shaft mounted drive gives you a 50% increase in power-to-weight ratio for a compact drive solution.
www.eriks.co.uk
™
Taper-Grip Bushes The unique Taper-Grip bush locking system allows Fenner SMSRs to be secured to the driven shaft overcoming the difficulties that can be experienced with other methods of mounting – particularly in corrosive environments. Transmits 300% more torque and accommodates shaft tolerance to h11. QQ Resistant to fretting corrosion QQ Allows easy removal of gear unit QQ Wide selection of metric and imperial bush sizes available QQ Requires no key
Vibration Solutions
POWER TRANSMISSION
86
T U
MVSS Stainless Steel Electric Vibrator
MVCC DC Electric Vibrator it lole in
all neac Vibrator
VHE5 Eternal Hydralic Vibrator
rbine neac Vibrator
Vibrators wit in centres to sit alternae aes
MVSI-R olised Alini Electric Vibrator
neac Vibrator
VIBRATECHNIQUES LTD
20 Cecil asley ay, Sorea Airport, Sorea by Sea, est Ssse. N43 5 elepone: 01274 430977 a: 01273 430978 Eail: sales@ibtec.co eb: www.ibtec.co
0121 508 6000
87
FLUID POWER, TRANSFER AND CONTROL Why should you partner with ERIKS? One compelling reason is that we offer you fast, cost-effective access to an extensive range of world-leading brands. But this is far from all. Our exceptional product know-how, coupled with our range of in-house application engineers, means that we are ideally positioned to provide solutions based on a true understanding of your needs. Solutions which make a real difference to your business.
Quick reference
Quick Product Reference Pneumatics
Compact Cylinders 91 Push-in Fittings 92 Valves 96-100 Cylinders and Actuators 101 Valves & Vaccuum Units 104-105 Suction Cups 106-107 Vacuum Pumps & Gripper Systems 108
140-141
90-96
97-99
Hydraulics
104-105
111-115, 118
Lifeguard Sleeve 111 Self-Assembly Starter Kits 112 High Pressure Hoses & Couplings 113-114 Hose Assemblies & Components 115 Components and Fittings 116-118 Adaptors 119 Hydraulic Accessories 120-122 Oil Transfer Units 123 Ball Valves 123 Hydraulic Valves & Filtration 124-128 Bladder Accumulators 129 Oil Coolers 129 Servo and Proportional Valves 130 Exchange Programme 132 Hydraulic Tools 134-135
Filtration Group Ltd.
Emperor Court, Emperor Way, Crewe Business Park Crewe CW1 6BD Phone: + 44 1270 503 400 Mail: fm.gb.industrialfiltration@filtrationgroup.com
130-131
100-102
125-129
142-143
146
achieve more * with our advanced FGTM products and local service - made in Germany
With more than 500 years of combined filtration experience, our comprehensive portfolio of FG™ products from Germany and the inclusion of MAHLE Industrial Filtration, we are now in a position to offer an even higher level of quality. We provide local support and the most advanced filtration solutions on the market.
123,138-139
106-108
145
The patent pending shrinking outer sheath fastens the pleated star closely to the inner core, guaranteeing uniformly high separating performance throughout the entire service life of the filter element. This allows ideal filtration results, even though pressure pulsations, triggered by changing volume flows, may occur in the fluid system. Flow direction Internal support mesh Protective nonwoven Fine fiberglass layer Medium fiberglass layer Coarse fiberglass layer External support mesh
FG Fluid Filtration Solutions
FG PulseShieldTM
TOOLS AND SOLUTIONS FOR ALL INDUSTRIES
Reels The Name for Hose
• Cylinders & Lifting Products • Valves
160
158
• System Components • Presses
159
• Pullers • Tools
www.eriks.co.uk
9603_ERIKS_UK_Tech_Catalog_2019_180x232.indd 1
148-149 150-151 152-153 154 155 156 157 158 159-160
Our new generation of fluid filter elements with PulseShieldTM Technology brings together several innovations. Future-oriented fiberglass filter technology with a new shrinking outer sheath to ensure first-class filtration results with significantly reduced energy consumption.
Our focus is to provide our customers with the most extensive line of products and accessories that maximize force to increase productivity and make work safer and easier to perform.
151, 154-158
Industrial Hoses Commodity Hose & Clips Metal Hose Camlocks & Bellows Rubber Hose Steam Hoses Food & Beverage Hoses Chemical & Pharmaceutical Hoses Pre-Pur® General Purpose Hoses Hoses Reels & Cable Reels
Filtration Group GmbH (formerly MAHLE Industrial Filtration GmbH) specializes in cleaning and treatment of industrial oils and lubricants as well as air and water. With extensive application know-how, our own research and development, application engineering, laboratory and design, we offer our customers tailor-made filter components and process filtration modules.
134-135
• Hydraulic Pumps
138-139 140-141 142-143 144 145-146
New innovations on the way
Enerpac is a global market leader in high pressure hydraulic tools, controlled force products and solutions for precise positioning of heavy loads. We manufacture products, from the smallest hydraulic cylinder to complete computer-operated lifting and positioning systems.
116-117, 132
Filtration Fluid Filters Water Filters Filters Bag & Panel Filters Oil Cleanliness Filtration Solutions
The wide product range you know
02/05/2018 09:57
88 88
FLUID POWER, TRANSFER AND CONTROL ERIKS technical expertise and product knowledge, together with strong partnerships with the leading names in Fluid Power, Transfer and Control means we can offer you the right solution for your application, regardless of manufacturer or brand.
Compressed Air Savings Programme A systematic approach to compressed air management could result in significant cost savings up to 70%
We also take a holistic approach to your problems, which looks beyond the products to the process, the application and the project as a whole. The result is the most cost-effective, most reliable solution.
Compressed air audits Design, build and installation On-site oil sampling and analysis Commodity management Hydraulic repairs Hose assemblies
0121 508 6000
89
FLUID POWER, TRANSFER AND CONTROL
PNEUMATICS As the UK’s largest distributor of pneumatic products, we stock a comprehensive range, and real-time visibility, from the world’s leading manufacturers. Our application know-how means we can supply complete solutions, giving us the ability to configure parts and provide modular assembled products – enabling cost effective customisation to your requirements.
Control valves and actuators Air preparation equipment Push-in and compression fittings Compression fittings Quick Release Couplings
HYDRAULICS At ERIKS we have the skills and services to help you ensure your hydraulic systems and equipment are always running at optimum efficiency.
www.eriks.co.uk
Whatever you’re looking for, from a single product, through repair and refurbishment services, to end-to-end system design, build and commissioning, you’ll find our ability to meet your needs is second to none..
Directional Control Valves, Compression Fitting and Adaptors
Hose, Couplings and Crimpers OE Kitting Solutions 2-3 Way Ball Valves
INDUSTRIAL HOSE As one of the UK’s leading Industrial Hose specialists, our technical Know-how is relied upon to solve a wide range of challenges that our customers face across all industries. Our team of in-house technical specialists can provide you with support to help you select the correct hose specification for your application.
Wide range of hoses from Metallic to Silicone
FILTRATION Whether you need clean compressed air to separate oil from water, or remove solid particulate from a chemical or other fluid, ERIKS has the solution. And if we don’t we’ll design one.
Hydraulic / Air / Process Filtration Dust and fume control Purifier equipment Monitoring equipment
Bellows and fittings Pre-manufactured assemblies Hose testing and management Hose tagging
90
FLUID POWER
YOUR FLUID POWER SOLUTION FOR: · HYDRAULICS · PNEUMATICS · CUSTOMISED SOLUTIONS · ENGINEERED SYSTEMS · CONTAMINATION MONITORING
FLEXION DELIVERS A WIDE RANGE OF FLUID POWER PRODUCTS AND SERVICES THAT OFFER VALUE TO DESIGN AND MAINTENANCE ENGINEERS, BOTH IN TERMS OF PERFORMANCE AND COST
Call us today on: 0845 006 6000 www.eriks.co.uk/flexion Untitled-1 1
THE FLEXION RANGE GIVES YOU: • • • • •
Access to proven Fluid Power solutions and customisation Dedicated Fluid Power application and technical support Engineering products that exceed international standards Effective product development through shared knowledge Proven track record in providing Fluid Power solutions
YOUR FLUID POWER SOLUTION 16/06/2015 12:07:18
0121 508 6000
91
Compact Cylinders
Compact Cylinders FLEXION™ ISO 21287 COMPACT CYLINDERS 16-100MM BORE
FLEXION™ Compact cylinders conform to UNITOP standards (16mm bore), or ISO 21287 (20mm–100mm).
32mm to 100mm bore cylinders have the same fixing centres as the ISO 15552 range of cylinders, making the cylinder mounting accessories interchangeable.
-
Constant ERIKS Pneumatic Cylinder
Constant
Equipped with elastomer cushions to increase cylinder life and reduce noise levels, the FLEXION™ compact cylinder is the ideal choice of actuator where space is limited, with overall body lengths up to 60% shorter than an ISO 15552 equivalent.
16mm Bore Part No
5 10 15 20 25
20mm Bore Stroke (mm)
EPC20-5CFDA-FX EPC20-10CFDA-FX EPC20-15CFDA-FX EPC20-20CFDA-FX EPC20-25CFDA-FX
5 10 15 20 25
25mm Bore Part No
Stroke (mm)
EPC25-5CFDA-FX EPC25-10CFDA-FX EPC25-15CFDA-FX EPC25-20CFDA-FX EPC25-25CFDA-FX EPC25-30CFDA-FX EPC25-40CFDA-FX EPC25-50CFDA-FX
www.eriks.co.uk
5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50
Part No EPC32-10CFDA-FX EPC32-20CFDA-FX EPC32-25CFDA-FX EPC32-30CFDA-FX EPC32-40CFDA-FX EPC32-50CFDA-FX
EPC40-10CFDA-FX EPC40-20CFDA-FX EPC40-25CFDA-FX EPC40-30CFDA-FX EPC40-40CFDA-FX EPC40-50CFDA-FX
10 20 25 30 40 50
EPC50-10CFDA-FX EPC50-20CFDA-FX EPC50-25CFDA-FX EPC50-30CFDA-FX EPC50-40CFDA-FX EPC50-50CFDA-FX
Constant
Constant
Constant FLEXION Brand
C – Compact F – Female Piston Rod Thread DA – Double Acting
Part No EPC63-10CFDA-FX EPC63-20CFDA-FX EPC63-25CFDA-FX EPC63-30CFDA-FX EPC63-40CFDA-FX EPC63-50CFDA-FX
Stroke (mm) 10 20 25 30 40 50
80mm Bore Stroke (mm) 10 20 25 30 40 50
50mm Bore Part No
FX
63mm Bore Stroke (mm)
40mm Bore Part No
-
Stroke (mm) 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 80, 100 Max Stroke 100
32mm Bore Stroke (mm)
EPC16-5CFDA-FX EPC16-10CFDA-FX EPC16-10CFDA-FX EPC16-20CFDA-FX EPC16-25CFDA-FX
Part No
Bore Size (mm) 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100
CFDA
Stroke (mm) 10 20 25 30 40 50
Part No EPC80-10CFDA-FX EPC80-20CFDA-FX EPC80-25CFDA-FX EPC80-40CFDA-FX EPC80-50CFDA-FX EPC80-80CFDA-FX EPC80-100CFDA-FX
Stroke (mm) 10 20 25 40 50 80 100
100mm Bore Part No EPC100-10CFDA-FX EPC100-20CFDA-FX EPC100-25CFDA-FX EPC100-40CFDA-FX EPC100-50CFDA-FX EPC100-80CFDA-FX EPC100-100CFDA-FX
Stroke (mm) 10 20 25 40 50 80 100
FLUID POWER
The profile of the body is designed to use the same sensors as the existing cylinders in the FLEXION™ range, simplifying stock requirements.
EPC
92
Push-in Fittings
Push-in Fittings FLEXION™ STAINLESS STEEL PUSH-IN FITTINGS
FLUID POWER
FLEXION™ Stainless steel fittings are manufactured to the highest quality standards to ensure they provide you with increased performance and extended reliability when used in aggressive environments or when in contact with corrosive fluids. Typical industry applications include: chemical, food, printing, marine and pharmaceutical industries.
Male Stud Parallel
Wide range to suit all applications Compatible with all other leading systems Tubing can be freely rotated, even after installation All taper threads are pre-coated with PTFE
Tube OD
Thread Size
Code
Tube OD
Thread Size
SSPC4-M5-FX 4
M5
SSPC4-G01-FX 4
G1/8
SSPC6-G01-FX 6
G1/8
SSPC4-01-FX 4 SSPC4-02-FX 4 SSPC6-01-FX 6 SSPC6-02-FX 6
SSPC6-G02-FX 6
R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4
G1/4
SSPC8-01-FX
SSPC8-G01-FX
8 G1/8
SSPC8-02-FX
8 R1/4
SSPC8-G02-FX
8 G1/4
SSPC10-02-FX
10 R1/4
SSPC10-G02-FX
10 G1/4
SSPC10-G03-FX
10 G3/8
SSPC10-03-FX 10 R3/8 SSPC12-03-FX 12 R3/8
8 R1/8
SSPC12-04-FX 12
R1/2
IK P.E R S.CO.U HO K
Thousands of products available to order on
IK S
UK O. .C
R .E
ERIKS WEBSHOP
SHOP.E R
.CO.U K I KS
Flexible space-saving design
Male Stud Taper
Code
S
Simple and quick to install
Technical Data
Materials:
Tube sizes
Body:
Stainless Steel AISI 316
4 - 12mm
Threads
1/8” - 1/2”, BSPT
Seal:
Viton (FPM)
Max Pressure
15 bar
Grab Ring:
Stainless Steel Release
Vacuum
Up to 750mmHg
Release Collet: Stainless Steel AISI 316
Temp Range
-20°C to +150°C
0121 508 6000
SH
OP
93
Male Swivel Elbow Parallel Code
Tube OD
Male Elbow Parallel Thread Size
SSPL4-M5-FX 4 SSPL4-G01-FX 4 SSPL6-G01-FX 6 SSPL6-G02-FX 6 SSPL8-G01-FX 8 SSPL8-G02-FX 8 SSPL10-G02-FX 10 SSPL10-G03-FX 10
M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8
Thread Size G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4
Elbow Union
SSPV4-FX SSPV6-FX SSPV8-FX SSPV10-FX SSPV12-FX
Thread Size G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4
Code
Tube OD
Thread Size
SSPB4-01-FX 4 SSPB6-01-FX 6 SSPB6-02-FX 6 SSPB8-01-FX 8 SSPB8-02-FX 8 SSPB10-02-FX 10 SSPB10-03-FX 10
Code
4 6 8 10 12
R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R1/4 R3/8
Thread Size R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 R1/2 R1/2
Code Tube OD SSPU4-FX 4 SSPU6-FX 6 SSPU8-FX 8 SSPU10-FX 10 SSPU12-FX 12
Bulkhead
Tube Size
Code
SSPE4-FX 4 SSPE6-FX 6 SSPE8-FX 8 SSPE10-FX 10 SSPE12-FX 12
Stem Reducer
Tube OD
SSPL4-01-FX 4 SSPL6-01-FX 6 SSPL6-02-FX 6 SSPL8-01-FX 8 SSPL8-02-FX 8 SSPL10-02-FX 10 SSPL10-03-FX 10 SSPL12-03-FX 12 SSPL12-04-FX 12 SSPC12-04-FX 12
Straight Union
Tee
Tube OD
Code
FLUID POWER
Tube OD
SSPB4-G01-FX 4 SSPB6-G01-FX 6 SSPB6-G02-FX 6 SSPB8-G01-FX 8 SSPB8-G02-FX 8
Code
Tube OD
SSPLN4-G01-FX 4 SSPLN6-G01-FX 6 SSPLN6-G02-FX 6 SSPLN8-G01-FX 8 SSPLN8-G02-FX 8 SSPLN10-G02-FX 10
Male Tee Taper
Male Tee Parallel Code
Code
Male Swivel Elbow Taper
Tube Size
SSPM4-FX 4 SSPM6-FX 6 SSPM8-FX 8 SSPM10-FX 10 SSPM12-FX 12
Flow Regulator
Code
Tube OD
Stem Size
Code
Tube OD
Thread Size
Code
Tube OD
Thread Size
SSPGJ6-4-FX SSPGJ8-6-FX SSPGJ10-8-FX
4 6 8
6 8 10
SSL4-G01-FX SSL6-G01-FX SSL6-G02-FX SSL8-G01-FX SSL8-G02-FX SSL10-G02-FX SSL10-G03-FX SSL4-G01B-FX
4 6 6 8 8 10 10 4
G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8
SSL6-G01B-FX SSL6-G02B-FX SSL8-G01B-FX SSL8-G02B-FX SSL10-G02B-FX SSL10-G03B-FX
6 6 8 8 10 10
G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8
www.eriks.co.uk
94
Air Preparation
Air Preparation
FLEXION™ AIR PREPARATION
The FLEXION™ range of FRL equipment has been selected to give the optimum price versus performance ratio. With the bodies manufactured from technopolymers, these units are extremely light, but still offer rugged, robust performance. FLUID POWER
As standard, all the bowls have an outer protection, and the bowls themselves are manufactured from polyamide, giving significantly better resistance to crazing than the more commonly used polycarbonate type. The FLEXION™ ranges also have the automatic filling lubricator option, refilling the lubricator quickly and easily “on-line” saving time and money.
1/2” range Microfilter
1/2” range Filter
1/2” range Regulator
Code
Bar Description
Code
EPA-R-1/2M-08-FX
8 Bar
EPA-F-1/2M-M-FX 20µ Drain EPA-F-1/2M-A-FX 20µ Drain
Modular
Bar Description Modular, Manual Drain Modular, Auto Drain
Code Filtration Description Microns EPA-MF-1/2M-A-FX 0.01µ EPA-MF-1/2M-M-FX 0.01µ
Modular, Auto Drain Modular, Manual Drain
1/2” range Filter Regulator
1/2” range Lubricator
Code Bar Filtration Description Microns Code Description EPA-L-1/2M-M-FX
Modular, Standard Fill
EPA-L-1/2M-A-FX
Modular, Automatic Fill
EPA-FR-1/2M-M-FX EPA-FR-1/2M-A-FX
8 Bar 8 Bar
20µ 20µ
Modular, Manual Drain Modular, Auto Drain
1/2” range Filter Regulator / Lubricator Code Bar Filtration Description Microns EPA-FRL-1/2M-M-FX EPA-FRL-1/2M-A-FX
8 Bar 8 Bar
20µ 20µ
Modular, Manual Drain Modular, Auto Drain
0121 508 6000
95
1/2” range Neck Mounting Ring
1/2” range Filter / Regulator / Lubricator with Shut Off Valve
Code Description EPA-MTGRING-1/2-RX
Neck Mounting Ring
Code Bar Filtration Description Microns EPA-FRL-1/2M-M-FX EPA-FRL-1/2M-A-FX
8 Bar 8 Bar
20µ 20µ
Modular, Manual Drain Modular, Auto Drain
For suitable silencer for shut off valve use SLNCR-B-STD-1/4-FX
Code Description EPA-CK-1/2M-FX
Modular Assembly Unit
FLUID POWER
1/2” range Manual Shut Off Valve
1/2” range Modular Assembly Unitt
1/2” range Electrical Shut Off Valve
Code
Bar Description
Code Description
EPA-SV-1/2M-FX
Lockable, Modular
EPA-SVE-1/2M-FX Modular EPA-SVE-SOL-24VDC-FX Solenoid Operator, 24V DC EPA-SVE-SOL-110VAC-FX Solenoid Operator, 110V AC EPA-SVE-SOL-230VAC-FX Solenoid Operator, 230V AC
For suitable silencer use SLNCR-B-STD-1/4-FX
For suitable silencer use SLNCR-B-STD-1/4-FX
1/2” range Intermediate Take-Off Block
Code Description EPA-TO-1/2M-FX
Intermediate Take Off Block
DEGREASERS & CLEANERS LUBRICANTS, OILS & GREASES ANTI-CORROSION METAL WORKING
Over 170 Products Since 1948
Ambersil.com
WELDING
1/2” range Soft Start
PAINTS POLYMER PROCESSING
Code Description EPA-SS-1/2M
Soft Start
For more details see page 271 20565 Ambersil A5L Press Ads_AW.indd 3
www.eriks.co.uk
01/05/2018 17:20
96
Valves
ISO Valves
FLUID POWER
FLEXION™ ISO VALVES
The range of FLEXION™ ISO valves conform to the ISO 5599/1 standard, with sizes 1 and 2, solenoid and air pilot operation versions with 5/2 and 5/3 spools available. Fitted with CNOMO standard interface for the solenoid versions, this minimises installation space. They deliver high flow rates and are have a pressure rating of 10bar. The 30mm coils are rated at 2.5 watt for the DC option, and 2.5VA for the AC voltages ensuring these maintain suitability for replacing existing valves. Product
Part No
Description
Size
Operator
EPVP-5/2-ISO1-SP EPVP-5/2-ISO1-DP EPVP-5/3-ISO1-CC EPVP-5/3-ISO1-CE EPVP-5/3-ISO1-CP EPVS-5/2-ISO1-SS EPVS-5/2-ISO1-DS EPVS-5/3-ISO1-CC EPVS-5/3-ISO1-CE EPVS-5/3-ISO1-CP EPVP-5/2-ISO2-SP EPVP-5/2-ISO2-DP EPVP-5/3-ISO2-CC EPVP-5/3-ISO2-CE EPVS-5/2-ISO2-SS EPVP-5/3-ISO2-CP EPVS-5/2-ISO2-DS EPVS-5/3-ISO2-CC EPVS-5/3-ISO2-CE EPVS-5/3-ISO2-CP
W89A-50541 W89A-50542 W89A-50543 W89A-50544 W89A-50549 W89A-50550 W89A-50551 W89A-50552 W89A-50553 W89A-50556 W89A-50545 W89A-50546 W89A-50547 W89A-50548 W89A-50555 W89A-50554 W89A-50557 W89A-50558 W89A-50559 W89A-50560
Pneu Valve 5/2 Single Pilot ISO1 Pneu Valve 5/2 Double Pilot ISO1 Pneu Valve 5/3 Pilot Centre Closed ISO1 Pneu Valve 5/3 Pilot Centre Exh ISO1 Pneu Valve 5/3 Pilot Centre Press ISO1 Pneu Valve 5/2 Single Sol ISO1 Pneu Valve 5/2 Double Sol ISO1 Pneu Valve 5/3 Sol Centre Closed ISO1 Pneu Valve 5/3 Sol Centre Exh ISO1 Pneu Valve 5/3 Sol Centre Press ISO1 Pneu Valve 5/2 Single Pilot ISO2 Pneu Valve 5/2 Double Pilot ISO2 Pneu Valve 5/3 Pilot Centre Closed ISO2 Pneu Valve 5/3 Pilot Centre Exh ISO2 Pneu Valve 5/2 Single Sol ISO2 Pneu Valve 5/3 Pilot Centre Press ISO2 Pneu Valve 5/2 Double Sol ISO2 Pneu Valve 5/3 Sol Centre Closed ISO2 Pneu Valve 5/3 Sol Centre Exh ISO2 Pneu Valve 5/3 Sol Centre Press ISO2
ISO 1 ISO 1 ISO 1 ISO 1 ISO 1 ISO 1 ISO 1 ISO 1 ISO 1 ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 2 ISO 2 ISO 2 ISO 2 ISO 2 ISO 2 ISO 2 ISO 2 ISO 2
Pilot Pilot / Pilot Pilot / Pilot Pilot / Pilot Pilot / Pilot Solenoid Solenoid / Solenoid Solenoid / Solenoid Solenoid / Solenoid Solenoid / Solenoid Pilot Pilot / Pilot Pilot / Pilot Pilot / Pilot Solenoid Solenoid / Solenoid Solenoid / Solenoid Solenoid / Solenoid Solenoid / Solenoid Solenoid / Solenoid
Manifolds Product
Part No
Description
Size
EPV-SBA1S EPV-SBA1C EPV-SBA1T EPV-SBA2T EPV-SBA1M EPV-SBA1A EPV-SBA2S EPV-SBA2C EPV-SBA1A2 EPV-SBA2M EPV-SBA2A
W89A-50575 W89A-50568 W89A-50573 W89A-50574 W89A-50566 W89A-50569 W89A-50576 W89A-50570 W89A-50572 W89A-50567 W89A-50571
Pneu Valve Single sub-base ISO1 Pneu Valve Blank Manfld end plate ISO1 Pneu Valve Manfld blanking plate ISO1 Pneu Valve Manfld blanking plate ISO2 Pneu Valve Manfld sub-base ISO1 Pneu Valve Ported Manfld end plate ISO1 Pneu Valve Single sub-base ISO2 Pneu Valve Blank Manfld end plate ISO2 Pneu Valve I/face sub-base ISO1 to ISO2 Pneu Valve Manfld sub-base ISO2 Pneu Valve Ported Manfld end plate ISO2
ISO 1 ISO 1 ISO 1 ISO 1 ISO 1 ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 2 ISO 2 ISO 2 ISO 2
Product
Part No
Description
Size
Product
Part No
Description
Size
EPV-C-30MM-24VDC EPV-C-30MM-24VAC EPV-C-30MM-110VAC EPV-C-30MM-230VAC
W89A-50561 W89A-50562 W89A-50563 W89A-50564
Pneu Valve 24VDC Coil 30mm ISO Pneu Valve 24VAC Coil 30mm ISO Pneu Valve 110VAC Coil 30mm ISO Pneu Valve 230VAC Coil 30mm ISO
24vdc 24vac 110vac 230vac
EPV-CSTD-30MM EPV-CNL24V-30MM EPV-CNL110V-30MM EPV-CNL230V-30MM
W89A-50565 W89A-50577 W89A-50578 W89A-50579
30mm Din Conn, standard 30mm Din Conn With LED+VDR, 24 V 30mm Din Conn With LED+VDR, 115 V 30mm Din Conn With LED+VDR, 230 V
12vdc - 240vac 24vdc 110-120vac 220-240vac
0121 508 6000
Festo’s new robust “star” valve range
97
Core pneumatics blue star products
FLUID POWER
Festo core product range covers 80% of your automation tasks
www.eriks.co.uk
Worldwide: Always in stock Superb: Festo quality at an attractive price Fast: Next day delivery
98
Festo Industrial Valves
VUVS Individual Valve Range Robust valves for challenging environments Your first choice for simple, cost-effective pneumatic control
Benefits
Individual valves VUVS – flexible, modern, robust and durable quality. For up to 100% more flow with higher energy density. Proven technologies and materials. Comprehensive range of accessories. Numerous mounting options and easy operation. That is what today's valves should be!
Attractive price Robust design Festo quality High flow rate 24 hour delivery Pressure range up to 8 bar IP65 rated with socket
FLUID POWER
Many more variants with additional features available
New: simplicity at an attractive price
VUVS-LK...S In-line individual valve; internal pilot air supply; manual override; operating voltage 24V DC Port 2,4
Width (mm)
3/2-way valve; NC pneumatic spring
5/2-way valve; single solenoid pneumatic spring
5/2-way valve; double solenoid
5/3-way valve; centre closed
1/8
20
H8043213
H8043214
H8043215
H575268
1/4
25
Angled socket; screw terminal
-
-
-
H575525
Type C, to fit 1/8 valve
H151687
Type B, to fot 1/4 valve
H34431
0121 508 6000
99
VUVG Individual Valve Range Compact valves for machine automation Individual valves VUVG – for more power from a smaller design!
Price attractive, impressive and installed in a flash. Perfect for all high-speed applications requiring a particularly high flow combined with a compact size, e.g. in small parts assembly and electronics industry or in the food and packaging industry.
Benefits Attractive price Compact design Festo quality High flow rate 24 hour delivery Pressure range up to 8 bar IP65 rated (M8) Many more variants with additional features available FLUID POWER
New: essential features at an attractive price
VUVG-LK...S In-line individual valve; internal pilot air supply; manual override; operating voltage 24V DC Port 2,4
Width (mm)
2 x 3/2 way valve; NC pneumatic spring
5/2 way valve; single solenoid; pneumatic spring
5/2 way valve; 5/3 way valve double solenoid
5/3 valve, centrefeed
M5
10
H8042538
H8042542
H8042539
H8042543
H8042540
H8042544
H577346
M7
10
H8042546
H8042550
H8042547
H8042551
H8042548
H8042552
H574223
G /8
14
H8042562
H8042566
H8042563
H8042567
H8042564
H8042568
H574231
1
www.eriks.co.uk
Plug cable with sheath to open end, 2.5m length to fit
H566660
M8 cable, 3 pin to open end, 2.5m length to fit
H541338
100
IMI Precision Engineering
FLUID POWER
We help move man’s most marvellous machines
Open. Push. Swing. Twist. Lift. Close. We’re ideas makers. Creators of motion. Applying our imagination to help you keep your machines moving, in everything from industrial automation to rail. Working with you, we help render your vision real. All the time keeping our eyes on swift service and smart support.
ng Engineerilu tions So T A E R G
Actuators. Valves. Air Preparation. Fittings.
Just imagine what else we could do for you… Visit: www.mostmarvellousmachines.com
0121 508 6000
H
135
Cylinders and Actuators
101
Introducing ISOLineTM ComprehensiveReliable, range for theand utmost versatility Tried Trusted Product Ranges Cylinders and mountings that conform tohave ISObeen 15552 IMI Precision Engineering products proven over many years and in some of the most harshest and challenging environments. All sizes supplied magnetic as standard All IMI Precision Engineering products are backed by an industry leading 2-year warranty. Polyurethane seals ensuretoefficient low friction and long Manufactured the most exacting standards,operation the product ranges includelife names such as IMI Norgren, Pneufit, Enots, IMI Herion, Martonair, IMI Buschjost, Lintra Plus, Excelon, Olympian Plus and Fleetfit.
Introducing the IMI Norgren Adaptive Cushioning System (ACS) Our cushioning system will automatically adapt to an application without the need for any adjustment of the cushion screw. This removes the need for specialist knowledge for set-up and simplifies installation. Also, the ACS will adjust to any changes in the application, such as MOUNTINGS SWITCHES SIMPLE MODs AVAILABLE varying loads, which may occur over a cylinder cycle, a working shift or the life of the machine. Ext’d piston rod (/IU),
Generally Ex Stock
M/50 series
Generally Ex Stock
M/50 series plus bracket
different rod thread, endextreme caps turned This will help to ensure the application always runs efficiently and potentially extend the servicing period of the machine. For applications involving high speeds or heavy loads, a cushion screw is included for manual adjustment if required. Ext’d piston rod (/IU), different rod thread, end caps turned
Benefits
piston rod (/IU), Generally Ex Stock M/50 series plus bracket Adaptive Cushioning System (ACS) - No cushioning setting required, cylinder auto-adapts to application - Ext’d Fit & Forget different rod thread
None
Modern appearance - Looks great - Smooth end covers contoured to barrel for easy cleaning Reduced weight - Lower overall weight of machine - Reduced transport costs Generally Ex Stock
M/50 series plus bracket
None
TM M/50 series plus bracket ISOLine P-PRA/802000
None
Additional switch mounting - Great flexibility for machine designers Profile
Tie Rod Generally Ex Stock Description RA/802032/M/25 32mm diameter, 25mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802032/M/50 32mm diameter, 50mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802032/M/80 32mm diameter, 80mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802032/M/100 32mm diameter, 100mm stroke, ISO15552 Generally Ex Stock RA/802032/M/125 32mm diameter, 125mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802032/M/160 32mm diameter, 160mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802032/M/200 32mm diameter, 200mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802040/M/25 40mm diameter, 25mm stroke, ISO15552 Generally Ex Stock RA/802040/M/50 40mm diameter, 50mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802040/M/80 40mm diameter, 80mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802040/M/100 40mm diameter, 100mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802040/M/125 40mm diameter, 125mm stroke, ISO15552 Specify at time of enquiry RA/802040/M/160 40mm diameter, 160mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802040/M/200 40mm diameter, 200mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802050/M/25 50mm diameter, 25mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802050/M/50 50mm diameter, 500mm stroke, ISO15552 Specify at time of enquiry RA/802050/M/80 50mm diameter, 50mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802050/M/100 50mm diameter, 100mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802050/M/125 50mm diameter, 125mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802050/M/160 50mm diameter, 160mm stroke, ISO15552 Generally Ex Stock RA/802050/M/200 50mm diameter, 200mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802063/M/25 63mm diameter, 25mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802063/M/50 63mm diameter, 50mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802063/M/80 63mm diameter, 80mm stroke, ISO15552 Generally Ex Stock RA/802063/M/100 63mm diameter, 100mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802063/M/125 63mm diameter, 125mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802063/M/160 63mm diameter, 160mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802063/M/200 63mm diameter, 200mm stroke, ISO15552 Generally Ex Stock RA/802080/M/25 80mm diameter, 25mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802080/M/50 80mm diameter, 50mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802080/M/80 80mm diameter, 80mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802080/M/100 80mm diameter, 100mm stroke, ISO15552 N/A RA/802080/M/125 80mm diameter, 125mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802080/M/160 80mm diameter, 160mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802080/M/200 80mm diameter, 200mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802100/M/25 100mm diameter, 25mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802100/M/50 100mm diameter, 50mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802100/M/80 100mm diameter, 80mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802100/M/100 100mm diameter, 100mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802100/M/125 100mm diameter, 125mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802100/M/160 100mm diameter, 160mm stroke, ISO15552 RA/802100/M/200 100mm diameter, 200mm stroke, ISO15552
www.eriks.co.uk
Ø32 -125mm Profile M/50 seriesbarrel None Clean appearance Protection against ingress M/50 series None Flush mounted reed and solid state switches available for position sensing M/50 series (up to 4")
ISOLineTM R-RA/802000
None
Ø32 -125mm N/A None Robust construction Suitable for more aggressive environments Reed position sensing N/A and solid state switches available for None External tie rod construction M/50 series plus bracket
None
M/50 series plus bracket
None
N/A
None
Visit us at eriks-techdirect.co.uk to find your local Service Centre
PNEUMATICS
PRA/802032/M/25 PRA/802032/M/50 PRA/802032/M/80 PRA/802032/M/100 PRA/802032/M/125 PRA/802032/M/160 PRA/802032/M/200 PRA/802040/M/25 PRA/802040/M/50 PRA/802040/M/80 PRA/802040/M/100 PRA/802040/M/125 PRA/802040/M/160 PRA/802040/M/200 PRA/802050/M/25 PRA/802050/M/500 PRA/802050/MX/60 PRA/802050/M/100 PRA/802050/M/125 PRA/802050/M/160 PRA/802050/M/200 PRA/802063/M/25 PRA/802063/M/50 PRA/802063/M/80 PRA/802063/M/100 PRA/802063/M/125 PRA/802063/M/160 PRA/802063/M/200 PRA/802080/M/25 PRA/802080/M/50 PRA/802080/M/80 PRA/802080/M/100 PRA/802080/M/125 PRA/802080/M/160 PRA/802080/M/200 PRA/802100/M/25 PRA/802100/M/50 PRA/802100/M/80 PRA/802100/M/100 PRA/802100/M/125 PRA/802100/M/160 PRA/802100/M/200
FLUID POWER
Improved performance - Operates at low pressures with very low leakage Wide range of applicationsGenerally - Heavy industrial to clean food & beverage and truck Ex Stock M/50 seriesto plusrail bracket
102
IMI Precision Engineering
Introducing ExcelonÂŽ Plus The latest generation of Air Preparation equipment
FLUID POWER
Rotating Safety Shut-off Valve Easy to operate full flow device Easy to isolate system with no reduction in performance
Tamper proof options built in Padlock features on both shutoff valves and regulator guarantees safe operation of machines Modern appearance Looks great on customer machines
No compromise on Robustness Metal construction - where it matters most Quality synonymous with IMI Norgren brand
Flush mounted integrated gauge Largest in the industry Easy to read Less vulnerable to damage New filter maintenance system Element assembly is removed with the bowl Service much faster and cleaner
Reduced weight and size 35% lighter and 20% smaller Maximises machine real estate
Double safety lock on bowl Bowl clip with audible click plus safety detent when pressurised Impossible to remove the bowl when in use
Engineering GREAT Solutions 0121 508 6000
ERIKS INDUSTRIAL Products, Services & Solutions
103
LIFE SUPPORT FOR PRODUCTS
EXTENDED PERFORMANCE with our PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE know-how FLUID POWER
More TLC, less TCO
www.eriks.co.uk
PREVENTION IS BETTER THAN A CURE... It also extends life and lowers costs. Our comprehensive condition monitoring support services cover all forms of preventative and predictive maintenance both on site and remotely.
www.eriks.co.uk
Preventative maintenance and root cause failure analysis Customisation and design engineering Impartial repair, replace or systems upgrade On-site installation and commissioning Sub-assemblies and kitting solutions
104
SMC Valves and Vaccuum Units
Lockable Pressure Relief Valves Single Action Series VHS20/30/40/50 Benefits
Safety Measure Can prevent accidents caused by inadvertent air supply problems With the indicator window The supply/exhaust status of the air flow can be verified at a glance in the indicator window.
Shut off air supply and exhaust machine air Lock Out air supply with a padlock
FLUID POWER
With Locking Holes
Lock Out Tag Out
Push the handle and then turn, 2-step action prevents malfunction. Step 1 Push down the handle
SUP: Supply ESH: Exhaust
Safely carry out essiential maintenance
Double Action
When in the exhaust position, the valve may be padlock secured. Prevents accidental start-ups while personnel are cleaning or servicing equipment. OSHA standard (Occupational Safety and Health Administration Department of Labour) For safety control, OSHA rule requires energy sources for certain equipment be turned off or disconnected and that the device either be locked or labelled with a warning tag.
Step 2 Turn the handle
Port Size
Description
Part Number
1/4” 1/4” 3/8” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2”
Shut off valve + Silencer c/w Filter Regulator - manual drain with embedded gauge Shut off valve + Silencer c/w Filter Regulator - auto drain with embedded gauge Shut off valve + Silencer c/w Filter Regulator - manual drain with embedded gauge Shut off valve + Silencer c/w Filter Regulator - auto drain with embedded gauge Shut off valve + Silencer c/w Filter Regulator - manual drain with embedded gauge Shut off valve + Silencer c/w Filter Regulator - auto drain with embedded gauge
AC20-MFV009 AC20-MFV010 AC30-MFV008 AC30-MFV007 AC40-MFV013 AC40-MFV014
Soft Start Up Valve SeriesAV2000-AV3000-AV4000-AV5000 Soft Start-up Valve AV3000-A Connection Example
Application Example For slow air supply when starting-up and for rapid air exhaust after stopping the equipment
F.R.L. Units AC30- -A (Sold separately)
Port Size
Description
Part Number
1/4” 3/8” 1/2”
Modular Soft Start Up Valve - 24vDC Modular Soft Start Up Valve - 24vDC Modular Soft Start Up Valve - 24vDC
AV2000-F02-5DZB-A AV3000-F03-5DZB-A AV4000-F04-5DZB-A
0121 508 6000
105
3 Port Solenoid Valve Series VP Residual Pressure Release Valve with Detection of Main Valve Position Conduit (VP series only) and M12 connector (4 pin) types are available
M12 connector with 6 pins is available.
Description
Part Number
3/ 8” 3/ 8” 1/ 2” 1/ 2”
Dual Residual Pressure Relief Valve - ISO13849-1 for Category 3 and 4 - M12 Omron Dual Residual Pressure Relief Valve - ISO13849-1 for Category 3 and 4 - Conduit 1/2 Dual Residual Pressure Relief Valve - ISO13849-1 for Category 3 and 4 - M12 Omron Dual Residual Pressure Relief Valve - ISO13849-1 for Category 3 and 4 - Conduit 1/2
VP544-5DZ1-03F-M-X538 VP544-5DZ1-03F-X538 VP744-5DZ1-04F-M-X538 VP744-5DZ1-04F-X538
Vacuum Unit Energy Saving Ejector Series ZK2 Energy Saving ejector provides 90% reduction in air consumption, 50 % increase in flow and 30% energy reduction.
www.eriks.co.uk
Switch Range
Nozzle
Outputs
Part Number
0 to -101kpa -100 to 100kpa 0 to -101kPa -100 to -100kPa 0 to -101kpa -100 to 100kpa 0 to -101kPa -100 to -100kPa 0 to -101kpa -100 to 100kpa 0 to -101kPa -100 to -100kPa
0.7 mm 0.7mm 0.7mm 0.7mm 1.0mm 1.0mm 1.0mm 1.0mm 1.2mm 1.2mm 1.2mm 1.2mm
PNP x 2 PNP x 2 Analogue 1 to 5 volts Analogue 1 to 5 volts PNP x 2 PNP x 2 Analogue 1 to 5 volts Analogue 1 to 5 volts PNP x 2 PNP x 2 Analogue 1 to 5 volts Analogue 1 to 5 volts
ZK2A07K5CL-08 ZK2A07K5HL-08 ZK2A07K5PL-08 ZK2A07K5TL-08 ZK2A10K5CL-08 ZK2A10K5HL-08 ZK2A10K5PL-08 ZK2A10K5TL-08 ZK2A12K5CL-08 ZK2A12K5HL-08 ZK2A12K5PL-08 ZK2A12K5TL-08
FLUID POWER
Port Size
Piab
FLUID POWER
106
0121 508 6000
107
Suction Cups
Piab Suction Cups/Accessories In most applications, suction cups are practical options for reliable and careful handling of most materials. Piab supplies a diverse line of suction cups that can handle objects of virtually any weight, shape or surface. Our suction cups are available in a wide variety of materials that can withstand extreme temperatures and resist prolonged exposure to ozone and oily surfaces. The cup fittings offer many different thread options for easy mounting. Suction cup diameters are available from 2–300mm.
ValueLine®
Typical applications for this product line are case/carton erectors with other examples such as equipment for loading/unloading or sorting sheets into metal forming machines (laser cutting, water jet, punching etc.) and parts removal from injection moulds.
DURAFLEX® A highly durable and flexible material with excellent sealing capability providing a high coefficient of friction. Various hardness, suitable for applications such as the automotive market and packaging industry.
piGRIP® Modular suction cup allowing you to choose the ideal combination of lip and bellow so lines can handle products at previously unprecedented speeds while realising energy savings. Available with a range of independent lips, bellows and fittings in sizes from 25–77mm and can be customised for thousands of applications for full operational flexibility. Whereas traditional grippers can only be used for select applications, the piGRIP® can be tailored to individual gripping, lifting and height requirements to handle a variety of products. piGRIP® can be used with new machines as well as for retrofitting existing systems, which extends use for longterm reliability.
Vacuum Filters Plastic filters are made of durable injection moulded nylon and poly carbonate with a clear sump/opaque head and feature a 1 MPa design pressure. Metal filters are of rugged carbon steel constructon with an enamel coating. Features include a clamp-on cover with an easily removed filter element and a positive seal Buna gasket. We also offer easily removed replacement elements featuring a polyethylene 10-micron material for plastic filters. For metal filters, a polyester felt 5-micron paper element with a material end is standard.
www.eriks.co.uk
Vacuum Switches There are three different types of vacuum switches: electric, pneumatic and electronic. All switches feature an improved operating range of 5–95 – kPa The switches are dust-proof They can be connected either normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) The electronic switches have a long lifetime and can be connected to a PLC unit (the PNP model) or the switches can directly regulate a valve (the NPN) model
FLUID POWER
The entire Value Line program consists of suction cups and vacuum ejectors. Value Line suction cups are developed for standard/basic applications. The suction cups have a long thin lip and provide good sealing on slightly corrugated surfaces (such as corrugated cardboard). The Value Line vacuum ejectors are available in two different designs, the traditional inline that can be installed directly on the hose close to the point of suction and the T-design that allows exhaust air to be piped away. The T-design is also suitable for clean-room environment.
108
Piab Vacuum Pumps and Gripper Systems
Piab Vacuum Pumps and Gripper Systems
piINLINE® A small lightweight inline ejector that uses the patented COAX® technology.
FLUID POWER
40–50% energy reductions compared to other competing inline vacuum ejectors in corresponding size
piCLASSIC Upgraded with COAX® technology providing up to 22% more energy efficiency. Modular design makes for easy cleaning of ejector cartridges and upgrades the performance when needed Available with 1–6 COAX® cartridges in 3-stage versions
They can be mounted directly on a hose close to the suction cup (or point of suction)
Large vacuum capacity in relation to size
Easy to retrofit to existing energy wasting in-line vacuum ejectors thanks to generic plug-and-play design
Mid- and large-size vacuum pump
piCOMPACT™ The first manifold mounted and functional ejector system on the market based on the energy-efficient COAX® technology. Working at a low feed pressure and maximising the utilisation rate of the compressed air, the COAX® ejectors reduce energy consumption by 30–50%.
Suitable to replace larger electromechanical pumps
P6040 Vacuum Pumps With its smart design, the P6040 offers low and powerful suction in a small package due to COAX® technology. The pump can be mounted close to the point of suction, resulting in smaller pump requirements with less energy needs.
An increased vacuum flow, excellent product grip, increase pickup speed therefore minimising product damage and reduce waste.
A natural extension of Piab’s P6010 pumps, the P6040’s operating efficiency is further optimised with integrated control options like Energy Saving (ES), helping companies reduce carbon footprint and improve conservation efforts.
VGS™
KENOS
A unique product design where DURAFLEX® suction cups are integrated with a COAX® vacuum cartridge.
The Kenos gripping system utilises Piab’s high quality suction cups and technical foam to provide an excellent gripping surface satisfying the needs of various industrial sectors including:
The VGS™ makes selection, sizing and installation of vacuum system easier The decentralised vacuum system provides benefits of low energy costs, fast response time for increased productivity, complete mounting flexibility and high performance
Glass | Food | Stone | Wood | Packaging | Electronics | Sheet Metal The gripping systems can be supplied with integrated vacuum generators or suitable for separate vacuum generation such as an Electromechanical pump or Side channel blower. .
0121 508 6000
109
YOUR COMPLETE HYDRAULIC SOLUTIONS Hydraulic systems are critical to most industrial plants. So finding the right partner to help you maintain, repair, refurbish or replace them is also critical. Fortunately ERIKS has all these capabilities and more, as well as having the widest range of leadingbrand products available from a single supplier.
PRODUCT RANGE Hose and couplings
Self assembly machinery Adaptors Test points Pressure test kits Oil transfer units Ball valves Fluid level gauges Hydraulic filters Directional control valves
www.eriks.co.uk
CUSTOMISATION AND ENGINEERED SOLUTIONS
From initial concept and design through to prototype and testing ERIKS are the perfect partner
FOUNDATION COURSE
110
WORKING SAFELY WITH HYDRAULIC HOSE AND CONNECTORS
FLUID POWER
BOOK YOUR PLACE TODAY
In partnership with the BRITISH FLUID POWER ASSOCIATION (BFPA)
Sign up to our one day course covering all the basics of working safely with hydraulic hoses and connectors. Created and run in partnership with the British Fluid Power Association (BFPA).
For ERIKS, safety is one of our business’s core values, we aim to ensure that everyone returns home safely each and every day. The know-how we have applied to health and safety within our own organisation can also be shared with customers, to help create a zero accident workplace for you too. And that is primary reason why this foundation course “Working Safely with Hydraulic Hose and Connectors” is now available nationwide from ERIKS.
CALL: 0845 006 6000
0121 508 6000
111
Lifeguard Sleeve
Gates Lifeguard Sleeve BS EN ISO 4413-2010 demands that new or replacement hoses are assembled and fitted to hydraulic machinery taking into account: Safe fitting onto the machine Reduce constraints To reduce constraints, the installer must Consider the risks associated with product failure such as whiplash or fluid ejection hazards.
In line with Industry Standards LifeGuard sleeving correlates to a variety of industry standards, including ISO 3457 and MSHA’s fire-resistance requirements.
Allows fluid to safely escape down the length of the assembly Creates noticeable spill for hose failure detection Correlates to ISO 3457 and meets MSHA’s flame-resistance requirements
Beyond peak performance, Gates hydraulic systems offer you safety. The LifeGuard™ Line-of-Sight Sleeving System is the first true protection in line-of-sight hydraulic applications. It contains bursts up to 8,000 psi and pinhole leaks up to 4,000 psi at 120°C for up to five minutes. After redirecting the explosive force down the length of the hose, the LifeGuard sleeve disperses the energy and fluids at the hose ends via carefully designed ‘channel’ clamps. The leaked fluid then allows for fast hose failure detection. Equipment operators working within a 1 metre line-of-sight of a hydraulic system know the potential for problems. ■■ Personal injury ■■ Fluid burns and injection ■■ Fires and explosions ■■ Electrical shock ■■ Mechanical failure The double-layer sleeve effectively shields you against these hazards. No other flexible connection safeguards your operators, equipment and environment like LifeGuard sleeving.
www.eriks.co.uk
LifeGuard Sleeving 4000 Part No
To Suit Hose Bore
Pack Size
1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 1"
37 mtrs 37 mtrs 37 mtrs 37 mtrs 37 mtrs 37 mtrs
14LG4KxCT37 16LG4KxCT37 20LG4KxCT37 22LG4KxCT37 26LG4KxCT37 32LG4KxCT37
Collars for the Lifeguard Sleeving 4000 Part No To Suit Hose Bore 6SC-4 1/4" 6PU-4 3/8" 8SC-4 1/2"
Part No To Suit Hose Bore 10SC-4 5/8" 12SC-4 3/4" 16PU-4 1"
THERE’S A BETTER WAY TO PROTECT AGAINST HYDRAULIC HOSE FAILURE
FLUID POWER
Exceeds the intent of ISO 3457 that requires operator protection within a 1 metre line-ofsight of any hose conveying fluid above 50 bar at +49°C.
Handles all hydraulic fluids and biodiesel fuel
112
Self-Assembly Starter Kits
Save time and money with Gates self-assembly starter kits Pick up either an MC1001, MCX20 or MCX25 self-assembly crimper for just £1 All you have to do is either spend £2,970 on hose and couplings via the starter kit for the MC1001 or spend £5,200 on hose and couplings via the starter kit for the MCX20. The Gates powered crimper is also available if you spend £6,400 on hose and couplings via the MCX25 starter kit. No call out charge, no delay, no added costs – 24/7 product availability
FLUID POWER
Gates guarantee all hose assemblies produced with their self-assembly systems after operator training and certification by authorised ERIKS personnel
All terminations available – the starter kits have been profiled to include the most popular couplings with BSP, JIC, ORFS, and Metric popular threads and forms
MC1001 Starter Kit
MCX20 Starter Kit
MC1001 can crimp up to 1" wire braid
MCX20 can crimp up to 1" multi-spiral hose and 1¼" 2-wire hydraulic hose
Dies included ¼", 3/8", ½" and ¾" Compact Megacrimp 2-wire hydraulic hose from ¼" to ¾"
Dies included 3 /8", ½", ¾" and 1"
Gates will support each starter kit with on-site crimper training and certification.
£1
Dies : ¼”, 3/8”, ½”, ¾”, 1” and 1 ¼”
¼",
E FG5K 5000 psi multi-spiral hose in ¾" and 1" Gates Megacrimp one-piece couplings in BSP, JIC, METRIC, ORFS Gates Globalspiral no-skive couplings in BSP, JIC, METRIC
Detailed listings of contents for the kits are available on request from your local ERIKS Service Centre.
FOR
MCX25 Starter Kit
Compact Megaflex 2-wire hydraulic hose from ¼" to 1"
Gates Megacrimp one-piece couplings in BSP, JIC, METRIC, ORFS
CRIMPER
Additional end terminations are available, please do not hesitate to contact us.
Compact CM2T Megaflex 2-wire hydraulic hose from ¼” to 1 ¼” EFG5K 5000 psi multi spiral hose from ¾” to 1” Gates Megacrimp one piece couplings in BSP, JIC, Metric and ORFS Gates Globalspiral no-skive couplings in BSP, JIC, Metric, ORFS and SAE Flanges Crimpers available in 1, or 3 phase versions Complete with a die storage system and quick die change tool.
Gates Integrated System Approach
+ Superior products, manufactured to stringent tolerances
Innovative self-assembly machines and dies, rigorously validated
+ Optimal crimp data, derived from meticulous testing
= Factory-quality performance above and beyond all international standards in full compliance with EU directives
0121 508 6000
113
High Pressure Hoses and Couplings
Gates High Pressure Wire Braid Hoses and MegaCrimp® Couplings Excellent performance: Gates CM2T Megaflex Hydraulic Hose Gates’ CM2T hose range for high pressure hydraulic applications offering excellent performance characteristics at a highly competitive price. This compact hose exceeds EN 857 2SC, is tested and validated to 600,000 impulse cycles, and allows for tighter bend radii than standard 2-wire hose. Available in sizes from 1⁄4"–1".
Couplings: MegaCrimp Key benefits: Easy to route and to install in tight areas 70% of EN 857 2SC bend radius at rated working pressure
Part No
Outstanding durability and flex impulse performance Lightweight Compatible with biodegradable hydraulic fluids such as synthetic esters, polyglycols and vegetable oils
Bore Size
Max Working Pressure
Qty.
1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 1"
400 Bar 330 Bar 275 Bar 250 Bar 215 Bar 165 Bar
30 mtrs 30 mtrs 30 mtrs 50 mtrs 50 mtrs 40 mtrs
BSP 60° Cone – MegaCrimp couplings Male BSP Parallel. 60° Cone Part No 4G4MBSPP 6G6MBSPP 8G8MBSPP 10G10MBSPP 12G12MBSPP 16G16MBSPP
Female BSP. O-ring Swivel. 60° Cone
Hose Bore
Thread Size
Pack Size
1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 1"
G1/4" G3/8" G1/2" G5/8" G3/4" G1"
10 10 10 10 10 5
Part No 4G4FBSPORX 6G6FBSPORX 8G8FBSPORX 10G10FBSPORX 12G12FBSPORX 16G16FBSPORX
Hose Bore
Thread Size
Pack Size
1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 1"
G1/4" G3/8" G1/2" G5/8" G3/4" G1"
10 10 10 10 10 5
Female BSP. O-ring Swivel 60° Cone. 90° Swept Elbow Part No 4G4FBSPORX90 6G6FBSPORX90 8G8FBSPORX90 10G10FBSPORX90 12G12FBSPORX90 16G16FBSPORX90
Hose Bore
Thread Size
Pack Size
1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 1"
G1/4" G3/8" G1/2" G5/8" G3/4" G1"
10 10 10 10 10 5
DIN Light Series. 24° Cone – MegaCrimp couplings
Female Straight Part No
Hose Bore
Female 90° Swept Elbow Thread Size
Pack Size
4G10FDLORX 1/4" M16x1.5 6G12FDLORX 3/8" M18x1.5 8G15FDLORX 1/2" M22x1.5 10G18FDLORX 5/8" M26x1.5
10 10 10 10
Part No
Hose Bore
4G10FDLORX90 1/4" 6G12FDLORX90 3/8" 8G15FDLORX90 1/2" 10G18FDLORX90 5/8"
Thread Size M16x1.5 M18x1.5 M22x1.5 M26x1.5
Male Straight Pack Size 10 10 10 10
Part No
Hose Bore
Thread Size
Pack Size
4G10MDL 1/4" M16x1.5 6G12MDL 3/8" M18x1.5 8G15MDL 1/2" M22x1.5 10G18MDL 5/8" M26x1.5
10 10 10 10
DIN Heavy Series. 24° Cone – Megacrimp couplings
Female Straight Part No
Hose Bore
Female 90° Swept Elbow Thread Size
4G10FDHORX 1/4" M18x1.5 6G12FDHORX 3/8" M20x1.5 8G16FDHORX 1/2" M24x1.5 10G20FDHORX 5/8" M30x2.0
www.eriks.co.uk
Pack Size 10 10 10 10
Part No
Hose Bore
Thread Size
Male Straight Pack Size
4G10FDHORX90 1/4" M18x1.5 10 6G12FDHORX90 3/8" M20x1.5 10 8G16FDHORX90 1/2" M24x1.5 10 10G20FDHORX90 5/8" M30x2.0 10
Part No
Hose Bore
Thread Size
Pack Size
4G10MDH 1/4" M18x1.5 6G12MDH 3/8" M20x1.5 8G16MDH 1/2" M24x1.5 10G20MDH 5/8" M30x2.0
10 10 10 10
FLUID POWER
CM2T04-CL30 CM2T06-CL30 CM2T08-CL30 CM2T10-RL50 CM2T12-RL50 CM2T16-CT40
114
High Pressure Hoses and Couplings
Gates Extremely High Pressure Multi-Spiral Hoses and GlobalSpiral™ Couplings Highest flexibility for best results: Gates Envirofluid Hydraulic Spiral Hose (EFGxK) Ideal for extremely high pressure and high impulse hydraulic applications, this spiral hose provides outstanding durability and flexibility. Validated with GlobalSpiral (GS) couplings to one million impulse cycles this multi-spiral hose offers you extended lifetime even in the harshest applications.
Couplings: GlobalSpiral Key benefits: Extremely flexible thanks to tight bend radii surpassing European standards Gates Envirofluid Hydraulic Spiral Hose (EFGxK)
FLUID POWER
Special nitrile-tube compound eliminating seeping through the tube and the different layers of reinforcement
Part No Bore Size
Excellent compatibility with synthetic and biodegradable hydraulic fluids such as synthetic esters, polyglycols and vegetable oils
8EFG6K 10EFG5K 12EFG5K 16EFG4K
Outstanding product durability and superior impulse performance up to 1,000,000 impulse cycles
1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 1"
Max Working Pressure PSI Bar 6000 5000 5000 4000
Qty.
420 350 350 280
30 mtrs 30 mtrs 30 mtrs 60 mtrs
BSP. 60° Cone – GlobalSpiral couplings Female Straight Part No 8GS8FBSPORX 10GS10FBSPORX 12GS12FBSPORX 16GS16FBSPORX
Female 90° Swept Elbow
Hose Bore
Thread Size
Pack Size
1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 1"
G1/2"–14 BSP G5/8"–14 BSP G3/4"–14 BSP G1"–11 BSP
1 1 1 1
Part No
Hose Bore
8GS8FBSPORX90 10GS10FBSPORX90 12GS12FBSPORX90 16GS16FBSPORX90
1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 1"
Male Straight
Thread Pack Size Size G1/2"–14 BSP G5/8"–14 BSP G3/4"–14 BSP G1"–11 BSP
1 1 1 1
Part No 8GS8MBSPP 10GS10MBSPP 12GS12MBSPP 16GS16MBSPP
Hose Bore
Thread Size
Pack Size
1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 1"
G1/2"–14 BSP G5/8"–14 BSP G3/4"–14 BSP G1"–11 BSP
1 1 1 1
Thread Size
Pack Size
DIN Heavy. 24° Cone – GlobalSpiral couplings Female Straight Part No
Female 90° Swept Elbow Hose Bore
Thread Size
Pack Size
8GS16FDHORX 1/2" M24x1.5 1 10GS20FDHORX 5/8" M30x2.0 1 12GS25FDHORX 3/4" M36x2.0 1 16GS30FDHORX 1" M42x2.0 1
Ferrules
Part No
Hose Bore
Thread Size
Male Straight Pack Size
8GS16FDHORX90 1/2" M24x1.5 10GS20FDHORX90 5/8" M30x2.0 12GS25FDHORX90 3/4" M36x2.0 16GS30FDHORX90 1" M42x2.0
1 1 1 1
Part No 8GS16MDH 10GS20MDH 12GS25MDH 16GS30MDH
Hose Bore
1/2" M24x1.5 5/8" M30x2.0 3/4" M36x2.0 1" M42x2.0
1 1 1 1
Gates GlobalSpiral Plus Gates GlobalSpiral Plus (GSP) is a new range of non-skive 2-piece large bore couplings designed for 1 and 2-wire braid hydraulics hose. Female Straight Hose Bore
Male Straight
Part No Hose Bore Size
Part No
Thread Size
Pack Size
6GS1F-4 3/8" 8GS1F-4 1/2" 10GS1F-4 5/8" 12GS1F-4 3/4" 16GS1F-4 1" 20GS1F-4 1.1/4" 24GS1F 1.1/2"
24GSP24FBSPORX 1.1/2" G1.1/2"–11BSP 1 32GSP32FBSPORX 2" G2"–11BSP 1
Female 90º Swept Elbow Part No
Hose Bore
24GSP24FBSPORX90 1.1/2" 32GSP32FBSPORX90 2"
Thread Size G1.1/2"–11BSP G2"–11BSP
Part No
Hose Bore
Thread Size
Pack Size
24GSP24MBSPP 1.1/2" G1.1/2"–11BSP 1 32GSP32MBSPP 2" G2"–11BSP 1
Ferrules for 1 and 2-Wire Hose Pack Size 1 1
Part No
Hose Bore
Pack Size
24GSP1F-2 1.1/2" 1 32GSP1F-2 2" 1
0121 508 6000
Volume Hose Assemblies and Hydraulic Components
115
Fast. Easy. Costeffective. Solutions If you’re looking for a port-to-port hydraulic solution, you’ll find few to engage with better as an innovative and reliable partner than ERIKS. With an unparalleled blend of know-how, and experience, we offer you a professional and cost-effective solution working with the best products available.
What This Means To You
Approved hose assembler for Gates Fluid Power Accredited to The British Fluid Power Distribution Association hose assembler programme Hose assembly testing and certification to international standards Tailored training programmes covering hose assembly installation, inspection and health and safety
Warranty cost reduction Improved service life of your machines Leak-free Port to Port programme ensuring the integrity of the whole assembly Application engineering support in the prototype process, to reduce the number of components and connections
Manufacturing Approach
Logistic Solutions
Total cost reduction Provider of Gates Global performance products Range of FLEXION hydraulic hoses, fittings and connectors Tube manipulation and EMB Din tube fittings Bespoke fittings and manifold block solutions Onsite application and system design support
Kitting services - Custom-packed parts to meet the specific requirements of your production process Inventory management service - A well-managed inventory creates not only immediate financial benefits, but also a leaner operation that performs better and more profitably in the long term Easy Order System - Combining logistics services and e-Business solutions for purchase and management of your production materials, at a reduced procurement cost.
www.eriks.co.uk
FLUID POWER
Offering You More
116
Hydraulic Components and Fittings
Rexroth Cetop Valves, Hydraulic Accessories CETOP 3/5 Valves High quality valve from the European market leader in hydraulics. Directly interchangeable with other brands conforming to the CETOP 3 or 5 standard. ■■ Coils can be rotated 90º ■■ Coils can be replaced without loss of fluid
FLUID POWER
Cetop 3 Valve (Size 6) Part No
Voltage
Spool Type
Seal Kit
4WE6D6X/EG24N9K4 4WE6E6X/EG24N9K4 4WE6J6X/EG24N9K4 4WE6D6X/EW110N9K4 4WE6E6X/EW110N9K4 4WE6J6X/EW110N9K4
24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 110V AC 110V AC 110V AC
D E J D E J
313162 313162 313162 313162 313162 313162
Cetop 5 Valve (Size 10) Part No
Voltage
Spool Type
Seal Kit
4WE10D3X/CG24N9K4 4WE10E3X/CG24N9K4 4WE10J3X/CG24N9K4 4WE10D3X/CW110N9K4 4WE10E3X/CW110N9K4 4WE10J3X/CW110N9K4
24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 110V AC 110V AC 110V AC
D E J D E J
312582 312582 312582 312582 312582 312582
Symbols Spool Type...A
Spool Type...E
Spool Type...J
Spool Type...D
Spool Type...G
Spool Type...Y
Top tips... Filter new oil before filling a reservoir or system: New oil is not machine ready oil; always filter new oil prior to loading Match oil cleanliness to system requirements: Understand the requirements set by your system’s manufacturer and ensure filtration you choose meets that level Consider hydraulic systems designed with easily accessible filter systems; otherwise, maintenance and filter replacement will lag or be routinely postponed Set up a maintenance schedule based on your operational requirements, based on environmental
conditions, where, how frequently the system is operated and filtration system design Clean the areas around the filter before you change it; this prevents accidental intrusion of dirt particles
0121 508 6000
117
Hydraulic Components Proportional Directional Valves Operated 4WRE and 4WREE The valve type 4WRE (E) is a direct operated proportional directional valve with electrical position feedback for sub-plated mounting. Operation is effected by means of proportional solenoids. The solenoids are controlled either via external or via integrated electronics. Features For sub plate mounting Porting pattern according to ISO 4401 Control of flow direction and flow rate With electrical feedback
Size
Spring-centred control spool
Operating pressure
Port A,B, P
Pmax
bar
Nominal flow
∆p = 10 bar
qv nom
Vmin
Maximum hysteresis
Sizes 6…10
6
10
315
315
8, 16, 32
25,50, 75
%
0.1
0.1 40
Step response
0 to 90%
ms
20
Component series 2X
Tu + Tg
Operation voltage
OBE
U
V
24
24
Maximum operating pressure 315 bar
Comm. Value signal
OBE
U
V
± 10
± 10
I
mA
4 to 20
4 to 20
Maximum flow 180 l/min
Axial Piston Fixed Displacement Motor A2FM series 6 Fixed displacement motor A2FM of axial piston, bent axis design is suitable for hydrostatic drives in open and closed circuits. The torque increases with the pressure differential between the high and low pressure side and with increasing displacement. The output speed depends on the flow capacity of the pump and the displacement of the motor. The pistons are directly supported by the drive shaft and there create a pressure–dependent torque. Features Use in mobile and industrial applications Axial tapered piston bent axis design High power density Small dimensions High overall efficiency Good start-up efficiency Size 5…200 Nominal pressure: 315 bar (size 5), 400 bar (size 10-200) Peak pressure: 350 bar (size 5), 450 bar (size 10-200) Open and closed circuit
www.eriks.co.uk
Size
5
10
12
16
23
28
315
400
400
400
400
400
350
450
450
450
450
450
4.93
10.3
12
16
22.9
28.1
10000
8000
8000
8000
6300
6300
49
82
96
128
144
176
Nm
24.7
65
76
100
144
178
kg
2.5
5.4
5.4
5.4
9.5
9.5
Nominal pressure
PN
bar
Peak pressure
Pmax
bar
Swept volume
Vg
cm3
Speed
nmax
rpm
Inlet flow
qv max
l/min
T m
Torque Weight (approx.)
∆p = 400 bar
FLUID POWER
With integrated electronics (OBE) (type 4WREE)
118
Hydraulic Components and Fittings
Gates-EMB Fittings Gates-EMB DIN Tube Fittings The EMB patented technique of pre and final assembly of cutting rings reduces assembly time and costs whilst providing superior “leak-free” characteristics and reliable reproducible assembly results. The entire process of tube preparation until the final coupling runs like clock work in no time at all, thanks to our investment in “state of the art” machinery.
FLUID POWER
New Surface Finish Gates – EMB is the only supplier to offer a full range of DIN Tube Fittings with 3 types of coating in parallel: NanoProtect™, Zinc-Nickel and Stainless Steal. So the customer can select the finishing best suited for the application The Gates-EMB DIN Tube Fittings range is now also available with a zinc-nickel coating. Advantages of the modified coating: Increased corrosion resistance Constant friction coefficients compared to phosphating Reduced wear during installation and clamping
Gates-EMB Opticam 4S More control-more safety- easier to use! Gates-EMB OPTICAM 4S for the secure and efficient assembly of hydraulic cutting rings DS and DSW.. Extremely easy to handle Automatic tool recognition excludes errors SPC control of each assembly Increased assembly accuracy through reference check after each tool change Improved error detection Wear monitoring with individual cycle counter for each size Export of assembly data available as CSV-file
0121 508 6000
119
Adaptors
Metric Tube Compression Fittings
Adaptor System for 37° Flare DS D DSW Single edged Double Edge Double Edge Cutting Cutting Ring Cutting Ring Ring with Soft Seal
Manufactured to the highest standards, all compression fittings conform to the international standard EN ISO 8434-1 (DIN 2353), and conform to the latest EU regulations on the restricted use of hazardous substances. EMB fittings in addition to the Chrome 6 Free surface finish have an additional protection level- NANO Protect, which provides up to 400 hours protection to Red Rust.
Standard DIN nut Weld Nipple Assembly
Tube End Forming EMB FS System
DIN Fitting Body
EMB – L Series Fittings Working Pressure up to 500 bar EMB – S series Fittings Working pressures up to 800 bar Size Range 6mm O.D – 42mm O.D
Tube to Tube Equal Straight
60° Cone Light Series L
Light Series L
Part No
Tube BSP OD Male
GE6LR-60 6mm GE8LR-60 8mm GE10LR-60 10mm GE12LR-60 12mm GE15LR-60 15mm GE18LR-60 18mm GE22LR-60 22mm GE28LR-60 28mm GE35LR-60 35mm GE42LR-60 42mm other sizes on request
1/8” 1/4” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1.1/4” 1.1/2”
60° Cone Heavy Series S Part No
Tube BSP OD Male
GE6SR-60 GE8SR-60 GE10SR-60 GE12SR-60 GE14SR-60 GE16SR-60 GE20SR-60 GE20SR1-60 GE25SR-60 GE30SR1-60 GE38SR-60
6mm 8mm 10mm 12mm 14mm 16mm 20mm 20mm 25mm 30mm 38mm
www.eriks.co.uk
1/4” 1/4” 3/8” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1” 1” 1.1/2”
Part No
Tube to Tube Equal Tee
G6PL 6mm G8PL 8mm G10PL 10mm G12PL 12mm G15PL 15mm G18PL 18mm G22PL 22mm G28PL 28mm G35PL 35mm G42PL 42mm
Heavy Series S Part No
Bulkhead Straight
Light Series L Tube OD
Part No
Light Series L Tube OD
T6PL 6mm T8PL 8mm T10PL 10mm T12PL 12mm T15PL 15mm T18PL 18mm T22PL 22mm T28PL 28mm T35PL 35mm T42PL 42mm
Heavy Series S Tube OD
G6PS 6mm G8PS 8mm G10PS 10mm G12PS 12mm G14PS 14mm G16PS 16mm G20PS 20mm G25PS 25mm G30PS 30mm G38PS 38mm
Part No
FLUID POWER
Male Stud Couplings BSP Parallel
Part No
Tube OD
SV6PL 6mm SV8PL 8mm SV10PL 10mm SV12PL 12mm SV15PL 15mm SV18PL 18mm SV22PL 22mm SV28PL 28mm SV35PL 35mm SV42PL 42mm
Heavy Series S Tube OD
T6PS 6mm T8PS 8mm T10PS 10mm T12PS 12mm T14PS 14mm T16PS 16mm T20PS 20mm T25PS 25mm T30PS 30mm T38PS 38mm
Part No
Tube OD
SV6PS 6mm SV8PS 8mm SV10PS 10mm SV12PS 12mm SV14PS 14mm SV16PS 16mm SV20PS 20mm SV25PS 25mm SV30PS 30mm SV38PS 38mm
120
Hydraulic Accessories
Adaptors High quality, market leading hydraulic adaptors. Manufactured from steel BS EN 10277:3 1999 230 MOPb and conforming to recognised international standards Surface treatment Chromium-6 free conforming to EU regulations
Male x Male Adaptors
BSP Male/Male Equal
FLUID POWER
Part No
Thread A Thread B
KB02 1/8" 1/8" KB04 1/4" 1/4" KB06 3/8" 3/8" KB08 1/2" 1/2" KB10 5/8" 5/8" KB12 3/4" 3/4" KB16 1" 1" KB20 1.1/4" 1.1/4" KB24 1.1/2" 1.1/2" KB32 2" 2"
BSP Straight Bulkhead Part No
Thread A Thread B
KBH02 1/8" 1/8" KBH04 1/4" 1/4" KBH06 3/8" 3/8" KBH08 1/2" 1/2" KBH10 5/8" 5/8" KBH12 3/4" 3/4" KBH16 1" 1"
Thread A Thread B
KB040490C 1/4" KB060690C 3/8" KB080890C 1/2" KB101090C 5/8" KB121290C 3/4" KB161690C 1"
BSP Male/Male Unequal Part No
Thread A Thread B
KB0204 1/8" 1/4" KB0206 1/8" 3/8" KB0406 1/4" 3/8" KB0408 1/4" 1/2" KB0608 3/8" 1/2" KB0610 3/8" 5/8" KB0810 1/2" 5/8" KB0820 1/2" 1.1/4" KB0412 1/4" 3/4" KB0612 3/8" 3/4" KB0812 1/2" 3/4" KB1012 5/8" 3/4" KB1016 5/8" 1" KB0616 3/8" 1" KB0816 1/2" 1" KB1216 3/4" 1" KB1220 3/4" 1.1/4" KB1620 1" 1.1/4" KB1224 3/4" 1.1/2" KB1624 1" 1.1/2" KB2024 1.1/4" 1.1/2" KB1632 1" 2" KB2032 1.1/4" 2" KB2432 1.1/2" 2"
1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 1"
BSP Male/Male/Male Tee Part No Thread Thread Thread A B C KBT04 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" KBT06 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" KBT08 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" KBT10 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" KBT12 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" KBT16 1" 1" 1" KBT20 1.1/4" 1.1/4" 1.1/4" KBT24 1.1/2" 1.1/2" 1.1/2"
BSP Female/Female/ Female Swivel Tee Part No
Thread Thread A B
KBTFFF040404 1/4" 1/4" KBTFFF060606 3/8" 3/8" KBTFFF080808 1/2" 1/2" KBTFFF121212 3/4" 3/4" KBTFFF161616 1" 1" KBTFFF202020 1.1/4" 1.1/4" KBTFFF242424 1.1/2" 1.1/2"
BSP Male/Female/Male Swivel Tee Part No
Thread Thread Thread A B C
KBTMFM040404 1/4" KBTMFM060606 3/8" KBTMFM080808 1/2" KBTMFM121212 3/4" KBTMFM161616 1" KBTMFM202020 1.1/4" KBTMFM242424 1.1/2"
1/4" 1/4" 3/8" 3/8" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1" 1.1/4" 1.1/4" 1.1/2" 1.1/2"
BSP Male/Male/Female Swivel Tee Part No
Thread Thread Thread A B C
KBTMMF040404 1/4" KBTMMF060606 3/8" KBTMMF080808 1/2" KBTMMF121212 3/4" KBTMMF161616 1" KBTMMF202020 1.1/4" KBTMMF242424 1.1/2"
1/4" 1/4" 3/8" 3/8" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1" 1.1/4" 1.1/4" 1.1/2" 1.1/2"
Female x Female Adaptors
BSP Female/Female Swivel
BSP Male/Male 90º Compact Elbow Part No
Tee Pieces
Part No
Thread Thread A B
KBFF0404 KBFF0406 KBFF0408 KBFF0606 KBFF0608 KBFF0808
1/4"F 1/4"F 1/4"F 3/8"F 1/4"F 1/2"F 3/8"F 3/8"F 3/8"F 1/2"F 1/2"F 1/2"F
KBFF0812 1/2"F 3/4"F
Part No Thread
Thread A B
KBFF1010 5/8"F 5/8"F KBFF1212 3/4"F 3/4"F KBFF1216 3/4"F 1"F KBFF1616 1"F 1"F KBFF2020 1.1/4"F 1.1/4"F KBFF2424 1.1/2"F 1.1/2"F KBFF3232 2"F 2"F
BSP Female/Female 90º Compact Swivel Elbow Part No
Thread Thread A B
KBFF040490C 1/4"F 1/4"F KBFF060690C 3/8"F 3/8"F KBFF080890C 1/2"F 1/2"F KBFF121290C 3/4"F 3/4"F KBFF161690C 1"F 1"F KBFF202090C 1.1/4"F 1.1/4"F KBFF242490C 1.1/2"F 1.1/2"F
0121 508 6000
121
Quick Release Couplings ISO 7241 Series A
ISO 7241 Series B
Cost effective solution, tested to ISO 7421 standard Zinc plated, heat treated carbon steel, Nitrile “O” ring seals are fitted as standard. Viton available on request Suitable for both agricultural and industrial use requiring frequent connections and disconnections Maximum working pressure range from 350 bar (1/4") to 130 bar (2")
Heat treated carbon steel, zinc plated, Nitrile O-ring seals with Teflon backing rings Ideally suited to heavy duty applications such as: automotive, offshore, railways, petrochemical, steel, civil engineering Maximum working pressure range from 300 bar
Probe
Probe
Carrier
Carrier
Port size
Part No
Port size
Part No
Port size
Part No
Port size
QRC-P04 QRC-P06 QRC-P08 QRC-P12 QRC-P16
1/4" BSPP 3/8" BSPP 1/2" BSPP 3/4" BSPP 1" BSPP
QRC-C04 QRC-C06 QRC-C08 QRC-C12 QRC-C16
1/4" BSPP 3/8" BSPP 1/2" BSPP 3/4" BSPP 1" BSPP
QRC-P04B QRC-P06B QRC-P08B QRC-P12B QRC-P16B
1/4" BSPP 3/8" BSPP 1/2" BSPP 3/4" BSPP 1" BSPP
QRC-C04B QRC-C06B QRC-C08B QRC-C12B QRC-C16B
1/4" BSPP 3/8" BSPP 1/2" BSPP 3/4" BSPP 1" BSPP
Flat Face
Screw to Connect
Zero leakage coupling, easy to clean to prevent contamination ingress, and manufactured to ISO 16028 standard Pressure rated up to 350 bar, warranty for 1 year including on hammer applications Zinc-Nickel plating reduces corrosion, rated for 280 hours to white rust in a salt spray test Available in stainless steel
Screw connection style eliminates brinelling, increasing the life of the coupling Screw connection style allows for connection with up to 50 bar pressure in each hydraulic hose line Screw connection style prevents accidental uncoupling under vibration Suited to heavy duty industrial applications which are subject to heavy mechanical loads and high pressure pulse application on construction plant
Probe
Carrier
Probe
Carrier
Part No
Port size
Part No
Port size
Part No
Port size
Part No
Port size
QRC-P04FF QRC-P06FF QRC-P08FF QRC-P12FF QRC-P16FF
1/4" BSPP 3/8" BSPP 1/2" BSPP 3/4" BSPP 1" BSPP
QRC-C04FF QRC-C06FF QRC-C08FF QRC-C12FF QRC-C16FF
1/4" BSPP 3/8" BSPP 1/2" BSPP 3/4" BSPP 1" BSPP
QRC-P04SC QRC-P06SC QRC-P08SC QRC-P12SC QRC-P16SC
1/4" BSPP 3/8" BSPP 1/2" BSPP 3/4" BSPP 1" BSPP
QRC-C04SC QRC-C06SC QRC-C08SC QRC-C12SC QRC-C16SC
1/4" BSPP 3/8" BSPP 1/2" BSPP 3/4" BSPP 1" BSPP
Hydraulic Accessories Glycerine Filled Pressure Gauges A small selection of the range available from ERIKS. Stainless steel case Accuracy ±1.6% FSD 63mm (2.1/2") Diameter, 1/4" BSPP Available bottom and rear entry fittings
www.eriks.co.uk
Bottom Entry Part No PG63BO10 PG63BO16 PG63BO25 PG63BO40 PG63BO60 PG63BO100 PG63BO160 PG63BO250 PG63BO400 PG63BO600
Rear Entry Pressure Range 0-10 bar 0-16 bar 0-25 bar 0-40 bar 0-60 bar 0-100 bar 0-160 bar 0-250 bar 0-400 bar 0-600 bar
Part No PG63RO10 PG63RO16 PG63RO25 PG63RO40 PG63RO60 PG63RO100 PG63RO160 PG63RO250 PG63RO400 PG63RO600
Pressure Range 0-10 bar 0-16 bar 0-25 bar 0-40 bar 0-60 bar 0-100 bar 0-160 bar 0-250 bar 0-400 bar 0-600 bar
FLUID POWER
Part No
122
Hydraulic Accessories
1620 Test Point with Metal Cap
1620 Pressure Gauge Connection (direct)
Can be used as sampling points
Also available in stainless steel
Lifetime leak free guarantee Part No
Description
Thread
Max WP
EMA3R1/8ED EMA3R1/4ED
1620 Test Point with Metal Cap 1620 Test Point with Metal Cap
BSP 1/8" BSP 1/4"
400 bar 630 bar
1620 Male/Swivel Female Test Tee Piece
Part No
Description
Thread
Max WP
EPGC1604 EPGC1608
1620 Pressure Gauge Connection (direct) 1620 Pressure Gauge Connection (direct)
BSP 1/4" BSP 1/2"
630 bar 630 bar
High Pressure Micro Bore Assemblies
FLUID POWER
Also available in stainless steel
Part No
Description
Thread
Max WP
ESNA01 ESNA02 ESNA03 ESNA04 ESNA06
1620 Male/Swivel Female Test Tee Piece 1620 Male/Swivel Female Test Tee Piece 1620 Male/Swivel Female Test Tee Piece 1620 Male/Swivel Female Test Tee Piece 1620 Male/Swivel Female Test Tee Piece
BSP 1/4" BSP 3/8" BSP 1/2" BSP 3/4" BSP 1"
630 bar 630 bar 515 bar 430 bar 345 bar
Part No
Description
Hose Length
ETH1614-1000 ETH1614-2000 ETH1616-1000 ETH1616-2000
1620 Fem x 1/4 BSP Gauge Fem 1620 Fem x 1/4 BSP Gauge Fem 1620 Fem x 1620 Fem 1620 Fem x 1620 Fem
1000mm 2000mm 1000mm 2000mm
Other hose lengths/combinations available on request. Max working pressure 400 bar, other pressures on request.
Pressure Test Kits
Digital Pressure Test Kits Single digital pressure gauge with minimall test points, adaptors and hose in a carry case Three kits available in the different pressure ranges Gauges have peak min/max storage, great accuracy and easy to read display
Universal
Standard Single Gauge Digital Pressure Test Kits
Pressure Test Kits 40/400bar Part No
Pressure
ESPTK40/400 Standard EUPTK40/400 Universal Other pressure ranges available on request.
Part No EDPTK0/60 EDPTK0/250 EDPTK0/600
Pressure Range 0-60 Bar 0-250 Bar 0-600 Bar
0121 508 6000
123
Oil Transfer Units and Ball Valves
Oil Transfer Units This high performance series provides fast and efficient oil clean-up with simple maintenance procedures that require no tools to change. A
This filter is designed to ensure it does not become blocked on the outer fibres but allows the full depth of the filter media to be utilised, capturing and retaining larger debris in the outer layers and the finer particles in the inner contamination control section of the media. This results in longer service life and better performance over a wide range of different sized contaminants. The assembly also includes an indicator button which activates when the filter-can needs changing. Available in a range of high performance efficiency ratings from 1 to 25 micron.
FLUID POWER
Group 2 gear pump giving up to 27 litres/min Options of 110V, 240V standard supply Includes standard DOL Starter Fully wired and ready to use Visual ‘pop-up’ contamination indicator Includes 2 metre suction and delivery hose Carrying handle Pall 6 Micron cartridge fitted as standard Oil Transfer Unit Part No
Description
OTU1-110V-25 OTU1-220V-25
Oil transfer unit 110V, 25 litre Oil transfer unit 220V, 25 litre
A A
D
E
Accessories
F
Part No
Description
DIPTUBE-25 DIPTUBE-205 HC7400SKP4H HC7400SKN4H HC7400SKS4H QRC-P12 QRC-C12
Dip tube for 25 litre drum Dip tube for 205 litre drum Pall 3 Micron replacement cartridge Pall 6 Micron replacement cartridge, (fitted as standard) Pall 12 Micron replacement cartridge QRC Probe, 3/4 BSP QRC Carrier, 3/4 BSP
B C D
B D D E F
Cable Lock Safety Retaining System for High Pressure Hydraulic Hose Assemblies Cablelock is an innovative retention system for high-pressure hydraulic hoses, which offers protection to a person from the dangerous effects of whip lash by the sudden release of hydraulic energy. Cablelock will restrain the hose assembly if the end termination is blown off or if there is end connection separation. This retaining system allows for the compliance to the DIN ISO 4413 section of the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EG Advantages of the Cablelock system: Installable without removing the current hydraulic hose assembly Compact structure , can be installed in areas where space is a premium Universal system, can be installed across different hose types Cost effective, safe, easy and quick installation
www.eriks.co.uk
C
Hydraulic Valves
Ball Valves
SH
.CO.U K I KS
R .E
ERIKS WEBSHOP
IK S
The flow can be switched from one to the other outlet port by turning the handle over a 90º angle
Thousands of products available to order on
SHOP.E R
High-pressure ball valves have a true on-off function; they should not be used in a partially opened position. Three-way ball valves come in different versions. The most commonly used has an L-bore with one defined pressured inlet port (the centre one).
.E R I KS.CO. OP UK
UK O. .C
SH
124
OP
In the 45º position the flow is blocked
FLUID POWER
High Pressure 2-way Ball Valves
High Pressure 3-way Ball Valves L-port
Part No
Port size
Nominal pressure
HBV2G14 HBV2G38 HBV2G12 HBV2G34 HBV2G1 HBV2G114 HBV2G112 HBV2G2
BSP 1/4" BSP 3/8" BSP 1/2" BSP 3/4" BSP 1" BSP 1.1/4" BSP 1.1/2" BSP 2"
500 500 400 315 315 315 315 315
Part No HBV3LG14 HBV3LG38 HBV3LG12 HBV3LG34 HBV3LG1
Port size
Nominal pressure
BSP 1/4" BSP 3/8" BSP 1/2" BSP 3/4" BSP 1"
500 400 315 315 250
Flow Control Valves
Speed Control Valves
Check Valves
Flow control valves are designed to restrict the flow going through the valve from a fully opened position to a fully closed position
These speed control valves have a built-in check valve which makes the adjustable flow restriction only work in one flow direction
A check valve simply allows flow in one direction and completely blocks flow in the reversed direction
Be aware that highly restricted flow levels will cause considerable heat generation
In the reversed flow direction the check valve opens and offers virtually unrestricted flow
Part No Port size Nominal pressure
Part No Port size
DVG18 DVG14 DVG38 DVG12 DVG34 DVG1 DVG114 DVG112
DRVG18 DRVG14 DRVG38 DRVG12 DRVG34 DRVG1 DRVG114 DRVG112
BSP 1/8" BSP 1/4" BSP 3/8" BSP 1/2" BSP 3/4" BSP 1" BSP 1.1/4" BSP 1.1/2"
350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350
BSP 1/8" BSP 1/4" BSP 3/8" BSP 1/2" BSP 3/4" BSP 1" 350 BSP 1.1/4" BSP 1.1/2"
Nominal pressure 350 350 350 350 350 350 350
The so-called cracking pressure is normally set at 0.5 bar. This is the pressure at which the valve starts to open when pressured in the free flow direction
Part No Port size Nominal pressure RVG14 RVG38 RVG12 RVG34 RVG1 RVG114 RVG112 RVG2
BSP 1/4" BSP 3/8" BSP 1/2" BSP 3/4" BSP 1" BSP 1.1/4" BSP 1.1/2" BSP 2"
500 500 500 400 350 350 350 250
0121 508 6000
125
Hydraulic Filtration
FLUID POWER
This is EfficiEncy Element design guarantees filtration quality Ecological iprotect High Pressure Filter (EPF)
Filter change time reduced by 40% 50% reduction in environmental waste
Selecting the correct filtration solution is vital to preserving the desired performance of your system. Preventing component deterioration or even failure depends on the initial quality of your filtration solution. Parker’s EPF Iprotect is the next generation of patented filter media, providing 24/7 protection of critical system components and reducing downtime. For further information, please contact your Eriks representative. parker.com
Parker_EPF_iProtect_AW.indd 1
www.eriks.co.uk
30/04/2018 13:11
126
Hydraulic Filtration
Parker Hydraulic Filtration Technology Dedicated to the long-term health and reliability of your mission critical assets, Parker’s Hydraulic filtration capability offers you innovative products for your preventative diagnostic & treatment needs.
Prevention EPF iprotect - Ecological Pressure Filter High Pressure Filtration - Max 700l/min-450bar FLUID POWER
Reduce waste with innovative replaceable element and re-usable core Improve performance with patented element and bypass valve technology Save time with easy element change Reduce risk to assets with prevention of non-genuine element use and fool-proof re-assembly
GMF iprotect - Medium Pressure Filters Max 600 l/min -70 bar - Incorporating the patented filter technology of EPF and the same unique design features. With cost saving benefits including: Minimised waste Simple, fool proof element changes Guaranteed filtration quality
GLF Series - Low Pressure Tank - Top Return Line Filters Delivering efficient contamination control with design features that: Maximise element life Optimise filtration capacity Minimise pressure drop even in cold start conditions
0121 508 6000
127
The PARFIT Toolkit Now with over 85,000 cross-references The ParFit toolkit allows you to quickly and easily find your hydraulic replacement element from one quality single source.
FLUID POWER
Diagnostics
On and off-line monitoring enabling real time analysis and a fact-based approach to system maintenance
Treatment
Waste reducing and cost saving treatment products that can extend fluid life beyond the routine drain and change intervals
www.eriks.co.uk
128
Hydraulic Valves
Directional Control Valves Series D1VW Parker’s directional control valve series D1VW in NG06 (CETOP 03 / NFPA D03) provides high functional limits up to 80 l/min in combination with a very low, energy-saving pressure drop due to optimized flow passages. The maximum pressure is 350 bar. Performance Characteristics
FLUID POWER
Nominal Size NG06 / CETOP 03 Operation Style Direct Maximum Flow Rate 80 Litres/Min (depending on spool), 60 (depending on spool) Connection Type Connector as per EN 175301-803, plugs not included. Actuation Solenoid Weight 1.5kg (D1VW with 1 solenoid), 2.1 kg(D1VW with 2 solenoids) valves in more detail.
Part No.
Voltage
D1VW002CNYW D1VW002CNJW D1VW001CNYW D1VW001CNJW D1VW004CNYW D1VW004CNJW D1VW008CNYW D1VW008CNJW D1VW020HNYW D1VW020BNJW D1VW020BNYW D1VW020BNJW D1VW030BNYW D1VW030HNYW D1VW030BNJW
110V AC 50Hz 24V DC 110V AC 50Hz 24V DC 2 110V AC 50Hz 24V DC 110V AC 50Hz 24V DC 8 110V AC 50Hz 24V DC 110V AC 50Hz 24V DC 110V AC 50Hz 110V AC 50Hz 24V DC
Spool in Neutral
Spring Arrangement
Spool Code
0 All Ports Connected 0 All Ports Connected 2 All Ports Blocked All Ports Blocked 6 A and B to T 6 A and B to T 8 A and B blocked, P to T A and B blocked, P to T 20 P to B, A to T 20 P to A, B to T 2 All Ports Blocked 2 All Ports Blocked 0 All Ports Connected 30 P to B, A to T 30 P to A, B to T
Spring Centred Spring Centred Spring Centred Spring Centred Spring Centred Spring Centred Spring Centred Spring Centred Spring Offset in Pos A Spring Offset in Pos B Spring Offset End to End Spring Offset End to End Spring Offset End to End Spring Offset in Pos A Spring Offset in Pos B
2 2 1 1 4 8 8 020 020 030 020 020 030 030 030
3 Position Spools Code
Spool Type a 0 b
2 Position Spools Code
001
020
002
030
Spool Type
004 008
Series D3W Parker’s direct operated directional control valve series D3W in NG10 (CETOP 05/ NFPA D05) features low energy losses due to optimized flow passages for economical operation. It offers high functional limits up to 150 l/min and a maximum pressure of 350 bar. Performance Characteristics Nominal Size Mounting Style Operation Style Actuation Series Type Weight (kg) Part No.
Voltage
D3W002CNYW D3W002CNJW D3W001CNYW D3W001CNJW D3W004CNYW D3W004CNJW D3W008CNYW D3W008CNJW D3W020HNYW D3W020BNJW D3W030HNYW D3W030BNJW
110V AC 50Hz 24V DC 110V AC 50Hz 24V DC 110V AC 50Hz 24V DC 110V AC 50Hz 24V DC 110V AC 50Hz 24V DC 110V AC 50Hz 24V DC
NG10/CETOP 5 Sub-plate mounting Direct Solenoid Directional control valve 4.8 (1 solenoid), 6.3 (2 solenoids) Spool in Neutral
Spring Arrangement
Spool Code
0 All Ports Connected 0 All Ports Connected 2 All Ports Blocked 2 All Ports Blocked 6 A and B to T 6 A and B to T 8 A and B blocked, P to T 8 A and B blocked, P to T 20 P to B, A to T 20 P to A, B to T 30 P to B, A to T 30 P to A, B to T
Spring Centred Spring Centred Spring Centred Spring Centred Spring Centred Spring Centred Spring Centred Spring Centred Spring Offset in Pos A Spring Offset in Pos B Spring Offset in Pos A Spring Offset in Pos B
002 002 001 001 004 004 008 008 020 020 030 030
3 Position Spools Code
Spool Type a 0 b
2 Position Spools Code
001
020
002
030
Spool Type
004 008
0121 508 6000
129
Bladder Accumulators and LAC Oil Coolers
Bladder Accumulators and Accessories Parker UK Series - a high pressure range of bladder accumulators and accessories Ideally suited for the UK Industrial market (207 to 420 bar/ up to 54L). The UK series has been engineered to the highest quality standards to optimize service life and product safety. Its robust shell and bladder design offers strength and reliability which ensure the provision of constant pressure storage in any hydraulic system. The UK series is fitted with a bonded seal fluid port and 1/4” BSP Gas Connection as standard. A hydrostatic pressure test is carried out on all hydraulic accumulator shells during the manufacturing process. We can also offer additional pressure testing for shells or for a complete assembly - witnessed by a specified Inspection Authority and/or customer - as an optional extra. Benefits FLUID POWER
Engineered to the highest quality standards Long service life Technical and application expertise Accessories including charging kits. Typical Applications Hydrostatic bearings Lubricating oil supplies Chucking systems
Also available: A complete range of piston and diaphragm accumulators.
Machine tools.
LAC Oil Cooler Series and Accessories From 1kW up to a 300 kW cooling capacity. With its simple and robust design and wide selection of accessories, this range will suit all industrial applications with a high voltage electric source. It is quiet in operation and offers a low pressure drop and high cooling capacity. It has a single-phase or three-phase AC-motor and is suitable for installation in most applications and environments. Benefits with the correct working temperature Extended system life Increased output and fewer shutdowns Reduced service and repair costs High efficiency level maintained in continuous operation. Typical Applications Power units Lubrication systems Marine cranes Presses Wind power
www.eriks.co.uk
Special versions also available for Marine and ATEX applications.
130
Servo and Proportional Valves
Servo valves are critical to your machine’s productivity. Keeping servo valves in top condition is key to uptime.
FLUID POWER
Only authorised Moog repair professionals have the parts, tools and training to maximise Moog Servo Valve efficiency.
17 CERTIFICATIONS
.001 MM TOLERANCE
30 COMPONENTS
ONE BILLION CYCLES
for servo valves used in potentially hazardous environments
specifically designed for use in a Moog Servo Valve
Clearances required to manufacture a Moog MFB Servo Valve as compared to .01 mm used by others
is the typical life span of a Moog Servo Valve in the field
step response from 0 to 100% operation
100 MOOG ENGINEERS
ONE MILLION+
20,000
24,000
employed in servo valve design and repair
new Moog Servo Valves installed since 2004 like-new servo valve repairs completed in 2014
Moog Servo Valve models created since 1950
Eriks three facts servo ad.indd 1
RANGE OF 3-25 MILLISECONDS
moog.co.uk
Moog_Industrial
MoogIndustrial
moog-industrial
27/04/2018 11:33
0121 508 6000
131
MOOG SERVO AND PROPORTIONAL VALVES Moog is a leader in designing, manufacturing, and selling high performance hydraulic valve products. With nearly 70 years experience producing servo and proportional valves for the industrial market, our products are legendary for reliability and accuracy. Moog valves contain either a mechanical or electrical feedback mechanism, and unless it bears our logo, and contains Moog technology, it can not claim to be a Moog valve. Designed and built to meet the unique needs of even the most demanding customers, we offer numerous models with a range of sizes, performance characteristics and mounting options with fail-safe and Explosion proof versions available.
D633, D634, D636, D637, D638, D639
D765, D661, D671, D672, D791, D792
Rated Flow @ ∆p 70 bar (1,000 psi)
From 0.95 to 757 l/min
From 5 to 100 l/min
From 4 to 1,000 l/min
Maximum operating pressure (bar)
From 210 to 350
350
From 315 to 350
100% Step Response @ 210 bar (3,000 psi)
From 20 to 25 ms
From 9 to 48 ms
From 10 to 44 ms
■■ Direct Drive Valves with Linear
■■ 2- and 3-stage pilot operated
■■ 2- and 3-stage pilot operated
Moog Proportional Valves at a glance
Force Motor ■■ Analog or digital onboard electronics ■■ Optional fieldbus interface, pressure or axis control functionality
valves with ServoJet or Direct Drive Valve pilot ■■ Analog onboard electronics
valves with ServoJet or Direct Drive Valve pilot ■■ Digital onboard electronics ■■ Optional fieldbus interface, pressure or axis control functionality
RANGES
D634, D637, D639
D661 to D665, D681 to D685
D671 to D675, D941 to D945
Rated Flow @ ∆p 10 bar (145 psi)
From 24 to 60 l/min
From 30 to 1,500 l/min
From 30 to 1,500 l/min
Maximum operating pressure (bar)
350
350
350
100% Step Response @ 210 bar (3,000 psi)
From 20 to 25 ms
From 9 to 48 ms
From 10 to 44 ms
■■ Direct Drive Valves with Linear
■■ 2- and 3-stage pilot operated
■■ 2- and 3-stage pilot operated
Moog Proportional Valves at a glance
www.eriks.co.uk
Force Motor ■■ Analog or digital onboard electronics ■■ Optional fieldbus interface, pressure or axis control functionality
valves with ServoJet or Direct Drive Valve pilot ■■ Analog onboard electronics
valves with ServoJet or Direct Drive Valve pilot ■■ Digital onboard electronics ■■ Optional fieldbus interface, pressure or axis control functionality
FLUID POWER
30, 771 to 773, 631, 760, 761, 72, 78, 79-100, 79-200
RANGES
132
Exchange Programme
Back to New Service The cost effective exchange programme for your A10 pumps Bosch Rexroth is the only company that can repair and replace Rexroth products back to the original specification.
FLUID POWER
Brand new from Bosch Rexroth, an environmentally-friendly A10 pump service exchange programme.
Can you afford unplanned and expensive downtime? You will receive: Fixed price up front so you know exactly what you are paying Free collection service of your old pump saving you valuable time, effort and money Service exchange items available from stock An “as new” 12 month manufacturers warranty 3-5 day turnaround service Benefits:
We can
Prevention of repeat repairs Reduction of downtime All parts are fully tested and adjusted to Bosch Rexroth settings Increase in productivity
■■ Help
save you expensive downtime
■■ Help
reduce your machinery failure
■■ Provide
Whether you need spare parts, onsite or field service support, product training, a system health check or you simply want to talk through your service issues, don’t take the risk.
a full warranty
Call 0845 006 6000 Price List A10 Pump Type A10VSO 18 A10VSO 28 A10VSO 45
Size 18 28 45
Price
A10 Pump Type
£721.43 £764.29 £861.43
A10VSO 71 A10VSO 100 A10VSO 140
Size 71 100 140
Price £960.00 £1,151.00 £1,349.00
0121 508 6000
ERIKS INDUSTRIAL Products, Services & Solutions
133
MORE THAN THE SUM OF THE PARTS
Here for you for greater EFFICIENCY, greater RELIABILITY and longer SERVICE LIFE which equals greater SAVINGS
FLUID POWER
we CAN, we WILL & we DO
www.eriks.co.uk
A product is just a product, but a product supported by services that are provided by people with knowhow is more than just a product... SAVING TIME
SAVING COSTS
SAFETY CONSCIOUS
IT’S A SOLUTION THAT LASTS A LIFETIME
www.eriks.co.uk
134
Tools and Solutions for all Industries
FLUID POWER
Enerpac is a global market leader in high pressure hydraulic tools, controlled force products and solutions for precise positioning of heavy loads. We manufacture products, from the smallest hydraulic cylinder to complete computer-operated lifting and positioning systems. Our focus is to provide our customers with the most extensive line of products and accessories that maximize force to increase productivity and make work safer and easier to perform.
TOOLS AND SOLUTIONS FOR ALL INDUSTRIES • Cylinders & Lifting Products • Hydraulic Pumps • Valves • System Components • Presses • Pullers • Tools
9603_ERIKS_UK_Tech_Catalog_2019_180x232.indd 1
02/05/2018 09:57
0121 508 6000
135
Controlled Tightening, Joint Assembly, Positioning and Separation Benefits
Our focus is to provide our customers with the most extensive line of products and accessories that maximize force to increase productivity and make work safer and easier to perform.
Torque Wrenches Torque Wrench Pumps Bolt Tensioners Tensioning Pumps Multipliers Flange Alignment Tools Flange Spreaders Flange Face Tools Nut Cutters Spread Cylinders
TOOLS AND SOLUTIONS FOR ALL INDUSTRIES • Cylinders & Lifting Products • Hydraulic Pumps • Valves • System Components • Presses • Pullers • Tools
Benefits
www.eriks.co.uk
Synchonous Hoisting Systems SyncHoist Synchonous Lifting Systems - SyncLift Self-Propelled Modular Transporters
9603_ERIKS_UK_Tech_Catalog_2019_180x232.indd 1
FLUID POWER
For the Most Demanding Lifting and Rigging Operations Jack-Up Systems Gantries Strand Jacks Skidding Systems
Enerpac is a global market leader in high pressure hydraulic tools, controlled force products and solutions for precise positioning of heavy loads. We manufacture products, from the smallest hydraulic cylinder to complete computer-operated lifting and positioning systems.
136
FLUID POWER
RESPONSIVE HYDRAULIC REPAIR
ENGINEERING & SITE SERVICES
ERIKS offer a highly responsive repair service to help keep your ’down time’ to a minimum. We guarantee fast turn around times, and great quality products all supported by our application engineers who have the technical know-how when you need it most.
FUNCTIONS:
WHY ERIKS:
Full machine shop / fabrication In house honing
A ‘Comprehensive’ Strip and Quote Service which includes:
Full testing facility
Comprehensive assessment and full diagnosis
Working capacities for: 600bar – 200rpm 0-15 mtrs 0-18 mtr Diameter
Locating all spares required for the repair Prompt quotation to reduce down time
Heavy duty torque multiplyer for excavator rebuilds Complete strip down of cylinder
CALL: 0845 006 6000
to contact your local workshop
0121 508 6000
137
YOUR COMPLETE FILTRATION SOLUTION ERIKS has brought together a range of filtration brands not available from any other supplier. All market leaders in their specific fields, these manufacturers are now partnered with the UK’s number one distributor of pneumatic, hydraulic and filtration products. At ERIKS we believe that having field based, competent technical sales engineers separates us from those who simply supply product in a box
PRODUCT RANGE Hydraulic / Air / Process Filtration Dust and fume control Purifier equipment Monitoring equipment Housings and assemblies Transfer units
www.eriks.co.uk
SERVICES On-site fluid sampling Independent filtration audits
Lab services Plant commissioning
maximise equipment
138
reliability
Pall Filters for Hydraulic and Lubricating Fluids
reduce costs
Pall Corporation, serving the fluid power industry, specialize in the removal and control of contamination maximise equipment in hydraulic, lubrication and fuel systems for markets such as mobile, mining, power generation, industrial manufacturing, primary metals, offshore and petrochemicals. As the world’s premier provider of filtration, separation and purification science enabling technologies, Pall has built a reputation as the applied solutions experts in filtration, based on technical expertise, proven performance, quality products, and responsive reduce service. The breadth of ourcosts product line and scientific resources makes us uniquely qualified to deliver the best product technologies for each application we support.
reliability
Pall Corporation, serving the fluid power industry, specialize in the removal and control of contamination TM Hydraulic in hydraulic, lubrication and fuel systems for markets such as mobile, mining, power generation, industrial Athalon Oil Purification Diagnostics and and manufacturing, Lube Oil Filters monitoring primary metals, offshore and petrochemicals. As the world’s premier provider ofequipment filtration, Systems
FLUID POWER
separation and purification science enabling technologies, Pall has built a reputation as the applied solutions experts in filtration, based on technical expertise, proven performance, quality products, and responsive service. The breadth of our product line and scientific resources makes us uniquely qualified to deliver the best product technologies for each application we support. AthalonTM Hydraulic and Lube Oil Filters
Oil Purification Systems
Industry leading filter performance (Betax(c)≥2000), even under high cyclic conditions
Reliability of systems, the life of system components and fluids can be extended by minimising water contamination
u Consistently high filter performance delivers improved fluid cleanliness for the full life of the filter
u Vacuum dehydration technology for fluid viscosities up to 700cSt.
u The smallest footprint for your Industry leading filter performance operations (Betax(c)≥2000), even under high
u Anti-static construction reduces cyclic conditions charge generation and virtually u Consistently high filter performance eliminates static discharge delivers improved fluid cleanliness u Coreless, synthetic construction for the full life of the filter
minimizes waste disposal
u Removes 100% free water, air and gases and up to 80% dissolved Reliability of systems, water, air and gases the life of system components and fluids can be extended
u High efficiency particulate and salt by minimising water contamination contamination removal
u Vacuum dehydration technology for
u Compact footprintup in to a range of flows fluid viscosities 700cSt. u Available for 100% purchase hire u Removes free and water, air and gases and up to 80% dissolved water, air and gases
u The smallest footprint for your operations u Anti-static construction reduces charge generation and virtually eliminates static discharge
u High efficiency particulate and salt contamination removal
u Coreless, synthetic construction minimizes waste disposal
u Available for purchase and hire
u Compact footprint in a range of flows
Diagnostics and monitoring equipment
u Fluid cleanliness monitoring using proven mesh blockage technology - Accurate results even in water based, cloudy or aerated fluids - Real time monitoring for immediate corrective actions u WS Series fixed and portable u water Fluid cleanliness monitoring using sensors measure dissolved proven mesh blockage technology water levels in hydraulic, lube and - Accurate oils, results even in water insulating supporting predicative based, cloudy or aeratedoffluids maintenance programs plant and - Real time monitoring for immediate machinery corrective actions
u WS Series fixed and portable water sensors measure dissolved water levels in hydraulic, lube and insulating oils, supporting predicative maintenance programs of plant and machinery
For more information visit www.pall.com/m&e For further details, contact your local ERIKS Service Centre on 0845 006 6000 © 2016 Pall Corporation. Pall, Coralon, Profile, Nexis, Claris, FSI, Ultipleat, Athalon and Ultipor are trademarks of Pall Corporation. ® indicates a trademark registered in the USA. BETTER LIVES. BETTER PLANET and Filtration. Separation. Solution.SM are service marks of Pall Corporation.
For more information visit www.pall.com/m&e For further details, contact your local ERIKS Service Centre on 0845 006 6000 © 2016 Pall Corporation. Pall, Coralon, Profile, Nexis, Claris, FSI, Ultipleat, Athalon and Ultipor are trademarks of Pall Corporation. ® indicates a trademark registered in the USA. BETTER LIVES. BETTER PLANET and Filtration. Separation. Solution.SM are service marks of Pall Corporation.
Filtration. Separation. Solution.SM
Filtration. Separation. Solution.SM
0121 508 6000
139
Filters for Hydraulic and Lubricating Fluids For asset protection without compromise, Pall offers the most innovative filtration technology available to achieve the optimum fluid cleanliness levels to make your operations more reliable. The Ultimate in Filter Performance Pall’s Athalon™ hydraulic and lube oil filters combine Betax(c)≥2000 rated, stress-resistant filter technology and a full range of housings to provide the greatest overall filter performance and value available in industry today Pall AthalonTM Filters Offer: Betax(c)≥2000 removal efficiency - unequalled in industry today Stress Resistant media Technology (SRT) Improved fluid cleanliness Low, clean differential pressure Long service life Environmentally friendly coreless filter pack Upgrade your existing Pall Ultipor™ filters with Coralon™ filter elements to provide improved fluid cleanliness, enhanced fluid cleanliness consistency, and lower clean pressure drop while providing equivalent service life of its Ultipor predecessor. Coralon filter elements are the same form, fit, and function as Ultipor elements. Replace alternative filter elements retrofitted into original Pall filter housings to return your hydraulic and lubrication systems back up to 15x cleaner and more consistent fluid cleanliness. Diagnostic and Monitoring Equipment For accurate, reliable measurement of fluid cleanliness, the PCM500 is the only fluid cleanliness monitor you’ll need. Using proven mesh blockage technology the fully portable PCM500 provides accurate 3-part ISO 4406 cleanliness class code results in under 6 minutes, even in water based, cloudy or aerated fluids. Our WS Series fixed (WS12) and portable (WS19) water sensors measure dissolved water levels in hydraulic, lube and insulating oils, supporting predictive maintenance programs of plant and machinery For more information visit www.pall.com/m&e
www.eriks.co.uk
Which Pall product to ask for?
Pre-filtration
Pall FSI filter bags or Meltblown filter cartridges (Profile®, Nexis™ and Claris™)
Replacement filter element upgrades
Coralon™ and Red1000 filter elements
High performance fluid cleanliness control
Coralon (for existing Ultipor filters)
Water removal from oil Diagnostics and Monitoring
Fluid Condition Monitoring
PCM500 Fluid Cleanliness Monitor
Application
WS19: Portable hand-held Water Sensor
AthalonTM filter elements and housings for new installations HNP portable oil purifiers Pall cleanliness monitors (PCM), WS series water sensors and Pall Cleanliness Cabinets (PCC)
Did you know?.... An effective filter is an efficient filter. Pall’s Athalon filters are rated to Betax(c)≥2000 efficiency - the highest available rating in industry today.
WS12 Fixed In-line Water Sensor
FLUID POWER
Consistent performance throughout filter service life
Amazon Filters
FLUID POWER
140
0121 508 6000
141
When water can KILL Amazon Filters has the answer Cryptosporidium is a potentially fatal parasite that can be found in water systems. Symptoms include severe diarrhoea, lasting up to two weeks in healthy adults. For the young, elderly and immuno-compromised, the condition can be more serious! Water is used in Food & Beverage production for product make-up, for rinsing food (such as salads) and for washing equipment. If a Food & Beverage producer supplies contaminated product, the legal and financial consequences - not to mention damage to brand reputation - can be extremely serious.
Amazon Filters provide two filter cartridges that are specifically designed and qualified for cryptosporidium removal: our SupaSpun II depth filter and our SupaPleat II pleated filter.
FLUID POWER
Therefore, it is not surprising that many are now introducing cryptosporidium filter control into their process operations.
SupaSpun II & SupaPleat II Features & Benefits Absolute removal ratings for consistent and reliable performance Graded density structure for maximum dirt holding capacity Increased void volume giving high flow rates and low initial pressure losses Thermal bonding process minimises media migration and ensures minimal extractables Cryptosporidium grade (CRY) with typical 104 log reduction value for use in Food & Beverage applications Batch traceability
www.eriks.co.uk
Filtration
FLUID POWER
142
Give your HEPA filters the full belt and braces HEPA FILTERS TESTED TO YOUR STANDARDS You can’t take any chances with HEPA filters – a failure could be catastrophic. That’s why we’ve invested in a new, semi-automated test rig that can test to all relevant ISO and EN standards, and beyond. You can choose between three levels of testing – from a fully-traceable data report to an iron-clad certificate of quality – or request a custom test of your own.
WITH INDUSTRY-LEADING LEAD TIMES Alongside the test rig is a new pleating machine. Not only does this machine pleat at a variety of heights, widths and distances, it’s also fast. So, we can now offer industryleading lead times across a number of filter sizes, types and efficiencies. And with new pleat orientation improving pressure drop by 15-20%, you can have higher performance and greater assurance in an average of just five days. airfiltration.mann-hummel.com
Leadership in Filtration 0121 508 6000
143
Panel and Bag Filters MANN+HUMMEL filters are designed to provide maximum value and performance in HVAC, industrial and clean room applications. Ranging from panel pre-filters through bags to final compact filters, a wide range of sizes and configurations are available. The products detailed here are our most popular sizes.
Airpanel Select Pleated Panel Filters Most commonly used as a pre-filter to finer grade filters (bag and rigid bag filters). Suitable for a very broad range of applications, but is commonly employed in environments such as hospitals, food and beverage production areas and installations where glass media is prohibited. Available in all cross sectional sizes; 22, 47 and 98mm depth as standard in card or metal case.
Part No 496X395X47 496X496X47 496X496X98 596X287X47 596X496X47
Height
Width
Depth
Box Qty
496mm (20") 496mm (20") 496mm (20") 596mm (24") 596mm (24")
395mm (16") 496mm (20") 496mm (20") 287mm (12") 496mm (20")
47mm (2") 47mm (2") 98mm (4") 47mm (2") 47mm (2")
10 10 5 20 10
Part No 596X596X47 596X596X98 624X395X47 624X496X47 624X496X98
Height
Width
Depth
Box Qty
596mm (24") 596mm (24") 624mm (25") 624mm (25") 624mm (25")
596mm (24") 596mm (24") 395mm (16") 496mm (20") 496mm (20")
47mm (2") 98mm (4") 47mm (2") 47mm (2") 98mm (4")
10 5 10 10 5
Please note that these items are sold in box quantities only.
Airpocket Select Bag Filters With a 20 or 25mm deep plastic or metal frame, these ultrasonically-sealed bag filters are designed for use in general air conditioning equipment and computer rooms. Available in ePM2.5 and ePM1 grades and in all cross sectional sizes. Speak to us about our Airpocket Eco Long-life Bag Filters. Airpocket Select Bag filters, 8/4 pocket rated to ePM1 50% Part No 592X592X635-20H 592X592X535-20H 592X592X380-20H 592X287X635-20H 592X287X535-20H 592X287X380-20H
Pockets
Height
Width
Depth
Box Qty
8 8 8 4 4 4
592mm (24") 592mm (24") 592mm (24") 592mm (24") 592mm (24") 592mm (24")
592mm (24") 592mm (24") 592mm (24") 287mm (12") 287mm (12") 287mm (12")
635mm (25") 535mm (20") 380mm (15") 635mm (25") 535mm (20") 380mm (15")
5 5 5 8 10 9
Aircube Eco Rigid Bag Filters With 20 or 25mm deep plastic frame, these compact filters are suitable for high air volumes or where long filter life is required. Available in ePM2.5 and ePM1 grades and in 592x592, 490x592 and 287x592mm sizes. Rigid bag filters, rated to ePM2.5 and ePM1 grades Part No 592X592X300 592X287X300
www.eriks.co.uk
Height
Width
Depth
Box Qty
592mm (24") 592mm (24")
592mm (24") 287mm (12")
300mm (12") 300mm (12")
1 2
FLUID POWER
Airpanel Select Pleated Synthetic Panel Filter – Rated to ePM Coarse 65%-75%
144
Oil Cleanliness
80%*
of component failure is due to system contamination
*Figures based on ERIKS own research
If you fail to take avoidance procedures this can result in catastrophic failure.
FLUID POWER
You can resolve major contamination issues and reduce unexpected downtime and systems failure by employing a really simple and cost effective approach. ERIKS UK has been offering services and support in the field of “Oil Cleanliness Management” for over 10 years. We offer customers several levels of support depending on the requirement, which also includes onsite technical support.
In brief these comprise of: An ERIKS branded oil sampling kit and laboratory analysis ERIKS Application Engineer “Patch Test” report Onsite analysis via particle counter and water sensor Equipment hire fleet - filtration trolleys, purifier and diagnostic equipment We also have access to a range of PALL equipment
Condition Monitoring Using Condition Monitoring you can determine the health of your machinery and even better predict when your machinery will require maintenance. To ensure you have the best technology available to help your maintenance needs, contact ERIKS for: Dedicated Condition Monitoring Business Unit In-house nationwide network of ISO 18436 certified
Benefit from:
In-house oil analysis facilities Online condition monitoring Team of technical application engineers
Reduction of component repairs/replacement Reduce downtime and increase your production Reduction in energy use due to less pressure drop Increasing lifetime of your products reduces TCO Spares stock reduction Online reporting/condition monitoring – central report location, paperless and secure
0121 508 6000
145
Filtration Solutions
Nederman Filtration Solutions FilterCart Original The Nederman FilterCart Original is a lightweight, highly manoeuvrable mobile filter unit for light welding and extraction applications, and includes a Nederman Original 3m extraction arm, a 0.75Kw fan and is capable of extracting a maximum of 1050m3/hr. Arm dia, mm 160 160
Max airflow, Filtration m3/hr efficiency, % 1050 99 1050 99
Filter surface area, m2 35 35
Voltage, V 110 230
Power, Noise level, Part No. Kw dB(A) 0.75 73 12624745 0.75 73 12621445
Fume Eliminator The Fume Eliminator is designed to be carried to the working area. Connected to a welding torch or to an extraction nozzle, the FE unit extracts the fume directly at source. .
Manual or automatic start/stop function Low service costs Product Voltage, Power, Air flow Max vacuum, Filtration Weight, kg Noise level, Part no. V W m3/hr (with 2.5m kPa efficiency, dB(A) hose) % FE 840 120 1000 150 -22 FE 840 230 1000 150 -22 FE 841 120 1000 150 -22 FE 841 230 1000 150 -22
99.7 99.7 99.7 99.7
16 16 16 16
73 73 73 73
70840100 70840442 70841100 70841010
SB750 Suction Blaster, compact portable vacuum sandblaster The Suction Blaster 750 has a superior accessibility irrespective of the shape of the surface and different accessory nozzles keep the blasting process closed and dust free.
Manual or automatic start/stop function Portable and easy to carry Low service costs Product Voltage, V Power, W
Compressed air consumption, l/min
SB750 230 1000 500
Part no. 70750073
160E Mobile Dust Collector The Nederman high vacuum dry vacuum 160E is ideal when you have quality standards for effective cleaning and dust removal.
Easy to handle Powerful single phase motor High filtration efficiency Long filter lifetime (4-6000 hours) with bag filters Light weight Low operating and maintenance costs Product Voltage, Power, Capacity r Max vacuum, Noise level, V W freeblowing, kPa dB(A) m3/h
Weight, Part no. kg
160E 110 1200 160 160E 230 1200 160
19.5 40055030 19.5 40055020
www.eriks.co.uk
-22 -22
75 75
FLUID POWER
Portable and easy to carry
146
Filtration Group
Filtration Group Ltd.
Emperor Court, Emperor Way, Crewe Business Park Crewe CW1 6BD Phone: + 44 1270 503 400 Mail: fm.gb.industrialfiltration@filtrationgroup.com
achieve more * with our advanced FGTM products and FLUID POWER
local service - made in Germany
With more than 500 years of combined filtration experience, our comprehensive portfolio of FG™ products from Germany and the inclusion of MAHLE Industrial Filtration, we are now in a position to offer an even higher level of quality. We provide local support and the most advanced filtration solutions on the market.
The wide product range you know
New innovations on the way
Filtration Group GmbH (formerly MAHLE Industrial Filtration GmbH) specializes in cleaning and treatment of industrial oils and lubricants as well as air and water. With extensive application know-how, our own research and development, application engineering, laboratory and design, we offer our customers tailor-made filter components and process filtration modules.
Our new generation of fluid filter elements with PulseShieldTM Technology brings together several innovations. Future-oriented fiberglass filter technology with a new shrinking outer sheath to ensure first-class filtration results with significantly reduced energy consumption. The patent pending shrinking outer sheath fastens the pleated star closely to the inner core, guaranteeing uniformly high separating performance throughout the entire service life of the filter element. This allows ideal filtration results, even though pressure pulsations, triggered by changing volume flows, may occur in the fluid system. Flow direction Internal support mesh Protective nonwoven Fine fiberglass layer Medium fiberglass layer Coarse fiberglass layer External support mesh
FG Fluid Filtration Solutions
FG PulseShieldTM
0121 508 6000
147
SO MUCH MORE THAN GREAT
INDUSTRIAL HOSE SUPPLY Hoses are subject to many factors that can lead to premature failure, such as manual handling or incompatible products used, these failures can lead to severe implications. Such risks are becoming increasingly high profile and ERIKS Hose Technology are here to help mitigate risk via a host of options, based upon many years of experience.
Metallic Hygienic Rubber Plastic PTFE Silicone Ducting Together with extensive stocks of Bellows, Fittings
www.eriks.co.uk
ERIKS assemble the full range of industrial hoses, including PTFE, composite, metallic, rubber, silicone and PVC.
148
Commodity Hose & Clips
Commodity Hose Hi Vac
Braided PVC
Tough and flexible nontoxic transparent PVC hose, used for suction and delivery of water, slurries, granules, foodstuffs and dilute chemicals.
Can be used to convey many liquids and gases under pressure, used in factory airlines, pneumatic equipment & general workshop use. Temp. Range: -15°C to +60°C Working Pressure: 9 to 25 (Water) Size: 05 to 50mm (Coil Length 30M) Add EU Food 10/2011 simulant A, B, C, D1
Temp. Range: -15°C to +60°C Working Pressure: 2.5 to 12 bar Size: 12 to 152mm (Coil Length 30M) Add EU Food 10/2011 simulant A,B,C,D1 EHT Code ID (mm)
OD (mm)
Wall Vacuum Thickness (mm) %
Min. Bend Radius
1048-12 12.0 1048-152 152.0
19.2 170.4
3.1 9.2
26 456
88 88
EHT Code
Int. Dia ID (mm) (Inches)
Ext. Dia (mm)
Min. Bend (mm)
Coil Radius
1003-05 1003-50
5.0 50.0
10.0 61.6
32.5 325.0
2.25 39.42
3/16 2
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
FLUID POWER
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
PVC Superflex
Blue PVC Oil S&D
High flexibility PVC ducting hose, reinforced with a semi-rigid crush resistant white PVC helix. Suitable for water, slurry, and powder in agricultural and industrial applications
Applications with exceptionally high flexibility and resistance to hydrocarbons in industry, engineering, construction, water supply and waste water technology.
Temp. Range: -15°C to +55°C Working Pressure: 0.5 Max Size: 25 to 254mm (Coil Length 30M)
Temp. Range: -25°C to +60°C Working Pressure: 2 to 5 bar Size: 25 to 101mm (Coil Length 61 / 30.5M)
EHT Code ID OD Wall OD over Vacuum (mm) (mm) Thickness Helix % (mm) (mm) Pressure
Min. Bend Radius
1047-025 1 25 2.5 1047-254 10 254 7.0
25 254
30 268
0.49 0.29
EHT Code
ID ID Wall Min Bend (Inches) (mm) Thickness (mm) Thickness (mm)
1042-025 1 1042-101 4
25 4 102 6.3
88 357
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
Green Medium Duty
Green Tint
Outstanding resistance to the effects of weather, widely used in agriculture, construction and general industries.
A lightweight PVC hose which is tough and durable with outstanding weather resistance. Suitable for water, slurry, and powder in agricultural and industrial applications
Temp. Range: -15°C to +60°C Working Pressure: 3 to 5 bar Size: 25 to 152mm (Coil Length 30M)
Temp. Range: -15°C to +60°C Working Pressure: 3 to 6 bar Size: 12 to 102mm (Coil Length 30M)
EHT Code ID (Inch) (%)
OD (mm)
Wall Min Bend Thickness Radius
Vacuum
1039-025 1039-254
25 254
4.2 13.0
0.88 0.78
1 10
113 1143
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
EHT Code
ID
(Inches)
1041L-012 1/2 1041L-102 4
ID
Wall
Min Bend
(mm)
Thickness (mm) Radius
12.0 102.0
2.6 6.3
57 459
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
Tricoflex A highly flexible easy handling garden hose, with excellent resistance to repeated bending, crushing and pulling
Temp. Range: -15°C to +60°C Working Pressure: 8 to 10 bar Size: 12 to 50mm (Coil Length 25, 50 & 100M) EHT Code
ID Wall Burst Min. Bend (mm) Thickness (mm) Pressure Water (bar) Radius
1003T-12-25M 12.5 2.75 1003T-50-50M 50 6.5
25 20
125 500
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
0121 508 6000
149 Core Product Available Ex Stock from Dudley
Jubilee® Clips
Wyrem Heavy-duty ducting, suction and delivery, ideal for general purpose dust and fume extraction. Temp. Range: -20°C to +100°C Working Pressure: 0.35 Size: 25 to 304mm (Coil Length 6M) EHT Code
ID (mm)
Worm Drive Clips can be supplied in stainless steel or zinc plated mild steel. A large range of sizes are available as standard. Non-standard sizes are also available.
Min. Bend Radius (mm)
1038-025 25 1038-304 304
60 319
Size: 12-160
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
Silicone High temperature Silicone ducting.
EHT Code Unlined: 1038A-
ID (mm)
Vacuum Single Ply (bar)
1038A-012 12 0.52 1038A-203 203 0.07
FLUID POWER
Temp. Range: -80°C to +310°C Working Pressure: 0.1 to 1.5 bar Size: 12 to 203mm (Coil Length 4M) Vacuum Two Ply (bar 0.68 0.09
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
Bolt Clamps Neoprene
A stronger alternative to worm drive clamps, and able to withstand greater pressures, whilst being completely reusable.
Ideal in the transportation of hot and cold air in many air conditioning, refrigeration and ventilation systems.
Low carbon mild steel finished with a rust resistant zinc plating or Stainless Steel
Temp. Range: -50°C to +150°C Working Pressure: 0.1 to 1.5 bar Size: 12 to 305mm
Size: 23-239
(Coil Length 2.5 4M)
EHT Code
ID (mm)
1038N1-012 12 1038N1-305 305
Vacuum (bar) 0.68 0.05
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
Abraflex 351 Medium duty, Ω rated, abrasive PU suction & blower hose for abrasive solids such as powder, chips and granulates. Also suitable for aggressive gaseous and liquid products with good resistance to oil and petrol vapors. EHT Code (Inches)
ID ID (mm) Thickness (mm)
1037-351-0013-0000 1 1037-351-0508-0000 4
25 102
Wall Min Bend Thickness (mm) 4 6.3
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
www.eriks.co.uk
88 357
150
Metal Hose
When to use Metal Hose There are many different types of hose available on the market. They include metal, rubber, composite, PTFE and fabric. The decision of which hose type to buy depends on the application for which the hose is being used. Generally, there are eight factors that should alert you to consider using metal hose:
1 Temperature Extremes
FLUID POWER
If either the temperature of the media going through the hose or the surrounding atmospheric temperature is very cold or hot, metal may be the only material that can withstand the temperature extremes.
5
Abrasion and Overbending Concerns
To prevent abrasion and over-bending, a metal hose can be used as a protective cover over wires or even other hoses.
6 Fire Safety 2 Chemical Compatibility Metal hose can handle a wider variety of chemicals than most of the other hose types. If the hose will be exposed to aggressive chemicals (either internally or externally), metal hose should be considered.
3 Permeation Concerns Non-metal hose is susceptible to having gases permeate through the hose wall and into the atmosphere. Metal hose, on the other hand, does not allow permeation. If containing the gases inside the hose is important, metal hose may be required.
Other hose types will melt when exposed to fire while metal hose maintains its integrity up to 1200º F.
7 Achieving Full Vacuum Under full vacuum, metal hose maintains its shape while other hose types may collapse.
8
Flexibility in Fitting Configuration
Virtually any type of fitting can be attached to metal hose while other hose types require special shanks and collars.
Applications: Cryogenic Gas
4
Potential for Catastrophic Failure
When a metal hose fails, it usually develops small holes or cracks. Other hose types tend to develop larger cracks or come apart completely. If a sudden failure of the hose can be catastrophic, a metal hose may help minimise the effects of a failure by leaking product at a slower rate.
Oil Steam Chemical Glue Food Bitumen Water and many more....
0121 508 6000
151
Goodall® MetalVisor® A New Generation of Metal Hoses and Fittings At ERIKS we understand the importance of selecting the right metal hose for your application. The new Goodall® MetalVisor® is a superior quality metal hose which not only prevents leaks but reduces costly maintenance downtime and improves the safety of both your plant and operators.
Welding procedures
Extended Lifetime High quality and thick stainless steel strip used for the corrugated tube Extreme high coverage of the stainless steel braid Welding procedures avoiding corrosion at the welds No leaks and no loss of product Special assembly and welding procedures Single pass weld to avoid gaps and burrs between the hose end and the fitting
Mechanical strength High working pressures High braid coverage
Ergonomic More flexibility and ease of use due to the design of the corrugated hose and braid
Innovative single pass welding procedures of the fittings on the corrugated hose decrease the risk of corrosion and leaks enormously Goodall® MetalVisor® hoses stand up to the toughest jobs, outlasting competitive products for a lower lifetime cost and each welded procedure and operator are subject to strict certifications, which are renewed on an annual basis. All metal hoses have been subject to extensive tests which include: Surface cracks in weld using dyepenetrant examination Vacuum testing using helium leak detection Complete traceability of all parts with original mill certification EN ISO 10380: 2012 BS 6501-1: 2004 ASME IX EN ISO 15614-1: 2004
www.eriks.co.uk
FLUID POWER
Fitting assortment designed for the Goodall® MetalVisor® hose
152
Camlocks & Bellows
Camlocks ERIKS Hose Technology cam & groove couplers are available in aluminium, brass, stainless steel or polypropylene with either BSP or NPT threads. The couplers are fitted with standard nitrile rubber gaskets; nonstandard gaskets are available in: Viton, EPR, PTFE etc. Other versions of cam and groove couplers include the “auto-Lock” with arms that lock into position
Part A
Part D
Adptor (Female BSP thread)
Coupler (Female Thread)
FLUID POWER
Size (Inch) Size (mm) Brass Aluminium Polypropylene
1/2” 3/4” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2” 2 1/2” 3” 4” 6”
12 19 25 32 38 50 63 75 101 152
1078QA-012 1078SA-012 1078QA-019 1078SA-019 1078QA-025 1078SA-025 1078QA-032 1078SA-032 1078QA-038 1078SA-038 1078QA-050 1078SA-050 1078QA-063 1078SA-063 1078QA-075 1078SA-075 1078QA-101 1078SA-101 1078QA-152 1078SA-152
Stainless Steel 1078A-012 1079A-012 1078A-019 1079A-019 1078A-025 1079A-025 1078A-032 1079A-032 1078A-038 1079A-038 1078A-050 1079A-050 1078A-063 1079A-063 1078A-075 1079A-075 1078A-101 1079A-101 1078A-152 1079A-152
Size (Inch) Size (mm) Brass Aluminium Polypropylene
1/2” 3/4” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2” 2 1/2” 3” 4” 6”
12 19 25 32 38 50 63 75 101 152
1078QD-012 1078SD-012 1078QD-019 1078SD-019 1078QD-025 1078SD-025 1078QD-032 1078SD-032 1078QD-038 1078SD-038 1078QD-050 1078SD-050 1078QD-063 1078SD-063 1078QD-075 1078SD-075 1078QD-101 1078SD-101 1078QD-152 1078SD-152
Part B
Part E
B Coupler (Male BSP thread)
Part E Adaptor (Hosetail)
Size (Inch) Size (mm) Brass Aluminium Polypropylene
1/2” 3/4” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2” 2 1/2” 3” 4” 6”
12 19 25 32 38 50 63 75 101 152
1078QB-012 1078SB-012 1078QB-019 1078SB-019 1078QB-025 1078SB-025 1078QB-032 1078SB-032 1078QB-038 1078SB-038 1078QB-050 1078SB-050 1078QB-063 1078SB-063 1078QB-075 1078SB-075 1078QB-101 1078SB-101 1078QB-152 1078SB-152
Stainless Steel 1078B-012 1079B-012 1078B-019 1079B-019 1078B-025 1079B-025 1078B-032 1079B-032 1078B-038 1079B-038 1078B-050 1079B-050 1078B-063 1079B-063 1078B-075 1079B-075 1078B-101 1079B-101 1078B-152 1079B-152
Size (Inch) Size (mm) Brass Aluminium Polypropylene
1/2” 3/4” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2” 2 1/2” 3” 4” 6”
12 19 25 32 38 50 63 75 101 152
1078QE-012 1078SE-012 1078QE-019 1078SE-019 1078QE-025 1078SE-025 1078QE-032 1078SE-032 1078QE-038 1078SE-038 1078QE-050 1078SE-050 1078QE-063 1078SE-063 1078QE-075 1078SE-075 1078QE-101 1078SE-101 1078QE-152 1078SE-152
Part C
Part F
Coupler (Hosetail)
Adaptor (Male BSP Thread)
Size (Inch) Size (mm) Brass Aluminium Polypropylene
1/2” 3/4” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2” 2 1/2” 3” 4” 6”
12 19 25 32 38 50 63 75 101 152
1078QC-012 1078SC-012 1078QC-019 1078SC-019 1078QC-025 1078SC-025 1078QC-032 1078SC-032 1078QC-038 1078SC-038 1078QC-050 1078SC-050 1078QC-063 1078SC-063 1078QC-075 1078SC-075 1078QC-101 1078SC-101 1078QC-152 1078SC-152
Stainless Steel 1078C-012 1079C-012 1078C-019 1079C-019 1078C-025 1079C-025 1078C-032 1079C-032 1078C-038 1079C-038 1078C-050 1079C-050 1078C-063 1079C-063 1078C-075 1079C-075 1078C-101 1079C-101 1078C-152 1079C-152
Size (Inch) Size (mm) Brass Aluminium Polypropylene
1/2” 3/4” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2” 2 1/2” 3” 4” 6”
Part P
Part H
Dust Plug
Dust Cap
Size (Inch) Size (mm) Brass Aluminium Polypropylene
1/2” 3/4” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2” 2 1/2” 3” 4” 6”
12 19 25 32 38 50 63 75 101 152
1078QP-012 1078SP-012 1078QP-019 1078SP-019 1078QP-025 1078SP-025 1078QP-032 1078SP-032 1078QP-038 1078SP-038 1078QP-050 1078SP-050 1078QP-063 1078SP-063 1078QP-075 1078SP-075 1078QP-101 1078SP-101 1078QP-152 1078SP-152
Stainless Steel 1078P-012 1079P-012 1078P-019 1079P-019 1078P-025 1079P-025 1078P-032 1079P-032 1078P-038 1079P-038 1078P-050 1079P-050 1078P-063 1079P-063 1078P-075 1079P-075 1078P-101 1079P-101 1078P-152 1079P-152
12 19 25 32 38 50 63 75 101 152
1078QF-012 1078SF-012 1078QF-019 1078SF-019 1078QF-025 1078SF-025 1078QF-032 1078SF-032 1078QF-038 1078SF-038 1078QF-050 1078SF-050 1078QF-063 1078SF-063 1078QF-075 1078SF-075 1078QF-101 1078SF-101 1078QF-152 1078SF-152
Size (Inch) Size (mm) Brass Aluminium Polypropylene
1/2” 3/4” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2” 2 1/2” 3” 4” 6”
12 19 25 32 38 50 63 75 101 152
1078QH-012 1078SH-012 1078QH-019 1078SH-019 1078QH-025 1078SH-025 1078QH-032 1078SH-032 1078QH-038 1078SH-038 1078QH-050 1078SH-050 1078QH-063 1078SH-063 1078QH-075 1078SH-075 1078QH-101 1078SH-101 1078QH-152 1078SH-152
Stainless Steel 1078D-012 1079D-012 1078D-019 1079D-019 1078D-025 1079D-025 1078D-032 1079D-032 1078D-038 1079D-038 1078D-050 1079D-050 1078D-063 1079D-063 1078D-075 1079D-075 1078D-101 1079D-101 1078D-152 1079D-152
Stainless Steel 1078E-012 1079E-012 1078E-019 1079E-019 1078E-025 1079E-025 1078E-032 1079E-032 1078E-038 1079E-038 1078E-050 1079E-050 1078E-063 1079E-063 1078E-075 1079E-075 1078E-101 1079E-101 1078E-152 1079E-152
Stainless Steel 1078F-012 1079F-012 1078F-019 1079F-019 1078F-025 1079F-025 1078F-032 1079F-032 1078F-038 1079F-038 1078F-050 1079F-050 1078F-063 1079F-063 1078F-075 1079F-075 1078F-101 1079F-101 1078F-152 1079F-152
Stainless Steel 1078H-012 1079H-012 1078H-019 1079H-019 1078H-025 1079H-025 1078H-032 1079H-032 1078H-038 1079H-038 1078H-050 1079H-050 1078H-063 1079H-063 1078H-075 1079H-075 1078H-101 1079H-101 1078H-152 1079H-152
0121 508 6000
153
Bellows All installations may be subjected to movements, these movements can vary from very slow (thermal expansion or shrinking movements) to very fast (vibrations). Thermal expansion and vibrations can result in adverse material stresses in piping, with vibrations also causing unpleasant noise in the work environment. The solution for all these problems is the RX® bellow, which has a fast turnaround and excellent stocks in the UK. The faultless functioning of bellows requires careful fitting to take place according to the instructions and ensuring the pressure and temperature limits concerned are not be exceeded. Our knowledge and supply capabilities offer you the opportunity to choose the correct bellow to optimally meet your requirements.
Metallic ERIKS Hose Technology (EHT) design and manufacture a comprehensive range of metallic expansion bellows, metallic expansion joints and bellows assemblies in a wide range of stainless steels and exotic alloy materials, with sizes from 50mm (2”) to 3000mm (120”) nominal diameter inclusive. As a full metallic hose manufacturer, EHT are able to offer custom sizes of bellows to suit your individual requirements.
chemical resistance Pressure resistant Vacuum tightness Temperature resistant Ageing resistant Torsional rigidity
Max Working Temperature:
600oC
Certification: WRAS, ISO 9001, 3.1 mill
certificate, ISO 10380:2012, ISO 6129-1 :1981
FLUID POWER
Applications: High flexibility Short lead times Large movement capacity Durability and excellent
Options:
Different Lengths Higher pressure/temperature ratings
Flanges to suit i.e. BS, JIS, DIN, ASA
External covers/insulation Limit Rods Swivel Flanges Material: Flanges 316 or 304 Stainless Steel, or Mild Steel
Bellows 316 or 321 Stainless Steel
Certification: WRAS, ISO 9001, 3.1 mill
EHT Part No.
2901-050-PN16-130MM 2901-063-PN16-130MM 2901-075-PN16-130MM 2901-101-PN16-130MM 2901-152-PN16-130MM 2901-203-PN16-130MM 2901-050-ASA150-130MM 2901-063-ASA150-130MM 2901-075-ASA150-130MM 2901-101-ASA150-130MM 2901-152-ASA150-130MM 2901-203-ASA150-130MM
Size Size Elongation Max. WP Flange Type (mm) (inches) at 20°C (bar) 50 63 75 101 152 203 50 63 75 101 152 203
2” 2 ½” 3” 4” 6” 8” 2” 2 ½” 3” 4” 6” 8”
+ / - 10mm + / - 12.7mm + / - 12.7mm + / - 15mm + / - 15mm + / - 15mm + / - 10mm + / - 12.7mm + / - 12.7mm + / - 15mm + / - 15mm + / - 15mm
16 bar 16 bar 16 bar 16 bar 16 bar 16 bar 16 bar 16 bar 16 bar 16 bar 16 bar 16 bar
PN16 (st/st) PN16 (st/st) PN16 (st/st) PN16 (st/st) PN16 (st/st) PN16 (st/st) ASA150 (st/st) ASA150 (st/st) ASA150 (st/st) ASA150 (st/st) ASA150 (st/st) ASA150 (st/st)
certificate, ISO 10380:2012, ISO 6129-1 :1981
Non Metallic Moulded Rubber Bellows are designed to compensate for misalignment, neutralise movement and reduce noise and vibration in pipelines. They effectively dampen the transmission of sound and vibration from plant items in building service installations, and depending upon the grade of the rubber can be used for many applications including: Water Oils Chemicals Food Industry (please see Material Colour Chart) They are available from 25mm nb to 600mm nb (1”nb to 24”nb) and generally come complete with zinc plated carbon steel swivel backing flanges. They can be drilled to suit any table or special drillings and can be supplied either tied or untied.
www.eriks.co.uk
Material Colour Chart Colour
Material Main Applications
Max Temp. °C
Red EPDM Hot water, heating & ventilation systems, weak acids & alkalis Double Red EPDM High temperature hot water, heating & ventilation systems, weak acids & alkalis Yellow Nitrile Oil & Gas transportation, refineries Green Hypalon Water, good chemical resistant qualities for acids Purple Viton High temp. applications, transportation of products derived from petroleum / chemicals / oils / solvents White Food Transportation of food stuffs, potable water distribution Grade Nitrile Blue Butyl HT High temperature
90
120 80 90 180 80 130
154
Rubber and Goodall® Steam Hoses
Rubber Hose
Including Assemblies
Goodall® Alligator Water SD
Goodall® Tanker SD Flexotek
Water suction and discharge hose for industrial and construction services.
Very flexible and lightweight suction and delivery hose for use in tank truck and other general industrial fluid transfer operation.
Temp. Range: -30°C to +100°C Working Pressure: to 10 bar Size: 25 to 203 mm (Coil Length 61M)
EHT Code ID (inch)
ID (mm)
OD (mm)
Vacuum (bar G)
Min. Bend Radius
1014GA-025 1” 1014GA-203 8”
25 203
35 221
Vac Bar 100% Vac Bar 70%
100 1015
EHT Code
ID (mm)
OD (mm)
1014FLEX-051-10BAR 51 1014FLEX-152-10BAR 152
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
FLUID POWER
Temp. Range: -30°C to +80°C Working Pressure: 10 bar Size: 51 to 152mm (Coil 40M) Burst: 4:1 Ohm T hose: Yes Standards: BD5119/A ISO 1403 EN1761:1999 61 166
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
Compressor Hose
Goodall® Tanker SD Flexoline
General purpose compressed air hose for use
Suction and delivery hose for hydrocarbon fuels and mineral oils having an aromatic content of maximum 55% by volume.
with compressors in the construction industry. Temp Range: -35°C to +95°C continuous +80 °C Working Pressure: 20 bar Size: 19 to 25mm (Coil Length 30M) Standards: BS EN 2398 1997: BS 5118/2
Temp. Range: -30°C to +82°C Working Pressure: 10 bar Size: 19 to 152mm (Coil Length 30.5, 60M) Ohm Hose: Yes
EHT Code
ID (mm)
Length (m)
1015-019-15M 1015-019-20M 1015-019-30M
19 19 19
15 20 30
EHT Code
ID (inch)
11014OIL-019-10BAR ¾ 1014OIL-152-10BAR 6
ID (mm)
Wall Thick Min. Bend (mm) Radius (mm)
19 152
5 9
76 608
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
Goodall® Titon Black
Goodall® Multiserve
A light, flexible, multipurpose hose for air and water up to 95°C. Also very flexible at low temperatures, ideal for compressed air tools.
A very strong multipurpose hose for compressed air, oil, (lead free) petrol, diesel, hydraulic fluid, aqueous solutions.
Temp. Range: -40°C to +95°C continuous
Temp. Range: -40°C to +95°C continuous Working Pressure: 20 bar Size: 6 to 50mm (Coil Length from 25M) Burst: 4:1 (2” 3:1) Ohm Hose: Yes Standards: ISO 1402
+110°C briefly Working Pressure: 15 - 20 bar Size: 6 to 50mm (Coil Length 50, 100M) Burst: 4:1 (2” 3:1) Ohm Hose: Yes Standards: ISO 1402 EHT Code Bend Radius (mm)
ID (mm) Wall Thickness (mm)
1017TB-06 1017TB-38
6 3.5 38 5
72 456
Min.
EHT Code ID (mm) (mm)
Wall Thickness (mm)
1020MS-06 6 1020MS-25 25
Min. Bend Radius 40 150
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
Sand Blast Hose Abrasion resistant sandblast hose for cleaning and blasting metal, stone and concrete surfaces. Temp. Range: -40°C to +70°C Working Pressure: 12 bar Ohm Hose: Yes
Size: 125 to 122 (Coil Length 61M) Standards: TS 5928 EN ISO 3861, ISO 1307 EHT Code (mm)
ID (inch)
1023-12-25 ½ 1023-101-122 4
ID (mm)
OD (mm) Min. Bend Radius
12.7 101.6
25 122
65 600
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
0121 508 6000
155
Steam Goodall® Inferno ISO 6134 Textile reinforced Steam Hose, for saturated steam services, used in chemical plants, steel mills, refineries, shipyards and all industries. Temp. Range: -40oC to +232oC Working Pressure: 18 bar Size: 12 to 50mm (Coil Length 61) Standards: ISO 6134-2a EHT Code
ID ID (Inch) (mm)
1018R-12-Inferno ½ 1018R-50-Inferno 2
12.7 50
OD (mm)
Min. Bend Radius (mm)
25 68
130 500
Goodall® Super Inferno
Temp. Range: -40oC to +232oC Working Pressure: 17 bar Burst Pressure: 20:1 Size: 19 to 50mm (Coil Length 30.5) EHT Code
ID ID (Inch) (mm)
1018R-19-Inferno-S ¾ 1018R-50-Inferno-S 2
19 51
OD (mm) 32.3 71.4
The GOODALL® BR8 INFERNO distinguishes itself from every other steam hose on the market. Its longer service life ensures fewer failures, greater up time, but in particular, the ability to not popcorn despite not being drained during use. Used for both steam and hot water Temp. Range: -40oC to +232oC Working Pressure: 18 bar Size: 12 to 50mm (Coil Length 60M)
Min. Bend Radius (mm) 101.6 355.6
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
Goodall® DuraCrimp®
Standards: Exceeds EN ISO 6134-2A EHT Code
ID (Inch)
1018R-12-Inferno ½ 1018R-19-Inferno ¾ 1018R-25-Inferno 1 1018R-32-Inferno 1 ¼ 1018R-38-Inferno 1½ 1018R-50-Inferno 2
ID (mm)
Min. Bend Radius (mm)
12.7 19 25.4 32 38 50
130 190 250 320 380 500
The new clamp system has been specifically designed to: Prevent leaks Reduce maintenance time Improve ergonomics Increase safety
Call ERIKS to find out more... Steam Hose Clamp
Steam Hose Fittings
Heavy-duty tapered male BSPT thread coupling with long hose nipple that complies with EN ISO 14423. EHT Code
Thread Hose Tail size (inch) (inch)
1018STM-12 1/2 1018STM-19 3/4 1018STM-25 1 1 1018STM-38 1 1/2 1018STM-50 2 2
1/2 3/4
1 1/2
Steam hose safety clamp in compliance with EN ISO 14423. EHT Code Clamp Size (Inch) 1018SC-1227 1/2 1018SC-1230 1/2 1018SC-1937 3/4 1018SC-1938 3/4 1018SC-2540 1 1018SC-2543 1 1018SC-3851 1 1/2 1018SC-3856 1 1/2 1018SC-5063 2 1018SC-5070 2
www.eriks.co.uk
Hose OD Min - Max (mm) 24-27 27-30 30-33 33-38 36-40 38-43.5 48-52 52-57 63-69 50-70
Heavy flat sealed BSP female, with long hose nozzle in compliance with EN ISO 14423. EHT Code Thread Hose Tail size (inch) (inch) 1018STF-12 1/2 1018STF-19 3/4 1018STF-25 1 1018STF-38 1 1/2 1018STF-50 2
1/2 3/4 1 1 1/2 2
FLUID POWER
Steel wire reinforced Steam Hose for saturated steam services, used in chemical plants, steel mills, refineries, shipyards and all industries.
Inferno
156
Food & Beverage, Chemical & Pharmaceutical
Food and Beverage The food and beverage market requires a high degree of cleanliness and purity. All parts of a hose assembly should have a very fine level of finish, and assemblies should be designed to avoid bug traps.
FLUID POWER
All EHT hoses for the Food and Beverage market have been checked and are approved as suitable, including where necessary; 3.1 material certification, FDA and fill post assembly testing.
Dairy
Brewery
Excellent for suction and delivery applications for use with fatty and non-fatty food products that demands both flexibility and ruggedness with a clean white EU / FDA Food grade tube. The food grade nitrile tube is odourless and tasteless.
Premium grade low permeation extra flexible suction and delivery hose suitable Beer, Wine and Spirits. This hose is covered by a glossy low friction cover allowing for ease of movement and abrasion resistance.
Temp. Range: -25°C to +80°C Working Pressure: 10 bar Size: 19 to 102mm Standards: Meets EU1935/2004, FDA, BfR, DM,
TTemp. Range: -40°C to +120°C Working Pressure: 10 bar Size: 25 to 102mm Standards: Meets EU1935/2004, FDA, DM,
REACH & 3A sanitary standard
EHT Code ID (inch) HYGB701-012 1/2 HYGB701-102 4
ID (mm) Min Bend 25 XX 102 XX
Working Pressure (Bar) 10 10
REACH & 3A sanitary standard
EHT Code HYGB601-025 HYGB601-102
ID (inch) 1 4
ID (mm) Min Bend 25 x 102 x
Working Pressure (Bar) 10 10
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
Goodall Blue Guardian
Catering Hoses
A flexible and strong hot water and steam hose suitable for cleaning floors in abattoirs and food industry with a nonmarking cover.
Ideal for the gas connections of all gas-fired catering appliances
Temp: Hot water up to 95°C Temp: Saturated Steam up to 164°C Working Pressure: 6 Bar Working Safety Factor Hot Water 3:1 Working Safety Factor Steam 10:1 Size: 10mm – 51mm
Constructed: 321 Stainless Steel corrugated inner hose and
EHT Code HYGB101-010 HYGB101-050
ID (Inch) 3/8 2
ID (mm) 10 50
sleeved with a non-chlorinated easy clean yellow cover for cleanliness and are corrosion resistance Standards: BS6173 : 2001 and BS669-2 : 1997 Connections: Fitted with carbon steel BSP Taper Hexagon Male to connect to any appliance and a brass quick release rotary coupling (valve) to connect to a gas supply
Wall Min. Bend Thickness Radius (mm) 5 75 13.5 310
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
Dinga Gun Heavy Duty Spray/Washdown Gun, ideal for general wash-down, commonly used in the food processing and dairy industries Temp. Range: -10°C to +80°C Connections: 1/2” BSP Max Pressure: 25 bar
EHT Code ID (Inch) Length (mm) Description EHT-9076 1/2 1000 st/st male / quick release check unit. c/w yellow cover & lanyard kit. EHT-9077 3/4 1000 st/st male / quick release check unit. Braided c/w yellow cover & lanyard kit. * Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
EHT Code 1212-3001
0121 508 6000
157
Chemical and Pharmaceutical PTFE
PTFE tube has the best chemical resistance (alongside PFA) of all
known polymers. It has a temperature range of -70°C to +265°C opens up PTFE tubing to many applications most other polymers can’t withstand. The electrical insulation properties of PTFE tubing are superb making it an ideal choice for electrical sleeving. Chemical dosing & metering pumps require long continuous lengths of PTFE tube, very difficult to produce but possible with EHT. EHT Code ID (mm) 1219M-03-2 2 1219M-15-12 12
ID Tol. +/-(mm) 0.1 0.30
Wall (mm) 0.50 1.50
Wall Tol. +/- (mm) 0.10 0.20
OD (mm) 3.00 15.0
Bend Radius (mm) 20°C 13 122
BP (bar) (mm) 20°C 61 31
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
Other tube sizes available upon request. Coil sizes; 24, 50, 75, 100m FLUID POWER
Goodall Kemflex Ultra High Molecular Weight Polyethylene Suction and Delivery hose for a variety of chemicals and solvents. Highly resistant to abrasion and corrosive chemicals, Braided construction is resistant to kinking and the hose can be open end steam cleaned to 130°C for a max of 30 mins Temperature Range: -40°C to +100°C Working Pressure: 17 bar Size: From 19 to 102mm EHT Code
ID (mm) 1025-19 19 1025-102 102
Wall Thickness (mm) 6.5 6.5
Vacuum % 88 88
Min. Bend Radius 135 800
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
Steri-vac
Steri-sil
Platinum cured suction & delivery
Platinum cured reinforced silicone hose, manufactured from a medical grade clear silicone rubber polymer producing a very high grade, soft pliable hose making it ideal for critical pharmaceutical, biomedical, food, and cosmetic applications.
Temp. Range: -60°C to +170°C
Please note that the burst pressure reduces by 1% for every 1°C rise over 100°C. Working Pressure: According to EN ISO 7751 the ratio of burst pressure to working pressure is: Water 3:1, all other liquids 4:1 Size: From 12 to 101mm (Coil Length 4M) Ohm Hose: Conductive through steel helix EHT Code ID (inch) 1008V-012 ½” 1008V-101 4”
ID (mm) 12.7 101.6
Wall Thickness (mm) 4.9 8.0
Vacuum (IN/HG) 29” 26”
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
Temp. Range: -60°C to +180°C Working Pressure: 2.3 to 140 psi Size: From 3 to 32mm (Coil Length 10M) Standards: FDA regulation 177.2600, Certified free of Min. Bend Radius 35 360
animal-derived ingredients
EHT Code ID (mm) OD (mm) 1008-03 3.0 10 1008-32 31.75 40
Minimum Bend Radius (mm) 30 160
* Minimum and maximum sizes shown, sizes in between available, call for details
www.eriks.co.uk
158
Pre-Pur® General Purpose Hoses
Pre-Pur® General Purpose Hoses For many of its hoses, NORRES uses a special mixture called Pre-PUR®, containing an ester-polyurethane or an ether-polyurethane. Compared to many other plastics, rubber formulations and “simple” polyurethanes, the block copolymers, which consist of hard and soft Pre-PUR® segments, have superior properties.
FLUID POWER
The hard segments of Pre-PUR® provide extremely high mechanical stability, while at the same time the soft segments give the material high flexibility and dynamic load capacity.
Wall thickness mm / inch
g
Polyurethane suction and transport hoses (Pre-PUR®) PROTAPE® PUR 301 AS PROTAPE® PUR 330 AS AIRDUC® PUR 350 AS AIRDUC® PUR 355 AS AIRDUC® PUR 356 AS
0,4 / 0.016 - 0.020 0,6 / 0.025 - 0.030 0,7 / 0.03 1,4-1,5 / 0.055 - 0.060 2,0-2,5 / 0.08 - 0.10
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
AS DIN4102-B1 AS DIN4102-B1 AS DIN4102-B1 AS DIN4102-B1 AS
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Polyurethane (Pre-PUR®) food hoses PROTAPE® PUR-C 335 FOOD-AS FLAT PROTAPE® PUR-INOX 330 FOOD-AS AIRDUC® PUR 350 FOOD-AS AIRDUC® PUR-INOX 351 FOOD-AS AIRDUC® PUR-INOX 355 FOOD-AS AIRDUC® PUR-INOX 356 FOOD-AS AIRDUC® PUR 356 FOOD REINFORCED BARDUC® PUR-INOX 382 FOOD-AS
1,0 / 0.04 0,6 / 0.025 - 0.030 0,7 / 0.03 1,0 / 0.04 1,4-1,5 / 0.055 - 0.060 2,0-2,5 / 0.08 - 0.10 3,0-3,5 / 0.12 - 0.14 4-6 / 0.16 - 0.24
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes AS Yes AS Yes AS Yes AS Yes AS Yes AS Yes Yes AS
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Hoses for the woodworking industry TIMBERDUC® PUR 531 AS TIMBERDUC® PUR 532 AS TIMBERDUC® PUR 532 CNC TIMBERDUC® PUR 533 AS
0,4 / 0.016 - 0.020 0,6 / 0.025 - 0.030 0,7 / 0.03 0,7 / 0.03
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes AS Yes AS Yes Yes AS
DIN4102-B1 DIN4102-B1 DIN4102-B1 DIN4102-B1
Yes Yes Yes
0121 508 6000
159
Hoses Reels
Why invest in hose reels?
Reels The Name for Hose
Hose reels provide a quick and easy system for storage and retrieval of hoses. Hoses laying on the floor are a potential trip hazard, a serious health and safety issue and they can be easily kinked or damaged. Using hose reels will save valuable labour time by always having the hose available for immediate use when required. ■■ Increased workshop efficiency ■■ Health and safety removal of potential trip hazards ■■ Enhance the working environment ■■ Extend hose life
Stainless steel
■■ Reduce leaks ■■ Hose stored on a reel is always ready and available to use ■■ Hose on a reel when not in use reduces the chance of accidental damage
■■ Different types of hose reels are available to suit different applications, spring rewind, manual rewind, power rewind, manufactured in either stainless steel, steel, aluminium or polypropylene.
Powder coated steel
Polypropylene FLUID POWER
Hose reels and ancillary equipment are used in an extremely diverse customer base which includes: Food and drink (including dairy, meat, breweries etc), Chemical, Fabrication, Plant and Construction, Mining, Marine, Engineering, Welding, Maintenance,
www.eriks.co.uk
OEMs, Agriculture, Off-shore (oil production etc), Government bodies (M.O.D., M.A.F.F, etc), Local Authorities. Redashe has taken pride in providing the very best advice and support for over 30 years, enabling you to choose the most appropriate, cost effective reel for your
requirements. As you would expect from the industry’s leading supplier, we offer the most comprehensive range of hose and cable reels available in the UK.
160
Hoses and Cable Reels
Industrial Hose & Cable Reels Reelcare Ltd specialise in the supply of spring driven, manual and motor driven hose reels in a variety of materials, if you have any requirements for a reel that isn’t listed please contact your nearest ERIKS branch with your application requirements.
Value Range Reelcare value hose reels are an excellent product ideal for the small to medium workshop and most air tool applications, the value range includes two hose reels with the following features
Polypropylene Case Part No
RE-SA02-05-9 RE-SA01-06-15
Application
Compressed Air Compressed Air
Pivoting Wall Bracket Hose Layering System on the RE-SA01-06-15 only
PU tube on the RE-SA02-05-9 & PU Mesh hose on the RE-SA01-06-15
Supplied complete with feed hose Auto Lock
Description
Value Air Reel C/W 9mt x 8mm PU tube terminating in a 1/4” BSPT male Value Air Reel C/W 15mt x 9.5mm PU Mesh air hose terminating in a 1/4” BSPT male
FLUID POWER
GEN3 Recoila Range The GEN3 Recoila Range of spring driven reels, is a durable, high quality range of UPVC hose reels for many applications. Manufactured from high density UV stabilised polypropylene, all products in the range boast a whole host of features some of which are listed below.
Virtually maintenance free Full flow complete brass swivels to allow maximum product delivery Multi position locking mechanism to allow wall, floor or ceiling mount 160º pivot brackets Part No
AW815-001 AW820-001 AW1015-001 AW1020-001 AW1215-001 AW1218-001 AW1020-001-HV AW1218-001-HV HW1215-001 OA615-001 OA815-001
Application
Air & Water Air & Water Air & Water Air & Water Air & Water Air & Water Air & Water Air & Water Hot Water Oxy/ Acetylene Oxy/ Acetylene
Rolled edge drive spring to ensure maximum spring life
Supplied complete high quality hose 5 Year limited warranty – subject to standard T’s & C’s and not including hose
Description
Recoila GEN3 Air/Water Reel c/w 15m x 8mm Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water Hose Recoila GEN3 Air/Water Reel c/w 20m x 8mm Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water hose Recoila GEN3 Air/Water Ree c/w 15m x 10mm Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water hose Recoila GEN3 Air/ Water Reel c/w 20m x 10mm Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water hose Recoila GEN3 Air/Water Reel c/w 15m x 12mm Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water hose Recoila GEN3 Air/ Water Reel c/w 18m x 12mm Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water hose Recoila GEN3 Air/ Water Reel c/w 20m x 10mm Fluorescent Hi - Vis hose Recoila GEN3 Air/Water Reel c/w 18m x 12mm Fluorescent Hi - Vis hose Recoila GEN3 Hot Water Hose Reel c/w 15m x 12mm Blue 10 bar 80°C hot water hose Recoila GEN3 Hose Reel c/w Oxy/Acety 15m x 6mm hose Recoila GEN3 Hose Reel c/w Oxy/Acety 15m x 8mm hose
ME Range The ME range of spring driven hose reels represents outstanding value for money. EU manufactured, the range suits hose sizes ranging from 6mm id (1/4”) up to 25mm id (1”) hose sizes dependant on your application.
Easy Installation Powder Coated Steel or Stainless Steel Enclosed Lubricated High Quality Drive Spring Adjustable Guide Arm to allow wall, floor or
Full Flow Swivel and fluid paths for maximum product delivery with minimal flow restriction
Available with or without hose Suitable for numerous applications
ceiling mount applications Part No
ME-070-1302-320 ME-070-1302-415 ME-070-1402-425 ME-070-1502-520 ME-070-1502-615 ME-070-1304-318 ME-070-1408-515 ME-070-1408-610 ME-070-2302-415 ME-070-2402-425 ME-070-2502-520 ME-070-2502-615 ME-070-2305-318 ME-070-2408-515 ME-070-2408-610
Application
Air & Cold water Air & Cold water Air & Cold water Air & Cold water Air & Cold water Pressure Wash Fuel - Diesel Fuel - Diesel Air & Cold water Air & Cold water Air & Cold water Air & Cold water Pressure Wash Fuel - Diesel Fuel - Diesel
Description
ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 20M 10mm ID Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water Hose ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 15M 12mm ID Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water Hose ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 25M 12mm ID Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water Hose ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 20M 19mm ID Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water Hose ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 15M 25mm ID Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water Hose ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 18M 10mm ID Pressure Wash hose ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 15M 19mm ID 1 Wire Fuel Hose ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 10M 25mm ID 1 Wire Fuel Hose ME Stainless Steel Hose Reel c/w 15M 12mm ID Black Rubber 20 Bar Air & Water Hose ME Stainless Steel Hose Reel c/w 25M 12mm ID Black Rubber 20 Bar Air & Water Hose ME Stainless Steel Hose Reel c/w 20M 19mm ID Black Rubber 20 Bar Air & Water Hose ME Stainless Steel Hose Reel c/w 15M 25mm ID Black Rubber 20 Bar Air & Water Hose ME Stainless Steel Hose Reel c/w 18M 10mm ID Pressure Wash hose ME Stainless Steel Hose Reel c/w 15M 19mm ID 1 Wire Fuel Hose ME Stainless Steel Hose Reel c/w 10M 25mm ID 1 Wire Fuel Hose
0121 508 6000
161
161
SEALING & POLYMER TECHNOLOGY Our Technology Centre has sealing all wrapped up. With products, materials, processes, application know-how and resources all available 24/7 - ERIKS really does offer a complete sealing solution package.
Quick reference Quick Product Reference Sealing O-rings 164-167
164-175
Clamp Seals
165
Bonded Washer Seals
168
Elastomeric Rotary Lip Seals
169
Shaft Sleeves
169
Circlips 170 176-181
183
V-Rings 170 Hydraulic Seals
171-173
Component Mechanical Seals 174-175 Gaskets
www.eriks.co.uk
Gasket Jointing Materials
176-177
Soft Cut Flange Gaskets
178
EPDM Cut Flange Gaskets
179
Spiral Wound Gaskets
180
Ring Type Joints
181
Clipperlon 2135
182
Elastograph Gaskets
182
Gland Packings
183
High Temperature Materials
183
162 162
Seals
SOLUTIONS FOR SEALING & POLYMER ERIKS Sealing and Polymer is dedicated not only to innovation in sealing technology, but also to customer service and satisfaction. Continual investment in technology and expertise ensures product quality is maintained and new compounds and technical solutions continue to be developed for the benefit of our customers.
Product Range n n n n n n n n n
O-rings Rotary Shaft Seals Hydraulic Seals Unitised Seals Mechanical Seals Metal Face Seals Bespoke Mechanical Seals Gland Packings Gasket Sheets
n Soft Cut Gaskets n EPDM Gaskets n Spiral Wound Gaskets n Ring Type Joints n ElastographÂŽ
Find out more about our Mechanical Seals Refurb Service
0121 508 6000
163
SEALING & POLYMER TECHNOLOGY
INDUSTRIES SUPPORTED
DESIGN ASSISTANCE
Our team of specialist application engineers are on hand to support customers with technical know-how across a wide range of industries including:
Our in-depth technical knowledge means we can specify the optimal seal for your application – whether it’s a standard product from our premium manufacturers or a bespoke solution, our design capabilities include:
Chemical Process Agriculture and Earth Moving Oil and Gas Automotive and Transportation Heavy Industrial Application Utilities and Power Generation Defence and Aerospace Pharmaceutical Offshore Food and Beverage Industry HVAC OEM Industry Many more…
n I mpartial application and design support n Industry specialists n 3D Computer Aided Design n Finite Element Analysis n Validation testing
ON-LINE TOOLS Discover our on-line design tools at http://oring-groove-wizard.eriks.co.uk n Chemical Compatibility Chart n Look-up Standard Sizes n Groove Designer Visit our Seal Shop to buy many standard items and take advantage of the additional services we offer. https://sealshop.eriks.co.uk/
www.eriks.co.uk
TAILORED LOGISTICAL SOLUTIONS Whether you’re looking for O-rings, rotary shaft seals, hydraulic or mechanical seals, our extensive branch network offers unbeatable service and a range of delivery solutions including direct supply through to managed inventory.
KEEPING YOU WORKING As a market leader we carry phenomenal stock levels supported by an extensive, high quality supply chain. Our generous stocks are available 24 hours a day allowing you to deal with unexpected operational issues. Our in-house CNC facilities are able to machine seals to-order to help resolve breakdown situations. Our technical experts are available to help you in the event of premature failure or obsolescence. All of this is backed up by highly professional and reactive supply chains all focused upon keeping you working.
164
Focus on Pharmaceutical and Food
Sealing solutions for the Pharmaceutical Industry Material Compliance The United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) United Codes of Federal Regulations 21 CFR 177.2600 controls the specification of rubber articles for use in food, pharmaceutical and similar applications through a list of approved ingredients: Paragraph A–D and extraction limits in water and n-hexane, paragraphs E and F for aqueous and fatty applications. United States Pharmacopeia (USP) Class VI testing determines the effects of materials upon living tissue in-vitro (Suffix 87) and in-vivo (Suffix 88). United States Pharmacopeia
SEALING & POLYMERS
FDA 21CFR177.2600 ASTM Family
Grade
Hardness IRHD
Colour
Available in:
Dry food, paras A-D formulation compliance
Dry and aqueous, paras A-E
NBR
366470
70
Black
O-rings
X
X
X
NBR
Various*
70
Various
Hygienic Clamp, SMS, ISO 2853
X
EPDM
55985
70
Black
O-rings
X
X
X
X
EPDM
Various*
70
Various
Hygienic Clamp, SMS, ISO 2853
X
X
X
(please enquire)
VMQ
714772
70
White
O-rings
X
X
X
VMQ
714177
70
Red
O-rings
X
X
X
VMQ
Various*
70
Various
X
X
X
FKM (A) FKM (GF) FKM (GF)
514010 514683 514592
75 75 70
White Black White
X X X
X X X
X X X
FKM (A)
Various*
70
Various
X
X
X
FFKM FFKM
FFKM-75-164 FFKM-70-246
75 70
Black White
X X
X X
X X Outer FEP only Outer PFA only
Hygienic Clamp, SMS, ISO 2853 O-rings O-rings O-rings Hygienic Clamp, SMS, ISO 2853 O-rings O-rings
FEP / VMQ
900554
75
Clear / red
O-rings
FDA 21CFR177.2600 A-F; FDA 21CFR177.1550
PFA / FKM
900561
75
Clear / black
O-rings
FDA 21CFR177.2600 A-D; FDA 21CFR177.1550
Dry, USP <88> aqueous USP <87> Class VI and fatty, in-vitro in-vivo paras A-F
(please enquire)
X
X (please enquire)
X
X
Various* = please refer to http://sealshop.eriks.co.uk/
O-rings for Hygienic Couplings EHEDG DIN 11864 Sizes Nominal Size (inches) 1/2 3/4 1 1.1/2 2 2.1/2 3 4
BS4825 Part 5 RJT Fitting Sizes
O-Ring Inner Diameter (mm) 12 18 24 37 50 62 75 100
O-Ring Cross Section
Nominal Size (inches)
3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 5 5 5 5
1 1.1/2 2 2.1/2 3 4
O-Ring Inner Diameter (mm) 26.7 39.4 52.1 64.8 77.5 93.9
O-Ring Cross Section 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6
0121 508 6000
165 Design Considerations Square section O-ring grooves are unsuitable in most applications due to the risk of bug traps. Proven hygienic coupling designs are readily available including: hygienic clamp seals, DIN 11851 D-Seals, O-Rings for DIN 11864 and BS 4825 part 5 RJT fittings, SMS and ISO 2853 couplings.
Further design guidelines are published by the ASME-BPE (American Society of Mechanical Engineers Bio Processing Equipment guidelines) and the EHEDG (European Hygienic Engineering and Design Group) which look beyond the seal material and consider the seal in its operating environment. Note that nominal/DIN sizes typically reflect the outer diameter of the tube onto which the unions are fitted.
Hygienic Clamp Seals Standards:
QQ DIN 32676
QQ BS 4825
QQ ASME BPE
HCS
B - 0100 A - 559515 MATERIAL
QQ ISO 2852
TYPE A (LIPPED) B (NON-LIPPED) C (COMPACT)
Form A*
NOMINAL SIZE (PIPE OUTER DIAMETER) A or B – INCHES rounded down to 2 dp then X100. I – mm to 1 decimal place D – mm to 1 decimal place
Form C
Form B
‘STANDARD’ DESIGNATOR A – ASME BPE B - BS4825 I – ISO2852 (Used with ISO 2037 pipes) D – DIN32676 (Type A only) * Type A: Flanged seals are typically used and provide location upon the mating hardware.
Size (mm)
ASME BPE Size (inch)
25.4 38.1 50.8 63.5 76.2 101.6 114.3 139.7 168.3 219.1
1 1.1/2 2 2.1/2 3 4 4.1/2 5.1/2 6.5/8 8.5/8
C
E/S
22.8 35.5 48.2 60.5 73.2 97.8 110.5 135.9 163.3 214.1
50.5 50.5 64 77.5 91 119 130 155 183 233.5
ISO 2852 Nom. Size (mm) 12 12.7 17.2 21.3 25 33.7 38 40 51 63.5 70 76.1 88.9 101.6 114.3 139.7 168.3 219.1
C (mm) 10.2 10.9 15.4 19.5 22.8 31.5 35.8 37.8 48.78 60.5 67 73.1 85.1 97.8 110.5 135.9 163.3 214.1
www.eriks.co.uk
Size Form Nom. Size C (Ref) F (Ref) (inch) (inch) (inch)
1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4 6
C C C C C B B B B B B B
0.250 0.375 0.500 0.750 1.000 1.000 1.500 2.000 2.500 3.000 4.000 6.000
0.180 0.305 0.370 0.620 0.870 0.870 1.370 1.870 2.370 2.870 3.834 5.782
0.800 0.800 0.800 0.800 1.160 1.718 1.718 2.218 2.781 3.281 4.344 6.176
Lipped Seal
Unlipped Seal
E/S (mm) 34 34 34 34 50.5 50.5 50.5 64 64 77.5 91 91 106 119 130 155 183 233.5
Compact Seal
DIN 32676 Nom. Size (mm) 10 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200
C (mm) 10.2 16.2 20.2 26.2 32.2 38.2 50.2 66.2 81.2 100.2 125.2 150.2 200.2
E/S (mm) 34 34 34 50.5 50.5 50.5 64 91 106 119 155 183 233.5
SEALING & POLYMERS
BS 4825
CLAMP SEAL DESIGNATOR
166
Focus on Pharmaceutical and Food and O-rings
DIN 11851 This German standard hygienic fitting is recognised by the round slotted nut, D-section joint ring and the coned recess in the male part. HDR - DN25
EP
70
-
DIN Size
559515 COMPOUND REFERENCE HARDNESS MATERIAL FAMILY DESIGNATOR NOMINAL SIZE HYGIENIC D-RING DESIGNATOR
DN10 DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN90 DN100 DN125 DN150
ID d (mm)
OD D (mm)
H (mm)
12 20 4.5 18 26 4.5 23 33 4.5 30 40 5 36 46 5 42 52 5 54 64 5 71 81 5 85 95 5 94 104 5 104 114 6 130 142 7 155 167 7
ISO 2853 International Dairy Federation (IDF) This aseptic fitting is designed to accept an L-section seal ring and give a true crevice free bore. On assembly, the nut is tightened until metal to metal contact is made between the outer rim of the liner and male part. This gives a pre-set compression on the seal, eliminating the possibility of over-tightening and prolonging joint life. EP
70
-
559515
SEALING & POLYMERS
HIDF - DN51
COMPOUND REFERENCE HARDNESS MATERIAL FAMILY DESIGNATOR NOMINAL SIZE
DIN Size DN25 DN38 DN51 DN63.5 DN76.1 DN101.6
ID d (mm)
OD D (mm)
H (mm)
23.6 32.5 6 36.6 46 6 49.6 59.5 6 61.3 73.2 6 73.9 86.5 6 98.6 112.5 6
HYGIENIC L-RING DESIGNATOR
SMS 1149 This Swedish standard hygienic fitting can be recognised by the round slotted nut and square section joint ring. HSMS - DN38
EP
70
-
559515 COMPOUND REFERENCE HARDNESS MATERIAL FAMILY DESIGNATOR NOMINAL SIZE
DIN Size DN25 DN32 DN38 DN51 DN63.5 DN76 DN101.6
ID d (mm)
OD D (mm)
H (mm)
25 32 5.5 32 40 5.5 38 48 5.5 51 61 5.5 63.5 73.5 5.5 76 86 5.5 101.6 113.5 5.5
HYGIENIC SMS DESIGNATOR
0121 508 6000
167
O-ring The most common type of static seal is the flexible elastomer O-ring. O-rings provide an affordable seal that in most cases are simple to install and subject to correct material selection, give acceptable life between maintenance checks. Available in a variety of materials to suit every sealing application, fully moulded O-rings are manufactured to several international sizes standards, including BS 1806, BS 4518, AS 568 and ISO 3601. Alternatively nonstandard custom sizes, up to 2.5m (8ft) diameter can be produced to specific requirements.
Imperial O-rings BS
214
NBR
70 -
36624 COMPOUND REFERENCE 36624 HARDNESS 70 °IRHD ±5 MATERIAL FAMILY DESIGNATOR NBR Nitrile DASH SIZE REFERENCE* 214 TYPE BS 1806, AS 568, ISO 3601-1
Metric O-rings 139.3
5.7
FPM
75 -
51414 COMPOUND REFERENCE 51414 Viton® HARDNESS 75 °IRHD ±5
NOMINAL CROSS SECTION 5.70mm NOMINAL INNER DIAMETER 139.30mm ASTM Designator
Grade
Colour
Hardness
Family Designator
NBR
36624
Black
70
NBR
FKM
51414
Black
75
FPM
EPDM
55985
Black
70
EP
VMQ
714177
Red
70
SIL
Teflex® O-ring Harsh chemicals may replace the use of conventional elastomeric O-ring seals. This is where ERIKS FEP/PFA Teflex O-rings offer a high performance solution. A Teflex O-ring comprises an elastomeric energising core, which has a seamless jacket made from a fluoropolymer. The elastomeric core may be Viton® or Silicone. The jacket is made from Teflon® FEP or PFA. Advantages: QQ Excellent chemical resistance, comparable with that of PTFE QQ Special dimensions available on request QQ ADI (Animal Derived Ingredient) free
www.eriks.co.uk
O-rings are supplied to ISO 3601-1 class b tolerances unless otherwise specified.
SEALING & POLYMERS
MATERIAL FAMILY DESIGNATOR FPM Viton®
168
Bonded Seals and Rotary Lip Seals
Bonded Washer Seals Bonded Seals were originally designed to replace copper type washers in high pressure systems. The bonded seal comprises of a metal washer (square or rectangular in section), to which a trapezoidal elastomeric ring is bonded. The advantages of this system is that the metal washer resists the bursting forces applied and also limits any deformation of the elastomeric element. The metal washer also limits the compression of the seal and eliminates any over torque of the joint.
Bonded Seals
Self-Centring Bonded Seals
QQ R eliable high and low pressure sealing
The self-centring type of bonded seal has the additional benefit of pre-assembling on to threads. The thin seal membrane offers little resistance during assembly.
QQ Wide temperature capability QQ O ver compression prevented by metal outer ring
QQ All key benefits of original design
QQ Wide range of metals and elastomers
QQ Concentrically located
QQ A vailable in a wide range of imperial and metric sizes
QQ Positively retained QQ Ability to pre-assemble QQ Can be automatically installed
Bonded washer part number break down 400
-
820
-
4490
-
41
SEALING & POLYMERS
OUTER RING MILD STEEL ZINC PLATED ELASTOMER MATERIAL FAMILY NBR 90 SHORE SIZE CODE 1/8" BSP INDUSTRIAL GRADE BONDED WASHER
Common sizes BSP Standard Self Centering
Elastomeric material options ID (Lip) ±0.13
ID (Metal Ring) ±0.14
1/8 020 820 10.37 1/4 021 821 13.74 3/8 023 823 17.28 1/2 025 825 21.54 5/8 026 826 23.49 3/4 027 827 27.05 7/8 029 829 38.10 1 030 830 33.89 1.1/4 032 832 42.93 1.1/2 033 833 48.44 1.3/4 034 834 54.89 2 036 836 73.03 2.1/4 038 838 66.68 2.1/2 039 839 76.08
11.84 15.21 18.75 23.01 24.97 28.53 32.29 36.88 45.93 51.39 58.3 63.63 69.98 79.38
OD (Metal Ring) Thickness +0.13 –0.01 15.88 20.57 23.80 28.58 31.75 34.93 38.10 42.80 52.38 58.60 69.85 73.03 79.50 90.17
Minimum Burst Pressure bar
2 2 2 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25
1480 1540 1230 1120 1240 1050 860 780 690 690 950 720 670 680
Compound reference
Elastomeric materials/ shore hardness
4490
NBR 90
9775
FKM 75
Metal outer ring options Metal reference
Metal type
41
Mild steel zinc plated
74
Stainless steel type 316
* Other metal options as well as elastomeric options available on request.
0121 508 6000
169 Elastomeric Rotary Lip Seals METRIC R
12 x 28 x
7
A1
A1
N# MATERIAL N = NITRILE V = FKM / FPM PROFILE A1, AS, B1, BS WIDTH 7mm HOUSING DIAMETER 28mm SHAFT DIAMETER 12mm
AS
ROTARY SEAL DESIGNATOR
IMPERIAL R
200
300
37
A1
N# MATERIAL N = NITRILE V = FKM / FPM PROFILE A1, AS, B1, BS
B1
WIDTH 0.37" HOUSING DIAMETER 3.00" SHAFT DIAMETER 2.00"
BS
To download a PDF of Common Elastomeric Rotary Lip Seal sizes visit www.eriks.co.uk/techdirect/issue10-16 or scan the QR code.
Shaft Sleeves Shaft Sleeves are typically used to repair damaged running surfaces, however they can be used in production to costeffectively achieve appropriate surface hardness and finish. ERIKS Sealing Technology can provide shaft sleeves manufactured from chromed stainless steel and HVOF-applied wear surfaces. Our manufacturing processes carefully control the average roughness (Ra) and material ratio (Tp) of the surface to maximise life and sealing efficiency.
www.eriks.co.uk
SEALING & POLYMERS
ROTARY SEAL DESIGNATOR
170
Circlips and Hydraulic Seals
Circlips Circlips also known as retaining rings, are typically used to maintain the axial location of bearings and seals within housings. Available in metric (DIN 471/DIN 472) and imperial sizing circlips are typically produced in high performance spring steel, although other materials, including stainless steel and phosphor-bronze are available upon request. External circlips fit around the outside diameter of a shaft, and internal circlips are installed into a housing bore recess. Circlips part number breakdown D1300 – 0520
SS SPECIAL FEATURE IF APPLICABLE SS = STAINLESS STEEL SIZE 52mm STYLE 1300 = INTERNAL 1400 = EXTERNAL CALL OUT D = METRIC N = IMPERIAL
*Metric Size is nominal shaft (External) / housing bore (Internal) diameter multiplied by 10, expressed as 4 digits. *Imperial size, nominal shaft (External) / housing bore (Internal) diameter rounded down to two decimal places and multiplied by 100.
Part No
Shaft Diameter (mm)
SEALING & POLYMERS
D1300-0080SS 8 D1300-0140 14 D1300-0190 19 D1300-0200 20 D1300-0220 22 D1300-0230 23 D1300-0260 26 D1300-0260SS 26
Part No
Shaft Diameter (mm)
D1300-0280 28 D1300-0320 32 D1300-0340 34 D1300-0400 40 D1400-0070 7 D1400-0080 8 D1400-0100 10 D1400-0120 12
Part No
Shaft Diameter (mm)
D1400-0150 15 D1400-0160 16 D1400-0170 17 D1400-0200 20 D1400-0250 25 D1400-0250SS 25 D1400-0300 30 D1400-0350 35
V-rings V-rings are an all elastomer axial seal for shafts and bearings. It installs onto the shaft or counterface. This type of seal has been used widely for many applications and has proved to be reliable and effective against dust, dirt, water, oil splash and other media.
A Type
V-ring part number breakdown V
0050
A - NBR
L Type TYPE / MATERIAL FAMILY DESIGNATOR NBR NITRILE NOMINAL SHAFT SIZE 50mm V-RING DESIGNATOR
Part No V0016A-NBR V0020A-NBR V0025A-NBR V0030A-NBR V0035A-NBR V0040A-NBR V0045A-NBR V0050A-NBR V0055A-NBR V0060A-NBR V0065A-NBR
Shaft Diameter (mm) 15.5 - 17.5 19 - 21 24 - 27 29 - 31 33 - 36 38 - 43 43 - 48 48 - 53 53 - 58 58 - 63 63 - 68
Part No V0075A-NBR V0080A-NBR V0085A-NBR V0070A-NBR V0090A-NBR V0095A-NBR V0100A-NBR V0110A-NBR V0140A-NBR V0220A-NBR
S Type
Shaft Diameter (mm) 73 - 78 78 - 83 83 - 88 86 - 73 88 - 93 93 - 98 98 - 105 105 - 115 135 - 145 210 - 235
RME Type
0121 508 6000
171 Hydraulic Seals Our Series 21 hydraulic and pneumatics range allows you to specify commonly used dynamic seal profiles by hardware envelope and function, but does not limit supply to an individual manufacturer. Taking this approach clearly defines the product specifications, but maximises flexibility, ensuring continuity of supply for readily available products, keeping your industrial fluid power equipment or mobile plant operational. If your application requires a specific branded item we offer expertise in the optimal selection and sourcing of such items. Our in-house design engineers are happy to help you select one of our premium hydraulics range for applications demanding resistance both to mechanical extremes and thermo-chemical attack. Please contact ERIKS Sealing Technology for further assistance. METRIC WR 20 x 30 x 7 / 10 – WSB / 21 / NBR MATERIAL SERIES SEAL PROFILE LEG LENGTH (if applicable) LENGTH DRIVING DIAMETER (Shaft Diameter for Rod, Cylinder Bore Diameter for Piston) DRIVING DIAMETER (Gland Diameter for Rod, Piston Groove Diameter for Piston) CLASS OF HYDRAULIC SEAL
U
225
175
37 –
UR
/
21
/
SEALING & POLYMERS
IMPERIAL NBR MATERIAL SERIES SEAL PROFILE LENGTH HOUSING DIAMETER DRIVING DIAMETER (Shaft Diameter for Rod, Cylinder Bore Diameter for Piston) INCHES rounded down to 2 dp then x100 HOUSING DIAMETER (Gland Diameter for Rod, Piston Groove Diameter for Piston) INCHES rounded down to 2 dp then x100 CLASS OF HYDRAULIC SEAL
Material NBR Nitrile NFR Nitrile/ fabric PUR Polyurethane
B - Bronze PTFE C - Carbon PTFE G - Glass PTFE V - Virgin PTFE
NOTE: If selected profile requires leg length to be detailed insert / _ as detailed in metric part numbering above
Classes WR Wiper Ring U U-Cup SA Single Acting DA Double Acting CSR Composite Rod Working CSP Composite Piston Working
www.eriks.co.uk
Seal Profiles Rod Wipers WSA WSB WSM WSF WSG WSO WSW WSV WPA WPB WPE Rod Seals UR UI SPB SEI GPB CSR VP (Single Acting) Piston Seals DOP DOP DOP DPB DWL DEO CSP (Double Acting) (Alpha) (Compact) Other Seals CP DI DE UE
172
Hydraulic Seals
Heavy Duty Hydraulic Seal Profiles Valve Packing – VP Features VP
n Staged design n Multiple lips
Advantages n High pressure capabilities n Redundancy and minimised fugitive emissions
Wear Rings/Bearing Strip
SEALING & POLYMERS
Features
Advantages
Fabric Reinforced
n High compressive strength n High compressive modulus n High pressure velocity rating (PV) factor n Low wear rate
n High side load n Outstanding alignment n Low axial length requirement n Long life
PTFE Styles
n Low friction n Self-lubricating n Low wear
n Energy efficient n Dry running possible n Long life
Piston Seals Features
Advantages
DOP
n Elastomeric energiser n Compliant, wear resistant sealing element n High strength anti-extrusion rings n Integral bearing features
n Low compression set for extended operating life n High sealing efficiency n High pressure operation with large diametral clearances n Reduced axial length requirements
CSP
n Elastomer energiser n Symmetric design
n Pressure assisted sealing n Bi-directional operation
DE
n Pressure actuated n Radially asymmetric n Deflected lip geometry
n High sealing efficiency n Optimised for piston applications n Low friction n Often used for pneumatic/distributor applications
0121 508 6000
173 Rod Seals Features
Advantages
UR
n Pressure actuated n Radially symmetric n Deflected lip geometry
n High sealing efficiency n Can be used in both rod and piston applications n Low friction
UI
n Pressure actuated n Radially asymmetric n Deflected lip geometry
n High sealing efficiency n Optimised for rod applications n Low friction
SPB
n Elastomer contact sealing element n Fabric reinforced jacket
n High sealing efficiency n High pressure extrusion resistance
CSR
n Thermoplastic sealing element n Elastomer energiser
n Surface compliance n Transmits sealing pressure to assist sealing
DI
n Pressure actuated n Radially asymmetric n Deflected lip geometry
n High sealing efficiency n Optimised for rod applications n Low friction n Often used for pneumatic/distributor applications
SEALING & POLYMERS
Wipers Features
www.eriks.co.uk
Advantages
WSB
n Extended scraping lip
n Excellent contaminant exclusion
WSM
n Extended scraping lip n Positive mechanical retention
n Excellent contaminant exclusion n Improved hardware location
WSF
n Pressure activated n Axially located within groove n Combined scraping and sealing n Cantilever sealing lip
n Efficient sealing efficiency n Low hysteresis n Low axial length requirement, ideal for secondary sealing n Low friction
WPB
n Metallic insert location n Extended scraping lip
n Press-fit n Excellent contaminant exclusion
174
Component Mechanical Seals
Mechanical Seals ERIKS Sealing Technology offers a vast range of products, the company holds ISO 9001:2008 quality accreditations for dynamic sealing solutions and specialist moulded products.
Bellow Seals Non-directional and extremely versatile, these bellow seals are designed with no loose parts that could be damaged during installation, and feature static sealing that cannot cause shaft wear or fretting. Suitable for a wide range of applications, such as pumps, mixers, agitators and compressors, they can also be used where a previous seal has caused shaft damage.
SEALING & POLYMERS
QQ Wide range of metric and imperial sizes QQ For shafts from 8mm to 100mm QQ Faces: carbon, ceramic, stainless steel and silicon carbide
Parallel Spring Seals Widely used as the standard upgrade from packing to mechanical seals, parallel spring seals are the mainstay for many industries. Using a rubber diaphragm to seal against the shaft and provide drive to the face, they are suitable for use in applications such as water, food and chemical processing. Designs are also available with a balanced configuration to reduce heat and friction, extending seal life. QQ Wide range of metric and imperial sizes QQ For shafts from 10mm to 75mm QQ Faces: carbon, ceramic, stainless steel and silicon carbide
Taper Spring Seals An extremely popular and effective design featuring positive drive via the spring, these seals are available in a wide range of sizes and styles, and are used in many applications, including pumps, mixers, agitators and compressors. All designs feature O-ring sealing on the shaft and positive spring drive. QQ Wide range of metric sizes QQ For shafts from 10mm to 100mm QQ Faces: carbon, ceramic, stainless steel and silicon carbide
0121 508 6000
175 Stationary Components Generally O-ring mounted stationary components, or seats, are available in various materials to suit application requirements. QQ S ome designs feature a pin groove to improve seat retention. It is important to consider the application conditions and condition of the equipment when selecting a stationary component QQ The stationaries illustrated are those commonly found in use today Mechanical seals part number breakdown KA - 0300 - PC0 -
0
-
C
A
N ELASTOMER MATERIAL STATIONARY MATERIAL ROTARY MATERIAL BUILD CODE SEAL TYPE SIZE CODE IDENTIFIER
Identifier
Build Code
Rotary Material Code
Stationary Material Code
KA
Assembly
0
Standard
O
Not Req’d
0
Not Req’d
O
Not Req’d
KR
Rotary Only
1
SA0 Stationary
A
Alumina Ceramic
A
Alumina Ceramic
E
EPDM
KS
Stationary Only
2
SB0 Stationary
C
Double Phenolic Resin Impregnated Carbon/ Graphite
C
Carbon
F
FEP
3
SC0 Stationary
C2
Antimony Carbon
C2
Antimony Carbon
N
Nitrile
C3
Carbon FDA
P
PTFE
V
Viton
www.eriks.co.uk
4
SD0 Stationary
C3
Double Phenolic Resin Impregnated Carbon/ Graphite FDA Compliant
5
SDA Stationary
C4
Triple Phenolic Resin Impregnated Carbon/ Graphite
N
Ni-Resist
6
SE0 Stationary
S
Reaction Bonded Silicon Carbide
S
Reaction Bonded Silicon Carbide
7
SF0 Stationary
S2
Sintered Silicon Carbide
S2
Sintered Silicon Carbide
8
SG0 Stationary
S3
Sintered Silicon Carbide Graphite Loaded
T
Tungsten Carbide
9
SGA Stationary
T
Tungsten Carbide
X
Stainless Steel
R
Right Hand spring
L
Left Hand spring
X
Stainless Steel
SEALING & POLYMERS
Elastomer Material Code
176
Gasket Jointing Materials
ERIKS Gasket Jointing Materials Gasket Selection Chart Maximum Operating Temperature
150
Degrees C
Maximum Pressure
60
+250 (200Steam)
+200
+250
+450
-210 +260
-210 +260
-210 +260
-240 +230
-240 +230
100
85
100
150
55
85
55
55
55
Bar
Material
Air
Clipperlon Clipperlon Clipperlon Clipperlon Clipperlon
PT20 PT30 PT50 PT60 Egraflex 2110 Y
Steam
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Oxygen Oil
Y
Y
Y Y
SEALING & POLYMERS
2135
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Potable Water Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Strong Acid
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Weak Alkali
Y
Y
Y
Y
Strong Alkali Food Stuffs Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
PT20
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y Y
Y
Y
Material
05 Thickness in mm See the chart for availability Material See the chart for availability
Product SHT Example SHTPT2005 0.5mm thick PT20 sheet SHTFLOW15 1.5mm thick Flowtite sheet
Y
Y
Part Number Identifier
SHT
2130
Y
Petrochemical Products
General Duty
2115
Y
Solvent
Weak Acid
2100
Code
PT20
PT20
PT30
PT30
PT50
PT50
PT60
PT60
Egraflex
EGRA
Clipperlon2110
2110
Clipperlon2100
2100
Clipperlon2115
2115
Clipperlon2130
2130
Clipperlon2135
2135
Thicknesses available in mm 0.5
0.8
1
1.5
2
3
All sheets are available at 1.5mtr sq as standard
0121 508 6000
177 Fibre Sheet Jointing
Graphite Laminates
General Grade Non-Asbestos Gasket Materials
A semi-rigid laminated material manufactured from high purity exfoliated graphite reinforced with nickel or stainless foil or tanged stainless steel. It is suitable for sealing against steam and most other media with the exception of strongly oxidising reagents. General material grades available from ERIKS Gasket Technology include:
PT20 PT20 is a composite of mineral and aramid fibres with NBR binders. Suitable for use in low pressure applications, in a wide range of non-aggressive media.
BS7531 Grade Y For use with water, steam and gases at temperatures up to 200ºC and for oil, solvents and inert liquids at temperatures up to 350ºC.
PT30 PT30 is a high quality, sheet jointing comprising of a mixture of polyaramid and inorganic fibres, bonded with a NBR binder. It is a general purpose gasket material, suitable for hot and cold water, steam, oil, fuel, gases and other general duties.
PT50 is an aramid based sheet jointing. Suitable for general purpose low temperature applications.
BS7531 Grade X A Premium Grade Non-Asbestos Gasket Materials For use with water, steam and gases at temperatures up to 250ºC and for oil, solvents and inert liquids at temperatures up to 440ºC.
PT60 PT60 is our premium quality, private brand sheet jointing, comprising of glass and aramid fibres, bonded together with a NBR binder. It is a general purpose, medium pressure rated gasket material and an excellent choice for general chemical applications.
www.eriks.co.uk
Egraflex is a Graphite Laminate sheeting reinforced with a Tanged 316 stainless steel insert. A universal material for (petro)chemicals. Used in high pressure and high temperature applications. Recommended for applications involving high sealing stresses and where high blowout resistance is required. The inclusion of the steel reinforcing layer gives rise to a robust sheet. Can be used to seal a wide range of media, with the exception of strong oxidising agents, at extremes of temperature and pressure.
Composite PTFE Products Modified PTFE Materials Composite PT150 and PT160 are a PTFE-based group of products capable of sealing chemicals right across the 0–14pH range, at temperatures from cryogenic to 260°C and at pressures from 85 bar down to vacuum. Typified by low creep, sustained service capability and robustness and has numerous advantages over many alternatives including pure and filled PTFE and envelope gaskets.
Clipperlon 2110 Blue Modified PTFE sheeting. High performance biaxially orientated sheet sealing material containing PTFE with hollow glass micro spheres. Excellent resistance against cold-creep and very gas tight. Seals with low bolt force. Universal chemical resistance and can be used for several flange materials: steel, plastic, glass and ceramic lined.
Pink Modified PTFE sheeting. High performance biaxially orientated sheet sealing material containing PTFE with silica filler. Excellent resistance against coldcreep. Universal quality for (petro) chemical applications, acids and gases.
Clipperlon 2115 Clipperlon 2115 USP is modified PTFE sheet specially designed for high purity applications such as Pharmaceutical, Semicon, Food and beverage. The material is free of any pigment and has a natural white color and meets the requirements for USP class VI plastics (USP 88) and meets Food & Diary requirements FDA 21 CFR. 1771550 and EC 1935/10/2011. Highly recommended for low torque applications, plastic pipe systems and flanges, as well as glass and ceramic lined equipment in a wide variety high purity applications.
Expanded PTFE Sheet
Clipperlon 2130 100% multidirectional expanded PTFE sheet, minimum of cold-creep, high gas permeability. Universal chemical resistant, pH 0-14, excellent on rough or damaged flange surfaces. QQ TA-Luft QQ Blow-Out-Test VDI 2200
Clipperlon 2135 100% multidirectional expanded PTFE sheet, minimum of cold-creep, high gas permeability. Universal chemical resistant, pH 0-14, excellent on rough or damaged flange surfaces. QQ FDA 21 QQ USP Class V1
SEALING & POLYMERS
PT50
Egraflex
Clipperlon 2100
178
Soft Cut Flange & EPDM Cut Flange Gaskets
Soft Cut Flange Gaskets As one of the UK’s leading gasket manufacturers ERIKS Sealing and Polymer can offer a tailored fast service for Soft Cut Flange Gaskets. Encompassing materials from PTFE, non-asbestos fibre and high temperature sheeting through to graphite, ERIKS range provides a complete product portfolio that can be selected to suit your application
Part Number Identifier
SCG A
PT20 FF 150
M
1000 05
Thickness 05, 08, 10, 15, 20 & 30
Size (1 ¼” = 125 1000mm = 1000)
Unit of Measure I = Imperial M = Metric
Class eg. 150, 600, PN16, PN40 , TABE or TABF
Specification
Class
B16.21 B16.47 A B16.47 B DIN
150, 300, 600, 900 &1500 150, 300, 600 & 900 150, 300 & 600 PN6, PN10, PN16, PN25 & PN40 TABA, TABD, TABE, TABF, TABH TABJ, TABK, TABR & TABS
A B C D
TABLE/BS10
E
Flange FF=Full Face RF =Raised Face
Material
Code
PT20
PT20
PT30
PT30
Specification
PT50
PT50
A, B, C, D or E
PT60
PT60
Egraflex
EGRA
Clipperlon2110
2110
Clipperlon2100
2100
Clipperlon2115
2115
Clipperlon2130
2130
Clipperlon2135
2135
see selection chart SEALING & POLYMERS
Material
Product SCG Example: Metric = SCGDPT60FFPN25M100015 Imperial = SCGAPT20RF1500I12530
Thicknesses available in mm 0.5
0.8
1
1.5
2
3
FDA COMPLIANCE WITH CLIPPERLON GASKETS Following an FDA audit a large bluechip pharmaceutical company contacted ERIKS to assist with changing all of the vessel manway door seals, which were all unique. It was suggested that Leader’s Clipperlon 2115 would be the best solution. Designed for high purity applications such as the pharmaceutical industry, the material is natural white modified PTFE, free from pigments and meets USP-6 compliance which would more that satisfy the demands of the FDA audit.
In addition Clipperlon offers outstanding chemical resistance across a wide range of temperature extremes. This material has a rather high compressibility characteristics and low minimum seating stress value, therefore highly recommended for low torque applications. Combined with ERIKS gasket cutting facility ensures that each gasket is cut to the exact dimensions of each door to provide the perfect seal.
0121 508 6000
179
EPDM Cut Flange Gaskets EPDM rubber has excellent resistance to weathering and ozone; it has good, to very good ageing resistance and low temperature flexibility, low electrical conductivity and satisfactory resistance to polar chemicals. ERIKS Gasket Technology can supply EPDM Cut gaskets that have WRAS approval or FDA approval. These are ideal choices for Food and Pharmaceutical Industries.
Part Number Identifier
SCG A
E772 FF 150
M
1000 15
Thickness 15, 20, 30, 50 & 60
Size (1 ¼” = 125 1000mm = 1000)
Unit of Measure I = Imperial M = Metric
Class eg. 150, 600, PN16, PN40 , TABE or TABF
A B C D
Specification
Class
B16.21 B16.47 A B16.47 B DIN
150, 300, 600, 900 &1500 150, 300, 600 & 900 150, 300 & 600 PN6, PN10, PN16, PN25 & PN40 TABA, TABD, TABE, TABF, TABH TABJ, TABK, TABR & TABS
TABLE/BS10
E
Flange FF=Full Face RF =Raised Face
Material see selection chart Material
A, B, C, D or E
Product SCG Example: Metric = SCGE772FFPN25M100015 Imperial = SCGAE773RF1500I12530
Chemical Composition
Code
E-70-772 EPDM
E772
E-70-773 EPDM
E773
Thicknesses available in mm 1.5
2
3
Other thicknesses available on request
E-70-772
E-70-773
Physical Form
Sheet/Cut Gaskets
Sheet/Cut Gaskets
Colour
Black
White
Storage Stability*
10 Years
10 Years
Compliance/Approvals
WRAS
FDA 177.2600-rubber articles for repeated use
Specific Gravity
1.13
1.30
Polymer Content
100%
100%
Tensile Strength
10.8 Mpa
4.9Mpa
Elongation at Break
400%
300%
Compression Set 22h/70`C
8%
30%
Parametric Material Code
E772
E773
www.eriks.co.uk
4
5
6
SEALING & POLYMERS
Specification
180
Spiral Wound Gaskets & Ring Type Joints
Spiral Wound Gaskets A comprehensive stock of SWG manufactured in accordance with ASME B16.20 is available for immediate delivery. Spiral wound gaskets are used for high pressure and temperature applications. ERIKS has a selection in all conceivable models and in various materials. In addition, special gaskets can be made quickly in our own production facility. All SR and SRI gaskets for these standard flanges are 0.175” (4.5mm) thick, fitted with 0.125” (3.2mm) thick solid metal rings, unless otherwise stated.
Part Number Identifier
SRI
A
02
01 GR 03 150 M 1000
Size (1 ¼” = 125 1000mm = 1000)
Unit of Measure I = Imperial M = Metric
Class SEALING & POLYMERS
eg. 150, 600, PN16, PN40 , TABE or TABF
Outer Ring 01, 03
Filler GR
Windings 02,
Inner Ring 00, 01
Specification A, B, C, D or E
Product SRI = Inner & Outer Ring SR = Outer Ring only
Specification
Class
Rings
A
B16.50
150, 300, 600, 900 &1500
00 No ring
B
B16.47 A
150, 300, 600 & 900
01 316
C
B16.47 B
150, 300 & 600
D
DIN
PN6, PN10, PN16, PN25 & PN40
E
TABLE
TABA, TABD, TABE, TABF, TABH TABJ, TABK, TABR, TABS
Windings
Example: Imperial SRIA0102GR03600I125 Metric SRD0002GR03PN40M1000
Filler GR
Graphite
02 316L 03 Carbon Steel
0121 508 6000
181
Ring Type Joints Ring joint gaskets are used primarily in the up-stream oil and gas industries where high pressures are often encountered.
Style R Octagonal Section - For use with ASME and API flanges with flat bottomed groove
Style R Oval Section - For use with ASME and API flanges with flat bottomed or oval groove
Style RX Asymmetric Octagonal Section - For use in ASME and API flat bottomed grooves
Style BX Square Octagonal Section - For use in API BX flanges SEALING & POLYMERS
Part Number Identifier
RTJ
OCR
11
SI
Material
SI=Soft Iron
SS=316
Size
11 to 303
Shape
OVR, OCR, RX or BX (See opposite)
Product RTJ
QQ M anufactured to API 6A and ASME standards QQ Standard materials are soft iron and 316 stainless steel QQ Available in a range of styles
www.eriks.co.uk
Example: RTJOCR11SI RTJRX303SS
182
Clipperlon 2135, Elastograph® & Gland Packings
Clipperlon 2135 Food & Pharma conforming multidirectional ePTFE Leader Clipperlon 2135 is marked without using inks or other contaminating colorants, applying a unique embossing process, which keeps the ePTFE clean and pure. This makes it the optimum sealing material for Food and Pharma Applications. Sealing Characteristics QQ Chemical inert QQ High creep resistance QQ Highly conformable to the sealing surface QQ Low leak rate QQ Suitable for high temperatures QQ Non ageing Chemical Compatibility, Pressure And Temperature QQ Particularly for use with harsh chemicals from pH 0 to 14 (except for molten alkali metals and elemental fluorine gas) QQ Pressure up to 55 bar (higher pressures depending on the individual installation) QQ Temperature from -240 °C up to +230 °C
SEALING & POLYMERS
ERIKS Leads the way with new emission-reducing gasket The new Elastagraph® emission reduction gasket from Leader Gasket Technologies enables fugitive emission control to 50ppm or lower. Manufactured from a combination of high- and low-density graphite, the gasket has unique “humps” and “valleys” in the Elastagraph® corrugated steel, creating a bellows effect to counter the effects of movement and misalignment. The corrugation of the whole gasket – including the metal layer – creates a spring-back effect.
Elastograph® The Leader Elastagraph gasket for standard EN/ASME and non-standard flanges is ideal for process piping, fuel refineries, and other locations where fugitive emissions pose an environmental and health and safety issue. ®
High density graphite (115lb) on the “humps” results in low gas permeability, super sealability and exceptional recovery. By contrast, the exceptionally low density (40lb) compressive inner ring provides an extremely low “minimum design seating stress” of just 800psi. The patented DynaGraph™ bonding process eliminates volume loss due to adhesive bake off, resists overcompression damage, and allows for easy removal from flanges.
Operating Limits** & Specifications Maximum Operating Temperature PH Range Composition Metal Substrate Values
1200F Steam – 850F Oxidizing 0-14 High Purity Inhibited Grade flexible graphite infused over a corrugated metal core 316L (standard), 304ss, Monel, Zirconium, Hast B276 etc. (other metals available upon request) M value = 1.5 Y value = 2000
Most commonly used for standard ANSI/ASME and DIN pipe flange connections. Standard stock items are 316L metal core for 1/2” through 24”. Other special sizes available upon request.
0121 508 6000
183
Gland Packings Material Grades ERIKS Gasket Technology is able to supply a comprehensive range of material grades to suit your specific needs. In addition, we also stock a wide range of extraction tools. Part Number Identifier GLP
110
065
Size in sq mm 3, 5, 6.5, 8, 9.5, 12.5, 14, 16, 19, 22 or 25 Material
110, 130, 140, 150, 170, 180 or 200
Product GLP
All coils are generally supplied at 8mtrs in length Example: G LP140125
Material
GLP200050
Application Cost effective cotton fibre gland packing with graphite and lubricated
130
Graphite/PTFE with aramid in corners reinforced braided with a silicone rubber core
140
Twisted fibreglass and impregnated with a composite inc. a high percentage of graphite with lubricant
150
General use twisted fibreglass gland packing impregnated with PTFE and silicone lubricant
170
Braided PTFE filament, also impregnated with PTFE dispersion and additional lubricants
180
Braided and manufactured from expanded graphite yarn with an exceptionally high carbon content
200
Extremely hard wearing gland packing with aramid fibres, braided and impregnated with PTFE
High Temperature Materials High temperature gaskets for extreme applications and environments.
Frenzelit NovaMICA® Thermex NovaMICA Thermex is a brand-new gasket material based on processed phlogopite mica resistant to continuous temperatures of up to 1000ºC. Suitable for extreme thermal and mechanical applications, especially exhaust.
QQ Extremely high temperature stability (up to 1000 °C)
QQ Low long-term leakage even at high temperatures due to the expanded metal insert QQ Reliable handling QQ Smooth processability by all standard manufacturing processes
www.eriks.co.uk
SEALING & POLYMERS
110
184
HIGH VOLTAGE MACHINES
ENGINEERING & SITE SERVICES
Repair or rewind Maintain and Monitor
SEALING & POLYMERS
Replace
FUNCTIONS:
WHY ERIKS:
n HV motor and generator rewind
n Timeous effective solutions
n Overhaul of high voltage machines
n Facilities to support a broad
n Partial discharge analysis n Removal, re-installation and commissioning n Site monitoring and testing
range of customers n Largest electrical service providers in the UK
n Diamond, concentric hairpin or alternator half bar
coils produced n Maintenance and repair of HV rotating equipment n In-house copper rolling mill n Fully documented repairs
CALL: 0845 006 6000
to contact your local workshop
0121 508 6000
185
FLOW CONTROL ERIKS Flow Technology have the know-how to ensure your plant runs efficiently, keeping expensive downtime to a minimum. Whether you need a solution for Pumps, Hose or Valves ERIKS have the engineering capability, technical experience and supply chain you can rely on, year in year out!
Quick Product Reference
Quick reference
Valves EconÂŽ & Partner Brands
188
Ball Valves
189
Gate, Globe and Check Valves 190 Butterfly Valves 188-191
188
188
188
191, 194
Knife Gate Valves
191
Potable Water Valves
192-193
Pumps Hygienic Rotary Lobe Pumps 198-199 192-193
194
200-201
End Suction Pumps Diaphragm Pumps
201 202-203, 211
Dosing Pumps Chemical Pumps
198-199
207
202-203
211
www.eriks.co.uk
206
204-205
208-210
218-219
212-213
215
204-205 206
Self Priming Pumps
207
Submersible Pumps
208-209
Petrol Driven Pumps
210, 216
Metering & Industrial Pumps
212-213
Hygienic Pumps
214
Hose Pumps
215
Coolant Pumps
217
Wobble Pumps
218
DOC 3 Pumps
218
Cavity Pumps
219
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
188
186 186
LEADING THE WAY IN VALVE TECHNOLOGY ERIKS Flow Control has reputation for supplying quality products, technical know-how and excellent customer service and has been relied upon globally for over 25 years.
Strategically placed UK warehouses and 3 technology centres in Leicester, Aberdeen and Glasgow
WHAT WE DO: Ball valves Gate, globe and check valves Butterfly valves Valves for marine service Bespoke manufactured solutions Actuators Full range of services from
actuation, modifications, drilling, painting and special finishes Testing for pressure, temperature, non-destructive examination and PMI material testing all available
0121 508 6000
187
VALVE TECHNOLOGY
SPECIALISTS IN VALVE ACTUATION From our in-house actuation centre, our team of technical experts offer an unparalleled level of service. Using Econ® or AMG pneumatic actuators from our vast stock enables both a fast and cost effective total solution. Other brands or types are available and fitted to customers bespoke specifications.
Mounting Kits Filters Manual valve visual indicators
Aluminium and Steel
certification Scotch Yoke Tailored logistical solutions
Range of actuator ancillaries including:
Solenoids Switchboxes Positioners Speed controllers common to safety
requirements 12 / 24 / 48VDC - 110 / 210 / 220 / 240VAC – IP65 / SAFE AREA / IP66 / EXD / EXIA
www.eriks.co.uk
ERIKS Flow Control works closely with major engineering contractors both in the UK and overseas and has developed frame agreements with highly respected companies within the industry. Our dedicated experienced Projects team have the required high level of technical expertise, to manage your specialist applications from concept to completion.
Body material: Stainless Steel, Namur Mounting Rack and Pinion Spring Return (Single acting) Fail Open or Close Double Acting Fitted and tested in house with full
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Products can be modified or manufactured to suit the project or precise specification. Supported by ECON® Electric Actuators
Direct Mounted ELA40 – ELA3000 Torque
40-3000Nm IP67, (IP68 & ATEX OPTIONAL) 24VDC, 110VAC or 230VAC
SERVICES Customer service is at the heart of all we do and our technical expertise is relied upon throughout a wide range of industries. Our total solution service means we are able to support our customers with:
Seal changes Special finishes or painting Actuation Modifications Extensions
188
Econ® , Partner Brands and Ball Valves
Econ® & Partner Brands More and more customers are relying on the Econ® brand for their valves and instrumentation. Products that qualify for the Econ® quality mark have been specifically designed to meet the needs of our customers and our sustainability policy. In addition, ERIKS Flow Control supply a broad selection of ‘A’ brands from renowned manufacturers covering all industry sectors, ranging from standard products to high quality sustainable and environmentally-friendly products.
®
Exclusive to ERIKS
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
The Econosto Group, part of the ERIKS Group, has been developing quality products since 1892 and its ECON® brand products are manufactured to strictly controlled quality standards whilst offering a cost-effective range to complement other market-leading brands supplied.
Partner Brands ERIKS Flow Control strives to offer the widest range of valves currently available and has formed partnership agreements with some of the industries leading manufacturers including: nn Smith nn Taylor nn JC
Suitable for a wide variety of applications, the Econ® range includes:
nn SRi
nn Valves
nn Stockham
nn Instrumentation
nn Valve Enterprise
nn Related products
nn CMO
Expanding their Valve offering to foodprocessing and pharmaceutical industries ERIKS Flow Control secured UK distributorship for Inoxpa Valves. Founded in Banyoles, Spain, Inoxpa is renowned and longstanding business group specialised in the manufacture and trade of stainless steel Valves including:
a
nn Butterfly nn Seat nn Diaphragm and Pinch nn C-Top Control Units nn Ball and Check nn Overflow and Vent
nn Vinco
Taylor
AMG Pesch
For over 50 years, Taylor Valve has been a pioneer in the design, development and manufacture of valves and precision instrumentation. With over 100 US and foreign patents their unique design, precision manufacturing and uncompromising quality has enabled them to build a reputation for excellence.
AMG Pesch manufactures a range of rack and pinion actuators, positioners, monitoring units and valves to strict quality standards.
Every Taylor product is designed to meet the highly demanding requirements of oil and gas producers, refiners, chemical plant operators , power generators and the processing industry in order to more effectively control their liquid, steam and gas operations.
Inoxpa
The patented rod-guide piston design of the actuators ensures drives are maintenance-free, compact and offer high levels of reliability and long service life. Since early 2011, when AMG-Pesch became part of the ERIKS group, ERIKS Flow Control have been able to offer these actuators to the UK market.
Smith The Newdell Company became part of the ERIKS group in 2010 resulting in the opportunity fo ERIKS Flow Control to offer their highly regarded Smith Valve brand to the UK market. Smith is one of the oldest valve brands for API 602 forged steel valves in the industry today. The products consist of a wide range of gate, globe and check valves used in the oil and gas, refinery, petrochemical and many other industries throughout the world. Smith also offers many speciality products for services such as HF acid, sour gas, cryogenic, chlorine and oxygen. Smith valves are renowned for offering a useful colour coding system, whereby the colour of the handwheel (gate and globe valves) indicates the body/ bonnet material of the valve and the nameplate colour (gate, globe and check) indicates the trim material.
0121 508 6000
189
Ball Valves Ball valves take a lead role in the valve industry and wide-ranging applications. The high flow capacity coupled with being very simple to automate make ball valves ideal for many applications where an open/close facility is required but not regulating of flow. They can however, be used for regulation with characterised seat/ball combinations.
have
General Ball Valves
3 Piece Ball Valves
nn 1 & 2 piece in Bronze, Brass, Carbon and Stainless Steels
nn Stainless and Carbon steel (including low temperature options) from stock
nn Wafer Pattern
nn Special alloys available
nn Multi-Port, 3 & 4 way
nn 1/4” - 4” nn ANSI 150-2500 nn Firesafe
Material Temperature range Brass –20°/+150°C ST/ST –34°/+205°C
nn NACE nn Screwed, Weld End and Flanged
Size Temperature range 1/4"–2" –34°/+205°C
Flanged Floating Ball Valves nn Cast iron, Stainless and Carbon steel (including low temperature options) from stock
nn Soft & Metal Seated nn Cavity Relief
nn Special alloys available nn 1/2”-16” Size Temperature range
nn V Ball Control
1/4"–8" –10°/+200°C –10°/+200°C –10°/+200°C –10°/+200°C
nn Firesafe nn NACE nn ATEX
Trunnion Mounted Ball Valves nn Low temperature carbon, Stainless and Duplex Stainless steels from stock Special alloys available nn 1/2” - 30” nn ANSI 150-2500. API 3000-15000 nn Firesafe nn NACE
www.eriks.co.uk
nn Flanged, Screwed, Hub and Weld Ends nn Cryogenic to high temperature nn Metal seats for severe service nn Tandem Valves
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
nn ANSI 150-2500 and DIN Flanges
190
Gate, Globe, Check Butterfly and Knife Gate Valves
Gate, Globe & Check Valves When process applications are critical, Gate, Globe or Check Valves are used. Manufactured from a variety of materials makes them suitable for all types of media and they can be modified to customer’s requirements.
Forged Steel nn A105, LF2, F304, F316, F11, F22 from stock
gland nn NACE
nn Special alloys available nn Various trim options nn ANSI 150-2500 nn 1/4” - 2”
Size Temperature range 2"–16"
–9°/+500°C 20 –9°/+500°C 51
nn Screwed, flanged and weld-end nn Bolted and welded bonnet nn Bellows, sealed and conventional
Cast
Wafer & Lugged Check
nn Cast iron, Bronze, low temperature Carbon steel and Stainless steel from stock
nn Al-Bronze, Cast iron, Carbon, low temperature Carbon and Stainless steel from stock.
nn Special alloys available
nn Special alloys available
nn 2” - 72”
nn Dual plate, swing and disc type.
nn ANSI 150-2500 also API 6A Wellhead valves
nn 1/2” - 84”
nn Flanged, hub and weld ends.
nn ANSI 1502500 and DIN to suit a flanged or hub connection
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
nn Wide range of bonnet, gland designs and trim options available
A full range of testing is available from our Leicester and Aberdeen facilities including: Testing
Modifications
nn nn nn nn nn nn
nn nn nn nn nn nn nn nn nn nn
PMI testing Hydraulic and pneumatic tests High pressure gas testing Low temperature testing Hot oil testing Non-destructive examination. Dye penetrant, magnetic particle, radiography, ultrasonic etc.
nn Ferritescope inspection nn Hardness testing nn Paint thickness verification
Seat, seal, trim and/or bolt changes Special operators Full actuation Painting and coating Fabrication, assemblies and pipe pups Locking and interlocking Flange facing and drilling Extended spindles and bonnets Cleaning Special packaging options
0121 508 6000
191
Butterfly Valves These valves can be used for many applications either as open/close or simple regulating valves. A useful characteristic of butterfly valves is the availability of different lining materials, this allows for uses ranging from non-aggressive media such as water or air through to chemicals and corrosive media.
High Performance Butterfly Valves
nn Cast iron from stock
nn Carbon steel and stainless steel from stock
nn Carbon Steel, Bronze, Stainless and special alloys available
nn Aluminium-bronze and special alloys available to order
nn 2” - 60”
nn 2”-24” nn ANSI 150 to 300 (other classes available) nn Wafer, Lugged and Flanged
Resilient Seated Valves
nn PN6 - PN16, ANSI versions available nn Bonded and replaceable liners nn Liners in Nitrile, EPDM, Viton & PTFE (others available)
nn Firesafe Certified nn Double and triple offset disc nn Soft and metal seated
Knife Gate Valves Knife gate valves are widely been used in pulp or paper industry applications and for handling slurries, they are also used in the offshore sector and are suitable for a wide range of wet or dry media. Both Uni and bi-directional designs are available, and are ideal where quarter turn valves are unsuitable and can also be fitted with actuators or otherwise modified to suit the customer’s application.
Special valves
nn Cast iron and Stainless steel from stock.
nn Sizes up to 40”
nn Cast carbon steel and special alloys available
nn Lugged pattern flanged, square flange
nn 2”-24” (DN50-DN600) nn PN10 also ANSI 150 nn Wafer Pattern nn Handwheel, lever and Double-acting cylinder nn EPDM, Viton, Nitrile, PTFE or metal seats
www.eriks.co.uk
nn Special flange drilling nn Double knife, Rubber coated blade nn Bi-directional, Penstocks
Other valve types We stock a range of other valves in a wide variety of materials and sizes. If we do not have the item you require in stock we will endeavour to obtain it from one of our global suppliers.
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
Knife Gate stock range
192
Potable Water Products
D06F Pressure Reducing Valve Designed to protect domestic, commercial and industrial applications from excessive pressure, the D06F range enables excellent product performance, reliability and servicing capabilities. nn Spring loaded, balanced seat means a constant outlet pressure regardless of fluctuating inlet nn nn nn nn nn nn nn nn
pressure Set pressure indicated on the set point scale Integral fine filter with 0.16mm mesh Available with pressure gauge Up to 25 bar inlet pressure 1.5 bar to 6 bar outlet pressure Class 1 acoustic valve ensures quiet operation High quality synthetic valve insert ensures resistance to scaling and cavitation
Sizes 15mm and 22mm compression connections, 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 11/4”, 11/2” and 2” BSP connections
D15S Pressure Reducing Valve The D15S range of flanged pressure reducing valves (PRV) can be used to protect large domestic, commercial and industrial applications against excessive pressure giving accurate pressure control for a variety of applications. nn nn nn nn nn
Inlet pressure balancing; the set outlet pressure is unaffected by inlet fluctuations Inlet pressure up to 16 bar Outlet pressure: 1.5 – 7.5 bar Powder coating gives high corrosion protection Simple maintenance; access from above
Sizes
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN150 and DN200
Kombi 4 Thermal Balancing The Kombi 4 is a thermostatic balancing valve for hot water circulation systems. Installed in the return pipework and equipped with a thermal actuator the Kombi 4 will control return water temperatures and will automatically support thermal disinfection. nn Optional thermostatic actuator controls the return water temperature and allows a thermal disinfection cycle
nn A combined throttle and shut off facility means no need for additional isolation valves nn A separate drain adapter can be used as a drain off point nn The additional thermometer can clearly display the circulation temperature Sizes 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 11/4” and 11/2” BSP connections with various fitting options
0121 508 6000
193
BA295S Back Flow Prevention The BA295S is a backflow preventer suitable for protection against back pressure, backflow and back siphonage for fluids up to category 4. nn Compact construction nn Combined check valve and discharge valve cartridge assembly – easier servicing and maintenance Maximum operating temperature 60°C DZR brass housing Integral inlet strainer Colour coded test ports High flow rate Triple security – two check valves and a discharge valve separate the backflow preventer into three pressure zones nn BA295i variant – stainless steel body
nn nn nn nn nn nn
Sizes 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 11/4”, 11/2” and 2” BSP connections
BA300 Back Flow Prevention The BA300 is a flanged backflow preventer suitable for protection against back pressure, backflow and back siphonage for fluids up to category 4. nn nn nn nn
Compact construction Interchangeable check valves allows for easier servicing and maintenance One discharge valve required for all sizes riple security – two check valves and a discharge valve separate the backflow preventer into T three pressure zones
nn Maximum operating temperature 65°C Sizes DN65, DN80, DN100, DN150 and DN200
Water Filters The F76S fine filter and F78TS-F flanged fine filters are used to prevent the ingress of dirt particles for industrial and commercial applications. The patented reverse rinse mechanism ensures that flow is available at all times, even during the back wash process. nn nn nn nn nn nn nn nn
Double spin technology for connection sizes ½” – 2” Filter and filter bowl can be replaced Available with a pressure gauge Filtered water even during back wash cycle Construction: Brass construction PN16 Mesh sizes: 20μm to 500μm Z11S automatic actuator can be fitted for timed back wash DDS76 differential pressure switch can be fitted for fully automated operation
Sizes 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 11/4”, 11/2” and 2” screwed BSP connections
www.eriks.co.uk
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
F76S
194
Butterfly Valves
700G Rubber Lined Butterfly Valve TOMOE have developed the 700G series, a superior, general purpose valve, with the addition of a wide range of features to offer improved performance and better cost efficiency. The 700G series is designed to satisfy many international flange standards for use worldwide. nn The body is available in various designs such as wafer, semi-lugged and full-lugged, in ductile iron nn Disc available as DAC coated, Stainless steel, Bronze or PPS nn Seat ring available as in EPDM, NBR, FKM, W-NBR, and SEP nn Sizes 40mm to 600mm nn Patented cosine curve seat ring, reducing operating torque allowing torque to be adjusted according to working pressure nn Longer life with spherically designed disc nn Self-aligning stem seal through backup ring
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
847T PFA Lined Butterfly Valve TOMOE’s Chemically resistant butterfly valve. The unique construction of the TOMOE 847 Series provides superior strength and sealing properties essential in applications where conditions are potentially hazardous. nn Sizes 2” to 12” nn The upper and lower stem housings have the same length high tension coil springs which provide stable sealing performance in cases of temperature change. nn Triple acting sealing mechanism controlled by the balanced spring forces. (250, 300mm: Coned disc springs). nn Stem seal arrangement and the pipe flange seal are totally independent, reducing leakage nn No special gasket is needed due to concentric circular grooves ensuring stable flange sealing performance nn Seamless construction of valve lining ensures complete stability in all conditions.
0121 508 6000
ERIKS SUPPORT FOR LIFE Even the highest quality, best designed, most carefully engineered product won’t last for ever. But with the right support it can have a far longer more productive service life.
OnSite inspection
3
3
3
Lubrication
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Hydraulics
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Pneumatics
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Filtration
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Sealing and Polymer
Sealing
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Gaskets
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Flow Control
Valves
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Pumps
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Tools, Safety and Maintenance
PPE
3
3
3
3
3
Tools
3
3
3
3
3
3
Electrical
3
3
3
3
3
3
Open Drives Closed Drives Industrial Hose
www.eriks.co.uk
Call: 0121 508 6000 to speak to your local ERIKS Service Centre
3
Full Service
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Repair
Asset management
Condition monitoring
3
Replacement
Energy management
Fluid Power, Transfer and Control
Maintain
Process improvement/ TCO
3
Lubrication
Installation / commissioning
3
OnSite maintenance
Spares and maintenance strategy
3
Testing & certification
Training
PRODUCTS
Power Transmissions
Optimise / Monitor
Application engineering/ problem solving 3
3 3
3
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
Bearings
So rather than possibly saving pennies on the initial purchase price, with ERIKS Technical Services support for life, you can save pounds on maintenance, repairs and replacements.
Bearings and Lubrication
Implementation
Advise / Review
SERVICES
ERIKS Technical and Engineering Services will help to ensure the product is always operating at its most efficient, with less unplanned downtime. If a repeat failure should occur, our engineers see it as an opportunity for performance improvement. Using root cause analysis, instead of simply addressing the symptom, they will resolve the issue and prevent it from happening again or happening so frequently.
195
196 196
YOUR COMPLETE PUMP SOLUTIONS ERIKS Pump Services provides a comprehensive and cost-effective solution for all your pump requirements, whatever the application. From abstraction, through the production process, to the final discharge, we offer a complete service to take care of every aspect.
ERIKS Pump services offers a range of pumps covering all of the configurations and applications you could need
Complete capabilities: Design New supply Spares Installation Maintenance Repair Reverse engineering Pump and system energy audits
0121 508 6000
197
PUMP TECHNOLOGY
CHOOSING FROM THE MARKET LEADERS A broad range of pump industry experience enables us to put forward solutions on the basis of impartiality and fitness for purpose. We are not constrained by the limitations or range of products. Our focus is clearly aimed at increasing efficiency, reliability, durability, ease of maintenance and product support while reducing operating costs. PUMP PARTNERS:
Aro Capari Energy Pumps Gardener Denver GEA Hilge Gorman Rupp Graco Grundfos Munsch Seepex Wanner Xylem (Lowara, Flygt & Jabsco)
www.eriks.co.uk
PUMP AUDITS
WE ARE FOCUSED ON:
ERIKS’ pump audits, data logging and condition monitoring services will reveal a wide range of information about your pumps, including:
Delivering pump repair and
Their energy efficiency Their actual performance The efficiency of the complete
Obsolescence risk auditing Site services Repair and maintenance contracts Asset management contracts Supply, installation and commissioning Reverse engineering Energy efficiency testing
hydraulic system With these facts and figures to hand, we can work with you to determine whether you should continue to support your existing plant – even through obsolescence – or carry out replacements. We will calculate Whole Life Costs and provide payback analysis, giving you factual evidence on which you can base your final decision. If maintaining existing pumps proves to be the most cost-effective solution, ERIKS Pump Services reverse engineering capabilities mean we can help you to keep your pumps running even after parts obsolescence, and can also modify and up-rate components, for improved performance and reliability.
refurbishment to a high standard
Reliability improvements as collaborative projects
and system diagnostics
Training schemes
We are able to conduct pump performance and system testing in our workshops and on site. Our ATEX accreditation qualifies us to carry out work on rotating equipment operating in all hazardous and explosive environments and we have experience of operating on COMAH tier 1 sites.
Jabsco Hygienic Rotary Lobe Pumps
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
198
0121 508 6000
199
Jabsco Lobe Pumps: HP & UL Series With a proven 50 year heritage in Lobe Pump manufacture, Jabsco branded lobe pumps are taking the next step in flexibility and value. The Hy~Line+ (HP Series) and Ultra~Line (UL Series) range of lobe pumps replace the Hy~Line, Ultima and 24 Series lobe pump offering the combined strengths and experience on one key platform.
Combined strengths and experience on one key platform Jabsco lobe pumps offer high flow, high pressure capabilities from a positive displacement non contacting rotary lobe pump package. With applications in industry, food, beverage and bio-pharmaceutical processing sectors, Jabsco lobe pumps can be found decanting, transferring, filling, spraying, dosing a wide range of fluids in many varied environments (including ATEX designated zones).
Product Range The Jabsco HP/UL range of rotary lobe pumps offers low maintenance solutions to pumping needs in multiple markets including essential industrial, demanding food and beverage and critical bio-pharma. Up to 1809 litres per minute and up to 15 bar from a single robust and effective design principle covered by 5 frame sizes. Resilient construction materials ensure long pump life even in the toughest of environments. Clever design allows multiple pump variant configuration from one pump size providing the flexibility to meet ever demanding end user lead times and business needs.
Jabsco Lobe Pump Range overview: nn P roduct Description: High flow, high pressure positive displacement non contacting rotary lobe pump. nn Applications: Industrial, food and beverage, bio-pharmaceutical processing; decanting, transfer, filling, spraying.
Features nn Modular ordering of port kits, foot kits and pumping unit
1. Fluid is drawn into the pump and completely fills the space between the rotors. 2. Held between the rotor lobes and the pump case, closed cells of fluid are carried smoothly through the pump.
nn Simple design; front loading zero contact rotors & shaft seals
nn Bi-wing Scimitar and tri-lobe rotors on 3A approved HP series
nn Robust preloaded large diameter shaft taper bearings and Helical gearing
nn All 316L wetted part hygienic construction, comprehensive seal arrangements and EN1935:2004 approved elastomer choice
nn O ptional all stainless steel construction and USP Class VI elastomers available on selected models
www.eriks.co.uk
How do they work?
nn E HEDG approval on UL models
3. The intermeshing rotor lobes positively displace the fluid volume, generating flow and overcoming the discharge pressure.
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
nn Power Source: Shaft coupled electric motor drive (not provided).
nn M aterials of construction: 316L wetted parts with epoxy coated aluminium gear cover; choice of seals including C/SS, SiC/SiC, single or double with flush; 304 stainless steel mounting feet with synthetic elastomer sealing joints available in Nitrile, EPDM, Viton and PTFE.
200
Lowara Pumps
LET’S CONSUME LESS WHILE DOING MORE.
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
Achieve higher levels of efficiency and performance with the newly designed e-range of in-line and end-suction pumps from Lowara. The system experts of Xylem and its Lowara brand have redesigned and enhanced the hydraulic efficiency of the e-range for an MEI better than 0.6 to exceed the ErP 2015 requirements. Through cutting-edge design, the new e-range provides improved overall system performance, with flows up to 2200 m³/h and heads up to 160 meters, while enabling reduced electricity consumption and lower life cycle costs. And when combined with the Hydrovar variable speed drive, you can see systems energy savings of up to 70%. The e-range is available in several standardized sizes with performance and curves specifically optimized for HVAC applications. Find out more at www.uk.buildings.xylem.com
www.lowara.co.uk © 2015 Xylem Inc. Lowara is a trademark of Xylem Inc. or one of its subsidiaries.
xylem GWP advert 210 x 280 mm.indd 1
07/07/2015 16:27:34
0121 508 6000
201
Lowara e-NSC Series High flexibility, heavy duty end suction pumps for building services, public utilities and industry. By combining high efficiency with high flexibility regarding installation, material options and temperature, the new Lowara e-NSC series is the natural choice for water transport, hydronic heating and chiller systems, fire protection systems and a vast number of industrial applications. With efficiency levels well exceeding ErP 2015, the e-NSC series offer long term economical pumping solutions. Range Overview nn Sizes: DN32 to DN300 nn Power: 1.1 kW – 75 kW (2-pole) 0.25 kW – 315 kW (4-pole) nn Heads up to: 160 m nn Flows up to: 1800 m3/h nn Pressure class: PN16 nn Temperature of pumped liquid: - 25°C to +120°C, extended temperature nn Version -25°C to +140°C nn Variable speed option: Hydrovar
High efficiency
Exactly the right configuration
New designed high efficiency hydraulics with MEI values well above the ErP 2015 level and IE3 motors set the basis for very low pperation costs.
With materials options spanning from cast iron to duplex stainless steel, the e-NSC is the right solution for 1000’s of liquids.
Long service life & easy maintenance
Hot or cold
Robust design, different bearing frame sizes and stainless steel replaceable wear rings ensure a long service life. The e-NSC is also designed for easy maintenance and all service points are easy reachable to reduce downtime.
The standard e-NSC can handle liquid temperatures from -40°C up to +140°C and the extended temperature version from -40°C up to +140°C.
In many applications. the need for water is always varying. By equipping the e-NSC with a Hydrovar pump controller, the duty is always exactly where it should be. And it pays off: reducing the speed by 50% reduces the power consumption by 85%.
No leakage The e-NSC offers a wide range of mechanical face seal options regarding types and materials.
Material options
Configuration options
nn Pumphousing: cast iron, ductile iron, stainless steel 1.4401/1.4408, duplex stainless steel 1.4517
nn Configurations: Bare shaft, closed coupled and frame mounted
nn Impeller: cast iron, bronze, stainless steel 1.4401/1.4408, duplex stainless steel 1.4517 nn Elastomers: EPDM, FPM (other marterials on demand) nn Mechanical face seal: Carbon, Ceramic, Silicon Carbide and Widia
www.eriks.co.uk
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
Adapt to needs
202
ARO® Diaphragm Pumps
ARO® Diaphragm Pumps Non-Metallic Models – Range and Performance
bar
EXPERT Series
EXPERT Series
EXPERT Series
EXPERT Series
1/4”
3/8”
1/2”
3/4”
1”
20 l/min
40.1 l/min
54.5 l/min
56 l/min
8.6 bar (125 psi)
6.9 bar (100 psi)
6.9 bar (100 psi)
6.9 bar (100 psi)
1/4” NPT
3/8” NPT
1/2” NPT
3/4” NPT
1/4” BSP
3/8” BSP
1/2” BSP
3/4” BSP
1/4” NPT
3/8” NPT
1/2” NPT
3/4” NPT
1/4” BSP
3/8” BSP
1/2” BSP
Polypropylene
Polypropylene
Polypropylene
PVDF
PVDF
PVDF
Groundable
Groundable acetal
Groundable acetal
1.6 mm
1.6 mm
2.4 mm
With wetted parts in groundable acetal.
With wetted parts in groundable acetal.
Material
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
Specialty
Specialtyacetal
With wetted Specialtyparts in groundable acetal. ATEX
certified
3/4” BSP
Polypropylene
PRO Series
PRO Series
EXPERT Series
1”
11/2”
11/2”
2”
2”
178 l/min
200 l/min
378 l/min
465 l/min
549 l/min
696 l/min
8.3 bar (120 psi)
8.3 bar (120 psi)
8.3 bar (120 psi)
8.3 bar (120 psi)
8.3 bar (120 psi)
8.3 bar (120 psi)
1” NPT
1” NPT
1” BSP
1” BSP
11/2” ANSI / DIN
11/2” ANSI / DIN
2” ANSI / DIN
2” ANSI / DIN
1” ANSI / DIN
1” ANSI / DIN
1” NPT
1” NPT
1” BSP
1” BSP
11/2” ANSI / DIN
11/2” ANSI / DIN
2” ANSI / DIN
2” ANSI / DIN
1” ANSI / DIN
1” ANSI / DIN
Polypropylene
EXPERT Series
Polypropylene PVDF
PRO Series
EXPERT Series
Specialty PolyproPolypropylene
pylene PVDF
PVDF
Conductive polypropylene
PVDF
Conductive polypropylene
2.4 mm
3.2 mm
3.2 mm
6.4 mm
6.4 mm
—
—
With conductive polypro-pylene motor
—
Polypro-
Polypropylene
pylene PVDF
PVDF
Conductive polypropylene
6.4 mm
6.4 mm
Specialty
With conductive Specialty — polypro-pylene motor
With conductive polypro-pylene motor
0121 508 6000 Specialty
Specialty
203
Metallic Models – Range and Performance
EXPERT Series
EXPERT Series
1/2”
3/4”
45.4 l/min
EXPERT Series
PRO Series
EXPERT Series
1”
1”
11/2”
11/2”
2”
2”
3”
3”
51.5 l/min
133 l/min
197 l/min
340 l/min
465 l/min
651 l/min
651 l/min
897 l/min
1041 l/min
6.9 bar (100 psi)
6.9 bar (100 psi)
8.3 bar (120 psi)
8.3 bar (120 psi)
8.3 bar (120 psi)
8.3 bar (120 psi)
8.3 bar (120 psi)
8.3 bar (120 psi)
8.3 bar (120 psi)
8.3 bar (120 psi)
1/2” NPT
3/4” NPT
1” NPT
1” NPT
1 1/2” NPT
1 1/2” NPT
2” NPT
Specialty
PRO Series
1/2” BSP
3/4” BSP
1” BSP
1” BSP
1 1/2” BSP
1/2” NPT
3/4” NPT
1” NPT
1” NPT
1 1/2” NPT
1/2” BSP
3/4” BSP
1” BSP
Specialty Aluminium
Aluminium
1 1/2” BSP Aluminium
Cast iron Aluminium
Stainless steel
Cast iron Stainless steel
11/2” ANSI / DIN
1 1/2” NPT 1 1/2” BSP 11/2” ANSI / DIN
Aluminium
Hastelloy
2” NPT 2” BSP
Aluminium
Cast iron Cast iron
Stainless steel
2” BSP
Stainless steel
EXPERT Series
2” NPT 2” BSP 2” ANSI / DIN 2” NPT 2” BSP 2” ANSI / DIN
Aluminium
Hastelloy
Stainless steel
3” NPT Specialty
3” BSP
3” BSP
3” NPT
3” NPT
3” BSP
3” BSP
Specialty Aluminium
Aluminium Cast iron
Cast iron Stainless steel Hastelloy
Specialty 2.4 mm
EXPERT Series
3” NPT
Cast iron Cast iron
Stainless steel
PRO Series
Stainless steel
Stainless steel Hastelloy
Specialty 2.4 mm
3.2 mm
3.3 mm
6.4 mm
6.4 mm
6.4 mm
6.4 mm
All All models Specialty models
All models
With aluminium or stainless steel motor
All models
With aluminium or stainless steel motor
All models
With aluminium or stainless steel motor
www.eriks.co.uk
9.5 mm
9.5 mm
With All aluminium models or stainless Specialty steel motor
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
Aluminium
1” BSP
1 1/2” BSP
PRO Series
Grundfos Pumps
INDUSTRIAL SOLUTIONS
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
PUMPS & SYSTEMS FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS
For more information scan the QR code or go to www.grundfos.co.uk/industry
MAGNA1/MAGNA3 High Efficiency Glandless Circulators
TP In-line Industrial Circulators
NB(G) & NK(G) EN733 and ISO2858 End Suction Pumps
CM Horizontal Multistage Pumps
CR Vertical In-line Multistage Pumps
SE/SL FEATURING S-TUBE IMPELLER Submersible Waste Water Pumps
SMART DIGITAL Digital Dosing Pumps
HYDRO MPC-E One of a range of packaged booster sets
GRUNDFOS GO REMOTE Smartphone app & wireless transceiver for easy set up, diagnostics & reporting
ACK ST TR A F S DFO ERY GRUN DELIV
R E FASTVEERY TIM E
www.grundfos.co.uk
204
Particularly in replacement situations, Grundfos understands that sometimes fast delivery is essential. This is why it has invested in stock and systems to create its Fast Track express delivery scheme. Now available on selected models of boosters, borehole, and end suction (NB(G) and NK(G)) pumps, with deliveries as fast as next day. Call your sales manager / office for more details.
be think innovate
0121 508 6000
205
Grundfos Pumps Smart Digital Dosing Pumps DDI, DME nn A ccuracy: Industry-leading accuracy confirmed by independent study nn Durability: Diaphragm resistant to virtually all chemicals; pump housing IP65/NEMA4X certified nn Reliability: Industry-leading service intervals nn No vapor lock: De-aeration features enable continuous dosing of gassing chemicals
nn High viscosity dosing: Handles liquids with viscosities up to 3000 mPas nn Watching your system: Advanced monitoring and self-analysis features nn Any application, anywhere: Any supply voltage, flexible mounting options, and a wide selection of accessories and service kits nn Easy to operate: Intuitive user interface and easy set-up
HYDRO MPC-E Turnkey booster system with CR(I)(E) pumps for transfer and pressure boosting of water in buildings. nn nn nn nn nn
Fully flexible control system Low energy consumption 2-6 pumps in cascade Easy installation Plug and pump solution no extra programming or cabling required nn Large user-friendly display nn Energy-optimised control
nn nn nn nn nn nn
Multistage centrifugal pumps
End Suction Pumps
IE5 Motors
NB(G), NK(G)
CR(E), CRI(E) , CRN(E)
nn S tandard dimensions according to EN and ISO standards nn Compact design nn Flexible pump range nn E N 12756 shaft seal nn Various shaft seals options nn Cast iron, bronze or stainless steel impeller options nn Cast iron or stainless steel pump housing options
Featured on the latest hydro booster sets and TPE, CRE, CME & NBE models, the Grundfos MGE motor with IE5 efficiency is one of the world’s most efficient motors.
Reliability High efficiency In-line design Extensive range Service-friendly Space-saving Superior dry-running protection nn Suitable for slightly aggressive liquids nn E range for high efficiency nn nn nn nn nn nn nn
www.eriks.co.uk
Selecting a pump with these motors incorporated can mean 10% energy and up to 25% reduction in payback time.
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
(E version is electronically controlled)
Data communication Perfect constant pressure Application-optimised software Custom built solutions available Reduced noise level Space-saving installation – no need for control cabinets nn WRAS approved product.
206
Non-Metallic Chemical and Self-Priming Pumps
MUNSCH Chemical Pumps
www.munsch.de
MUNSCH Chemical pumps are non-metallic and designed for maximum operating reliability, easy maintenance and lowest lifecycle cost to operate in abrasive and corrosive service conditions. Every pump is designed exactly to customer’s specification, and tested to EN ISO 9906 standards before it leaves the factory. Dedicated assembly engineers take full responsibility for the complete assembly of each of their assigned pumps, which results in shorter delivery times and increased quality. Munsch pumps are available in a variety of materials specifically suited to the liquid being used in the application. On request all pumps are available to be supplied with conformance to EU directive 94/9/EC for use in hazardous areas.
NP/NP-B series Standardised Chemical pumps to EN 22858/ISO2858 nn Capacity up to [1200 m³/h] nn Differential head up to 85 [m] nn Temperature range: –20°C up to 110 °C nn Unique mechanical seal design specialised for the individual requirements
CM/CM-B series Standardised Chemical pumps to EN 22858/ISO2858 nn Capacity up to [180 m³/h] nn Differential head up to 85 [m] FLOW TECHNOLOGY
nn Temperature range: –20°C up to 180 °C
Vertical chemical pumps in Cantilever design (dry-running proof) or with plain bearing nn Capacity up to 700 [m³/h] nn Head up to 90 [m] nn Length up to 3000 [mm] nn With suction pipe or strainer if required nn Temperature range: –20 °C up to 100°C
0121 508 6000
207
Gorman-Rupp Pumps Ultra V Series
Super U Series
The very latest from the Gorman-Rupp range.
Super U Series pumps are among the most efficient self-priming solids-handling pumps available.
nn U ltra V Series pumps combine high head performance with outstanding efficiency nn P riming and solids handling capability nn A vailable as single stage units (V series) or as extreme heads double stage units (VS series)
nn U nique hydraulic design and smooth wall volute casing minimise friction loss and drag nn T he multi-vane, open impeller is designed for high efficiency operation yet can still handle limited solids nn D elivering high efficiencies (up to 75%), and performs efficiently across a broad operating range nn Varying machine loads minimally affects operating efficiency
80 Series速
Super T Series
80 Series速 pumps are designed for non-stop workloads.
Super T Series pumps are our leading Gorman-Rupp range.
nn T he straight-in-suction design of these high-efficiency pumps guarantees quick, positive self-priming
nn Robust construction
nn O perates at higher suction levels than most other self-priming centrifugal pumps
nn A suction check valve presents in-line return flow when the pump is shut off
nn A pplications range from pumping thick abrasive slurries/sludges on flooded suction to solid laden wastewater nn Achieving suction lifts of up to 7.5m nn External shimless adjustment nn Dual protection of bearings nn Easy grip cover plate handle
nn M inimal maintenance due to fewer moving parts nn A vailable with self-lubricated mechanical shaft seals
10 Series速 Gorman-Rupp 10 Series速 pumps are designed for handling: nn Solids nn Corrosive liquids nn Slurries
www.eriks.co.uk
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
nn L iquid enters directly into the impeller eye
nn E xtremely reliable and simplistic operation
208
Submersible Pumps
Submersible Pumps Tsurumi Manufacturing Company of Japan manufacture a wide range of submersible pumps for use in the toughest of applications found in construction site dewatering, quarries and processing. Their growing reputation has been formed by integrating advance designs with high grade materials to produce pumps with excellent durability and versatility. In many cases, Tsurumi pumps are selected and work reliably, with minimal maintenance, in applications where other brands have previously failed to keep up with the duty. Hence, all Tsurumi submersible pumps carry a 3 year guarantee. The Tsurumi drainage pump range includes: nn Single phase drainage pumps: series LB, HS, LSC
nn Three phase high-head pumps: series LH(W), LH
nn Three phase drainage pumps: series KTV(E), KTZ(E), KRS
nn Three phase sand & slurry pumps: series KTV2, KTD, NKZ, KRS2, GPN
nn One phase & three phase chemical pumps: Series SFQ
LB, HS and LSC Series Portable 1 phase submersible drainage pumps. Heavy duty with excellent wear resistance. LSC will pump water levels down to 1mm.
nn nn nn nn nn nn
Pressed steel or aluminium & cast iron outer construction Urethane rubber impeller Double mechanical seal Internal motor protection 10 Metre power cable Available with or without level control
series
outlet sizes motor sizes (mm) (kW)
flow range head range (LPM) (mtrs)
solids (mm)
motor/RPM
LB/HS/LSC
25-80
205 - 420
6-7
2 pole - 2850
0.48 - 1.50
11 - 18
KTZ(E) & KTV(E) Series
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
Portable 3 phase submersible drainage pumps. Heavy duty with excellent wear resistance and performance in seapage conditions.
series
outlet sizes motor sizes (mm) (kW)
KTZ(E)/KTV(E) 50 - 150
0.75 - 11.0
nn nn nn nn nn nn nn
Cast iron or cast aluminium & pressed steel outer construction Ductile iron impeller (KTV 0.75kW urethane rubber) Cast iron or rubber pump chamber Double mechanical seal Internal overloads 20 metre power cable (KTV 0.75kW: 10 metre) Available as manual start or with probe level sensor (KTVE & KTZE)
flow range head range solids (LPM) (mtrs) (mm)
motor/RPM
320 - 2,440
2 pole - 2850
14 - 49
6 - 20
KRS Series 3 phase submersible drainage pumps. Heavy duty, high volume pumps with 4 pole motors for increased wear resistance and performance in seapage conditions.
nn nn nn nn nn nn
Cast iron outer construction Ductile iron impellers Cast-iron pump chamber Double mechanical seal Internal overloads 20 Metre power cable
series outlet sizes (mm)
motor sizes (kW)
flow range (LPM)
head range solids (mtrs) (mm)
motor/RPM
KRS
3 - 22
1,820 - 12,000
8 - 34
4 pole - 1450
100 - 250
12 - 30
0121 508 6000
209
LH(W) & LH Series nn nn nn nn nn
3 phase submersible drainage pumps. Heavy duty, high head pumps incorporating a narrow base area with excellent wear resistance and performance in seapage conditions
Cast iron outer construction Chromium iron impellers Double mechanical seal Internal overloads 20 Metre power cable
series
outlet sizes motor sizes (mm) (kW)
flow range (LPM)
head range (mtrs)
solids (mm)
motor/RPM
LH(W)/LH
50 - 200
600 - 6,500
39 - 216
6 - 20
2 pole - 2850
3 - 110
KTD & KTV2 Series Portable 3 phase submersible slurry pumps with agitators. Heavy duty and compact, with excellent wear resistance and performance when pumping slurry, sand, silt etc.
nn nn nn nn nn nn nn
Grey cast iron or aluminium and pressed steel outer construction Chromium iron impeller and agitator Grey cast iron rubber pump chamber Double mechanical seal Internal overloads 20 metre power cable Available as manual start or automatic
series
outlet sizes (mm)
motor sizes (kW)
flow range head range solids (LPM) (mtrs) (mm)
motor/RPM
KTD/KTV2
50 - 80
2.0 - 3.0
425 - 800
2 pole - 2850
20 - 23
8.5 - 10
KRS2, NKZ & GPN Series 3 phase submersible slurry pumps with agitators. Heavy duty, high volume pumps with 4 pole motors for increased wear resistance and performance when pumping slurry, sand, bentonite etc.
nn nn
series
outlet sizes (mm)
motor sizes flow range head range solids (kW) (LPM) (mtrs) (mm)
motor/RPM
KRS2/NKZ/GPN
80 - 150
2.2 - 22.0
4 pole - 1450
930 - 5,000
12.6 - 34.0
20 - 30
SFQ Submersible pumps constructed in 316 grade (1.4436) cast stainless steel for industrial pumping of salt-water and chemicals
nn nn nn nn nn nn
Cast stainless steel Pressed stainless steel strainer Double mechanical seal Internal overloads 3ph only 20 metre neoprene power cable
series outlet sizes (mm)
motor sizes (kW)
flow range head range solids (LPM) (mtrs) (mm)
motor/RPM
SFQ
1.5 - 3.7
645 - 1,180
2 pole -2850
80
www.eriks.co.uk
21.0 - 24.6
6 - 15
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
nn nn nn nn
Cast iron and steel outer construction Impellers: KRS2: 2.2kW to 3.7KW ductile iron, KRS2: 5.5 kW to 11kW & all NKZ models: chromium Grey cast iron pump chamber and casing Double mechanical seal Internal overloads 20 metre power cable
210
Honda Pumps and Generators
Petrol Driven Pumps The Honda “WX-WB” and Tsurumi “TE” range of centrifugal, self-priming pumps all have Honda OHV 4-stroke petrol engines, for the pumping of clean and dirty water. Performance and specifications are virtually identical between these brands, the difference being the price tags. nn 1” models have a carry handle and a neat, compact design for transfer, sprinkling and general pumping nn 2” through to 4” models have easy carry frames, and are for pumping large volumes of water nn Larger models feature the “oil-alert” engine protection system nn All models have rubber feet or rubber engine mounts and are supplied with hose couplings, hose clips and a strainer nn Other associated models are available with diesel engines, larger solids handling, higher pressure, chemical and sea-water resistant and diaphragm operation. model
inlet (mm)
outlet (mm)
Honda oil alert Engine
max flow (LPM)
max head (mtrs)
solids (mm)
dimensions (mm)
weight (kgs)
TEM25 25 25 GX25 NO 140 40 5 215x340x270 5 TET2-50HA 50 50 GX120 YES 520 32 6 356x470x350 22 TE4-80HA 80 80 GX160 YES 1000 32 6 375x527x420 27 TE2-100HA 100 100 GX240 YES 1800 28 6 650x470x620 44 WX10 25 25 GX25 NO 142 36 5 220x325x300 8 WB20 50 50 GX120 YES 590 32 6 365x455x420 21 WB30 80 80 GX160 YES 1090 28 6 385x510x455 26
Generators The “EU” range of Honda portable generators will provide not only the right power to run lighting, power tools, home and garden appliances, but the clean power to also run sensitive electronic equipment in the great outdoors.
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
nn Advanced ergonomic and lightweight design enables easy lift and carry nn Insulated casing and unique muffler keeps engine noise levels down nn OHV 4-stroke petrol engines are fuel efficient and incorporate automatic decompression to provide easy pull-starting nn Larger models also feature electric start for even easier starting or for mains failure systems nn Eco-throttle automatically adjusts the engine speed to precisely match the load, saving engine life and contributes to quieter operation. nn Features Inverter technology nn Can produce 1,000 W to 7,000 W of portable power model
output Voltages
max output (kW)
Rated output (kW)
DC rated Output (A)
Honda Engine
starting System
fuel capacity (ltrs)
run time @rated (hrs)
dB(A) @Workstation
dimensions (cm)
weight (kg)
EU10i EU10i EU22i EU30i EU30iS EU70iS
230AC & 12DC 110AC & 12DC 230AC & 12DC 230AC & 12DC 230AC & 12DC 230AC
1.0 1.0 2.2 3.0 3.0 7.0
0.9 0.9 1.8 2.6 2.8 5.5
12V/8.0 12V/8.0 12V/8.0 12V/8.3 12V/12 N/A
GXH50 GXH50 GXR120 GX160 GX200 GX390
recoil recoil recoil recoil recoil + elec recoil + elec
2.3 2.3 3.6 5.9 13.0 19.2
3.9 3.9 4 3.9 7.1 6.5
70 70 71 74 74 75
45x24x38 45x24x38 51x29x43 62x38x49 66x48x57 70x72x85
13 13 21 35 61 118
0121 508 6000
211
Diaphragm Pumps Drum and Bin Unloaders
Air-Operated Double Diaphragm Pumps The Graco double diaphragm pumps are manufactured with your productivity in mind – providing you with one of the most reliable and efficient pumps in the market. Each diaphragm pump is thoroughly tested before it leaves our factories.
Advantages of the Graco Double Diaphragm Pumps nn Designed to last - Heavy duty design offers long life, increased productivity and lower overall cost of ownership
Husky™, Industrial Applications Popular models Husky: D11021, DF3525
nn Flow rates and sizes - up to 300 gpm (1135 lpm) / port sizes ranging from ¼” to 3” in NPT, BSP, and flange options nn Easy maintenance – With fewer parts than industry peers, the complete air valve is externally accessible so it can be serviced fast and easy without removing the pump nn M odular air valve – Stall-free, low pulsation air valve provides smooth and rapid changeover for increased efficiency and minimizes down time nn W ide range of materials – Offering a solution for almost every application, from food and beverage to chemical transfer SaniForce™, Food & Beverage Applications Popular models SaniForce: FD1111, FD2111
SaniForce™ Drum and Bin Unloaders Improve plant efficiency, safety, and ergonomics with Graco’s line of container and drum evacuation systems.
Drum & Bin Evacuation System nn Evacuate materials from 300 gallon (1,135 l) containers without adding water
Diaphragm Drum Pump Unloader Piston Drum Pump Unloader Popular models BES: BES3P3, BESB7D
nn Inflatable wiper seals for increased efficiency and faster change-out of bins & drums nn Available with sanitary diaphragm or piston pump options nn Pneumatic or electronic control options
Diaphragm Bin Evacuation Piston Bin Evacuation Popular models Drum: 24D714, 24D928
www.eriks.co.uk
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
This SaniForce Drum Unloader is designed to efficiently evacuate low to high viscous food, beverage, and personal care products.
212
Hydra-cell Pumps
Hydra-Cell Metering and Dosing Pumps For both Safe and ATEX/Explosive Environments Unique, seal-less, API 675, positive displacement pumps with multiple, hydraulically balanced diaphragms in a single pump head, designed to feed a precise, predetermined volume of liquid into a system or process. nn Virtually Pulseless Flow
nn Multiple Local and Remote Control Options
nn Meet or exceed API 675 Performance Standards
nn Compact Size… High Performance
Steady State Accuracy (±1%)
nn Infinite Turndown Ratios
Linearity (±3%)
Repeatability (±3%)
P200
P300
P400
P500
P600
Flow Range (l/hr) Safe Environments(1)
1 to 85
1 to 256
1 to 256
5 to 764
10 to 1340
20 to 2800
Max Pressure (bar) Safe Environments(1)
Metallic 103 PP 17 PVDF 24
Metallic 103 PP 17 PVDF 24
172
Metallic 103 PP 17 PVDF 24
172
Metallic 70 PP 17 PVDF 24
Flow Range (l/hr) ATEX/ Explosive Environments
Not Available
1 to 90
1 to 90
5 to 294
Not Available
Not Available
Max Pressure (bar) ATEX/Explosive Environments
Not Available
Metallic 100 PP 1 PVDF 24
172
Metallic 100 PP 17 PVDF 24
Not Available
Not Available
Liquid Head Materials
Brass 316L SS Hastelloy Polypropylene PVDF
Brass 316L SS Hastelloy Polypropylene PVDF
Brass 304 SS 316L SS Hastelloy
Brass Cast Iron 316L SS Hastelloy Duplex 2205 S-Duplex 2207 Polypropylene PVDF
Brass 316L SS Duplex 2205
Brass Cast Iron 316L SS Hastelloy Duplex 2205 S-Duplex 2207
G13
G03
G04
G10
G25
G35
Flow Range (l/hr) Safe Environments(1)
1.8 to 678
1.8 to 678
1.8 to 678
6 to 1818
24 to 4530
42 to 8400
Max Pressure (bar) Safe Environments(1)
Metallic 103 PP 17 PVDF 24
Metallic 103 PP 17 PVDF 24
172
Metallic 103 PP 17 PVDF 24
Metallic 70 PP 17 PVDF 24
103
Flow Range (l/hr) ATEX/ Explosive Environments
19 to 462
38 to 462
19 to 452
60 to 1470
216 to 2600
396 to 6360
Max Pressure (bar) ATEX/Explosive Environments
Metallic 60 PP 17 PVDF 24
Metallic 103 PP 17 PVDF 24
172
Metallic 103 PP 17 PVDF 24
Metallic 60 PP 17 PVDF 24
30
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
P100
(1) Also applicable for pumps used in ATEX/Explosive Environments where the Variable Frequency Drive is sited in a safe area
0121 508 6000
213
Hydra-Cell Industrial & Process Pumps Unique seal-less, positive displacement pumps with multiple, hydraulically balanced diaphragms in a single pump head, for liquid transfer, spraying, filling, blending, cleaning, sampling, injecting, coating, cleaning and mixing. nn Accurate and Controllable, Virtually Pulseless Flow
nn 100% Sealed & Safe
nn Long Service Life with Low Lifecycle Cost
nn Pumps Aggressive & Corrosive Liquids and Abrasives
nn Can Run-dry... Indefinitely
nn Compact Size, High Performance
Handles low to high viscosity liquids
Propane/ Freon Ammonia Polymers Butane
Fuels/ D.I. Water Glycols Chlorine Acids/ Glues/ Additives Caustics Adhesives
Inks/ Paints
Resins Slurries
G20
G03
G04
G10(3) & G12(1)
G15(3)& G17(2)
G25(3)
G35(3)
Flow Rate (l/min)
up to 3.79
up to 11.3
up to 11.3
up to 30.3
up to 50
up to 75.7
up to 140
Max Pressure (bar)
Metallic 103 PP 17 PVDF 24
Metallic 103 PP 17 PVDF 24
172
Metallic 103 PP 17 PVDF 24
172
Metallic 70 PP 17 PVDF 24
103
Liquid Head Materials
Brass 316L SS Hastelloy Polypropylene PVDF
Brass 316L SS Hastelloy Polypropylene PVDF
Brass 304 SS 316L SS Hastelloy
Brass Cast Iron 316L SS Hastelloy Duplex 2205 S-Duplex 2207 Polypropylene PVDF
Brass 316L SS Duplex 2205
Brass Cast Iron 316L SS Hastelloy Duplex 2205 S-Duplex 2207
Cast Iron(Nickel Plated) 316L SS Hastelloy Duplex 2205 S-Duplex 2207
(1) For vertical mounting. Available in Brass, Cast iron (Nickel plated) & 316L SS
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
(2) For vertical mounting. Available in Brass, Duplex 2205 & 316L SS (3) API 674 options available
T100 (Low Pressure)(3)
T100 (Medium Pressure)(3)
T100 (High Pressure)(3)
Flow Rate (l/min)
up to 366
up to 170
up to 96
Max Pressure (bar)
144
241
345
Liquid Head Materials
Nickel Aluminum Bronze (NAB) 316L SS
Nickel Aluminum Bronze (NAB) 316L SS
Nickel Aluminum Bronze (NAB)
www.eriks.co.uk
Pumps
Hygienic Series
SH
The sanitary pump range .CO.U K I KS
nn T80 - 78 l/min, 1”
R .E OP Low energy diaphragm pumps available on all Tapflo Models.
TECHNICAL DATA
SH
nn T425 - 570 l/min, 2 ½”
ERIKS WEBSHOP
IK S
nn T125 - 155 l/min, 1 ½” nn T225 - 330 l/min, 2”
Thousands of products available to order on
SHOP.E R
nn T30 - 28 l/min, 1”
.E R I KS.CO. OP UK
UK O. .C
214
PUMP SIZE T30
T80
T125
T225
T425
Max capacity [l/min]
30
80
125
225
425
Volume per stroke* [ml]
70
140
300
700
2600
5
5
10
15
21
35
Max discharge pressure [bar]
8
Max air pressure [bar]
8
Max suction lift dry** [m]
1.5
3
Max suction lift wet [m]
4 8
Max size of solids ø in [mm]
3
4
Max temp. With EPDM/NBR [°C]
6 80
Max temp. With PTFE [°C]
110
Weight [kg]
4
8
11
Achieve up to 70% energy savings
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
nn Reduce carbon footprint nn Lower operational costs reduced air consumption nn Ultra low start pressure 0.1 bar (1.5 PSI) nn Full control and feedback nn E asy to maintain lowest number of parts of any AODD pump nn Low noise nn Low pulsation nn Retrofit to pumps already in the field
0121 508 6000
215
Tapflo Hose Pumps Specifications PT hose pumps Pump range & Flow rate (l/h) Type/ rpm
20
40
60
80
100
Max Pressure Bars
PT10
30
60
90
120
-
8
PT15
100
200
300
400
500
8
PT20
170
340
500
670
880
8
PT25
400
800
1200
1600
2000
15
PT32
750
1500
2250
3000
3750
15
PT40
1170
2340
3510
4680
-
15
PTX40
1600
3200
4800
6400
-
15
PT50
3500
7000
10500
-
-
15
PT65
4900
9800
14700
-
-
15
PTX65
8000
16000
24000
-
-
15
PTX80
11000
22000
-
-
-
15
Darker cells indicate intensive use. Lighter cells indicate intermittent use.
Specifications PTL hose pumps Pump range & Flow rate (l/h) 20
40
60
80
Max Pressure Bars
PTL09
20
40
60
80
4
PTL13
49
99
149
198
4
PTL17
130
260
390
520
4
PTL25
390
780
1160
1550
4
PTL30
830
1650
2490
3320
4
PTL45
2300
4620
6920
9240
4
Darker cells indicate intensive use. Lighter cells indicate intermittent use.
www.eriks.co.uk
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
Type/ rpm
216
Pumps
Petrol Driven Pumps Self-priming petrol engine driven water pumps, ideal for mobile pumping applications and those unplanned emergencies! nn Powered by top of the range Honda engines to provide years of trouble free service nn Units come complete with full carry frame with rubber feet, hose couplings and suction filter
SEH - 50x – 2" Water Pump
SEH - 80x – 3" Water Pump
Water Pump 2" (50mm) 4hp Honda GX120
Water Pump 3" (75mm) 5hp Honda GX160
nn Power unit Honda GX120 4hp
nn Power unit Honda GX160 5.5hp
nn Weight 24kg
nn Weight 32kg
nn Pump type centrifugal, self-priming
nn Pump type centrifugal, self-priming
nn Maximum output 620 litre/min
nn Maximum output 900 litre/min
nn Maximum head 30m
nn Maximum head 26m
Part No
Description
Part No
Description
WR/050-022 WR/030-390 WR/030-306
SHE-50X 2” Petrol Driven Pump 2” Suction hose 6 metre 2” Layflat delivery hose 1 metre (priced per metre)
WR/050-032 WR/030-439 WR/030-308
SHE-80X 3” Petrol Driven Pump 3” Suction hose 6 metre 3” Layflat delivery hose 1 metre (priced per metre)
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
1" Petrol Driven Pump A very lightweight unit for easy portability. Because of the high pressure and flow rate, it is a very suitable pump for sprinkling and irrigation.
Other pumps available from ERIKS
Ideal for: nn Irrigation applications nn Pumping of well water
nn C entrifugal pumps suitable for general water and waste water
nn F eeding or training water from a pond or trough
nn Hygienic pumps – suitable for food and pharmaceutical
nn Agricultural uses
nn Air operated diaphragm pumps suitable for chemicals, slurries, etc. nn Magnetic drive pumps suitable for chemicals
Part No
Description
WR/050-003
SHE-25L 1” Petrol Driven Pump
nn S uds coolant pumps suitable for machine coolants
0121 508 6000
217
Coolant Pumps IMM Series Coolant Pumps IMM71 and IMM80 are available in longer stem lengths – please call for details
The IMM range of coolant pumps offers a comprehensive and economical range which is suitable for most machine tool coolants. nn 1-phase or 3-phase options nn Suitable for most machine tool coolants nn Fast delivery Basic Dimensions Type
Flange Diameter
Outlet Port
Stem Lengths
IMM50 IMM63 IMM71 IMM80
130mm 180mm 230mm 250mm
3/8" BSP 3/4" 1" 1.1/4"
080,120,150,180 BSP 150,200,250,300 BSP 200,250,325 BSP 200,250,300,350
Part No*
Supply
Absorbed kW
Amps
Max Head/Flow
SAC/P/IMM50A-XXX-1-240 SAC/P/IMM63A-XXX-1-240 SAC/P/IMM63B-XXX-1-240 SAC/P/IMM71A-XXX-1-240 SAC/P/IMM71B-XXX-1-240 SAC/P/IMM50A-XXX-3-380 SAC/P/IMM63A-XXX-3-380 SAC/P/IMM63B-XXX-3-380 SAC/P/IMM71A-XXX-3-380 SAC/P/IMM71B-XXX-3-380 SAC/P/IMM80A-XXX-3-380 SAC/P/IMM80B-XXX-3-380
230V 1-phase 230V 1-phase 230V 1-phase 230V 1-phase 230V 1-phase 230/400V 3-phase 230/400V 3-phase 230/400V 3-phase 230/400V 3-phase 230/400V 3-phase 230/400V 3 phase 230/400V 3-phase
0.11 0.30 0.40 0.53 0.78 0.11 0.30 0.40 0.53 0.78 1.15 1.47
0.60 2.00 2.90 4.30 7.50 0.30 0.58 0.90 1.40 1.90 1.90 2.80
3m / 10 l/min 6m / 5 l/min 7m / 10 l/min 11m / 28 l/min 13m / 55 l/min 3m / 10 l/min 6m / 5 l/min 7m / 10 l/min 11m / 28 l/min 13m / 55 l/min 16m / 90 l/min 18m / 60 l/min
* The XXX in the part number should be replaced with the required stem length code – (see above table for options).
SPV Coolant Pumps The SPV range is suitable for most machine tool coolants and offers cost-effective solution to all coolant pump requirements within 1-phase or 3-phase areas. FLOW TECHNOLOGY
nn 6 standard stem lengths nn 1-phase or 3-phase options nn Suitable for most machine tool coolants Basic Dimensions Flange Diameter
Outlet Port
Pump Body
130mm
3/4" BSP
98mm
Part No*
Supply
Absorbed kW
Amps
Max Head/Flow
SAC/P/SPV12-XXX-1-240 SAC/P/SPV18-XXX-1-240 SAC/P/SPV25-XXX-1-240 SAC/P/SPV33-XXX-1-240 SAC/P/SPV12-XXX-3-380 SAC/P/SPV18-XXX-3-380 SAC/P/SPV25-XXX-3-380 SAC/P/SPV33-XXX-3-380
230V 1-phase 230V 1-phase 230V 1-phase 230V 1-phase 230/400V 3-phase 230/400V 3-phase 230/400V 3-phase 230/400V 3-phase
0.15 0.16 0.30 0.40 0.15 0.16 0.30 0.40
0.65 0.70 2.00 2.90 0.32 0.55 0.58 0.90
4m / 7 l/min 5m / 5 l/min 6m / 5 l/min 7m / 5 l/min 4m / 7 l/min 5m / 5 l/min 6m / 5 l/min 7m / 5 l/min
* The XXX in the part number should be replaced with the required stem length code: (090=90mm, 120=120mm, 170=170mm, 220=220mm, 270=270mm and 350=350mm).
www.eriks.co.uk
218
Pumps
SEEPEX Wobble Pump The SEEPEX Wobble Pump is a progressive cavity pump. Pumps of this design can be used in almost all industries. They are able to handle liquids of all viscosities and even products with high solids contents. Due to the simple construction wobble pumps are cost effective and easy to maintain. Advantages and Characteristics: nn Accurate linear variable flow rate: up to 10m³/h nn Pulsation free flow nn Pressure: up to 4 bar, 60 psi nn S ervice-friendly and economical due to simple pump construction nn R apid exchange of conveying elements due to rotating unit with only one joint nn S pace-saving due to short, compact design with directly flanged drive (block design)
Lowara DOC 3 Pump ITT Lowara DOC 3 pumps are versatile, corrosion-resistant and compact. Ideal for the drainage of sumps, cellars, and basements, these pumps have stainless steel housings and are fitted with 10 metres of cable. Applications: nn Emptying of residential sump pits, rainwater tanks or laundry drainage nn Garden and lawn irrigation, with suction from rainwater tanks nn Emergency draining of flooded basements and garages nn Transfer of water from tanks, cisterns and swimming pools nn Water display fountains
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
Pump up the savings Where would you imagine the major costs – and therefore potential savings – associated with a pump would arise? The purchase price? The cost of maintenance? Or the running costs? In fact, the purchase price of a pump represents less than 5% of the whole life cost, and even maintenance costs amount to only 8% on average. Which leaves the remaining 87% of the cost taken up by energy consumption. And in some applications, energy costs can actually rise to as much as 95% of the whole life cost – which means there are huge savings to be made through more efficient pump operation and more effective maintenance. But to realise these potential savings, you first need to know what makes pumping so expensive, then how to select the right pump for the job, and finally how best to maintain the pump so it provides optimum performance and maximum energy efficiency. Visit eriks.co.uk/knowhow for more information on pump savings and developing a sustainable pumping action plan.
0121 508 6000
219
SEEPEX Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCP) For low and high viscosity products with and without solid particles – we make All Things Flow SEEPEX develops and produces progressive cavity pumps (PCP), macerators and control systems. We offer products for all market sectors including water and waste water, food and beverage, biogas, pharmaceutical, oil and gas and many more. Our product groups have high performance ranges within them. Modular design provides customers with tailor-made pumps for every application. For complex handling we supply competent consulting, planning and project management.
Product Groups nn N Range: standard configuration, for flowable products 30L/hr - 500m3/hr nn T Range: open hopper with feed auger, for high viscosity products 50L/hr – 500m3/hr
nn C S range: Hygienic and easy to clean, for food and pharmaceutical 30L/hr – 130m3/hr nn E range: semi-submersible, for very high suction lifts 30L/hr – 300m3/hr
nn D Range: metering pumps accurate to +/- 1%, for accurate dosing 200ml/ hr – 1000L/hr
nn W range: single UJ, effective and inexpensive up to 10m3/hr
Pumps for all applications
Accurate metering and dosing
Low and high viscosity products, containing soft solids can all be pumped by SEEPEX PCP. The basic pump action is low shear, making it ideal for most shear sensitive food products e.g yeast, yogurt, jams and pie-fillings etc. Open hopper pumps transfer high viscosity products, even whole chickens or mango stones are pumped by our specialized solutions. Hygienic ranges which are CIPable are 3A sanitary standard and comply with FDA and EHEDG regulations. Abrasive and corrosive products can also be handled using SEEPEX pumps.
Smart Conveying Technology, a patented development from SEEPEX, enables internal inspection and rotor and stator replacement when needed without pipework removal, reducing maintenance time by up to 85%. Adjusting the stator segments restores original pump performance, extending stator life by up to 300%. Level control, dry running protection and over pressure protection are available from SEEPEX for all pumps to optimise performance and reduce operating costs.
www.eriks.co.uk
Accurate low pulsation linear flow is a characteristic of our pumps, meaning that flow rates are controlled by one variable – pump speed. Simple installation and calibration without the need for check ball valves or calibration pots. Smart Dosing Pumps have intelligent drives for added control functionality
Pump configuration Choosing the right materials of construction is essential for specific applications. We have a wide range of options for casing and hoppers, rotor and stator materials, sealing options and drive choice. Whatever you want to do we can configure the correct pump for you.
Versatile in Operation SEEPEX pumps have an excellent suction lift – up to 9m as standard and more if needed using semi-submersible pumps. They can be installed horizontally or vertically and run both ‘forwards and backwards’ enabling filling and emptying vessels using a single pump. They can generate pressures up to 144 bar if needed and operate at temperatures from -20 °C to 150° C.
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
Low operating costs
nn M range: macerators, for particle size reduction and pump protection 2m3/ hr – 150m3/hr
220
PUMP SERVICES
ENGINEERING & SITE SERVICES
Repair, overhaul or rewind
Repair work carried out on customer’s site or an ERIKS Engineering workshop
Maintain and Monitor
Preventative maintenance and condition monitoring carried out using the latest technologies
Replace
FLOW TECHNOLOGY
If the two remedial actions above have not suitable then a more energy and waste efficient replacement product can be recommended.
FUNCTIONS:
WHY ERIKS:
n Pump repairs and new pump supply
n Technical and trading partnerships with most
n Spare part and kitting capability n Full in-house fabrication and machining facilities n Reverse and surface engineering n Pump coating approved contractors n Stock rationalisation and obsolescence projects n Pump energy audits and testing
major pump suppliers
n Reliability improvements and up-rating n Obsolescence risk management n Energy efficiency audits n Certified Pump System Auditors n Active members of the Pump Centre and BPMA
CALL: 0845 006 6000
to contact your local workshop
0121 508 6000
221
TOOLS, SAFETY AND MAINTENANCE ERIKS Tools, Safety and Maintenance Product business unit are able to provide brand leaders in all of its 3 main product areas – Safety, Tooling and Consumables. Choosing the right tools safety and maintenance equipment is not just about getting the job done more efficiently; it is also about protecting employees from the risk of injury and protecting their employers from potential compensation claims.
Quick reference Quick Product Reference
228-229
226-227
238-239
232-236
242-245
Wiping Products
224
Workplace Skin Care
226
Storage 228 Adhesives 230
246-247
240-241
248-249
256
230-231
Safety Gloves
232-235
Ear Protection
236
Safety Footwear
237
Label Printers and Lockout Equipment
238
Tools and Accessories Metal Cutting Tools
250
254-255
252-253 224-225, 237-265, 237
261
240 242-244
Torque Wrenches
246
Steam Cleaners
248
Band Saw Blades
250
Calibration Sensors, Optional Bench & Cabinets 252
Cutting Discs and Holesaw Set
253
Stones, Polishing Tools & Cut-Off Wheels
254
Live Centres, Chucks & Vices
256
Lubricants 258-272 Maintenance Sprays
268-270
282
www.eriks.co.uk
272
279
262-263
276-278
271
280-281
274-275
283
264
Position Sensors Torches & Headlamps
274 276-278
Mounting Sockets and Quick-Connect
279
Torches & Lighting
280
Handheld, Desktop Printers & Cable Ties
282
Calibration Tools
283
222 222
TOOLS, SAFETY AND MAINTENANCE ERIKS can provide all the essentials required for a safe and productive environment within an engineering workshop. Our range of products have been carefully selected by experienced Tools, Safety and Maintenance specialists, to ensure you receive the best quality service and value in the marketplace, whilst ensuring your safety.
TOOLS TECHNOLOGY Selecting products based purely on price can be unproductive in terms of efficiency, comfort and perhaps most importantly the safety of the user. We understand the stresses and strains you face daily, and can help you select the correct tool for the correct job.
0121 508 6000
223
TOOLS SAFETY AND MAINTENANCE
WORKSHOP
TOOLS
MRO CONSUMABLES
SAFETY The working environment and conditions determine the most appropriate protection in order to guarantee the safety of people in the workplace.
ERIKS provide a comprehensive range of tools, from a wide selection of leading brands.
ERIKS can provide you with a single source for all your consumable requirements, whether you are looking for lubrication, adhesives, sealants or fasteners we have the products to meet your requirements.
Working alongside our partner suppliers you can rest assured that our range of products conform to all the current legislation and adopt best practice to provide a safe working environment. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
All products and brand partners are selected with careful consideration in terms of reliability, availability, performance and the ergonomic effect to the user. Providing you with the equipment that will enable you to complete tasks in a timely and safe manner.
All products conform to current safety legislation and are fully traceable attaining COSHH standards. Lubrication
Spill Control
Hand Tools
Cutting Fluids and Compounds
Hand Hygiene
Cutting Tools
Degreasers
Janitorial
Power Tools
Adhesives and Sealants
Lock Out - Tag Out Systems
Measuring Equipment
Fasteners
Abrasives
Technical Wipes
EQUIPMENT Through ERIKS you can also source all your functional, durable storage solutions with a wide range of workplace equipment. Workbenches Tool cupboards Storage bins Perforated and Louvred panels
www.eriks.co.uk
224
Cloths and Wet Wipes
RX Wiping Products New to the RX portfolio are a range of industrial wiping products, they have been carefully selected to provide you with a cost effective solution helping you get the task in hand completed quicker and efficiently, whilst ensuring hygiene levels are kept high. Our products are manufactured to a high quality specification, giving you the confidence that the RX range of Wiping Products will protect your employees and customers reducing the risk of cross contamination and enhance your hygiene controls.
2 Ply Centrefeed Wiper Rolls
2 Ply Hygiene Rolls
Highly absorbent solution for dealing with everyday non-hazardous substances
RX 2 Ply hygiene rolls provide a solution to a multitude of wiping tasks. 100 sheets/roll
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Pack Size: 6 rolls
Part No
Description
RX-PW-CF2138B RX-PW-CF2138W
RX Centrefeed 2 Ply Wiper Rolls Blue RX Centrefeed 2 Ply Wiper Rolls White
Pack Sizes: 250mm18 rolls/pack 500mm 9rolls/pack
Part No
Description
RX-PW-HR225B RX-PW-HR225W RX-PW-HR250B RX-PW-HR250W
RX 2 Ply Hygiene Rolls, Blue, 250mm RX 2 Ply Hygiene Rolls, White, 250mm RX 2 Ply Hygiene Rolls, Blue, 500mm RX 2 Ply Hygiene Rolls, White, 500mm
2 Ply Large Rolls
3 Ply Large Rolls
The 2 Ply large rolls are the perfect, highly absorbent solution for dealing with a wide variety of applications.
The additional thickness ensures even faster absorbance for non-hazrdous spill situations. Pack Size: 1 roll
Pack Size: 2 rolls
Part No
Description
RX-PW-LR2380B RX-PW-LR2380W
RX 2 Ply Large Rolls Blue RX 2 Ply Large Rolls White
Part No
Description
RX-PW-LR3260B
RX 3 Ply Wiper Large Roll, Blue
0121 508 6000
225 Quarterfold Wipes
Lite Wipe Roll
Reusable product designed for the toughest wiping tasks.
Light-weight, disposable cleaning cloth, ideal
Pack Sizes: Heavy, 6 packs/25
for general cleaning tasks. Pack Sizes: 500 sheets/roll
Lite, 20 packs/50
Lite Wipes Part No RX-NW-LWQB RX-NW-LWQG RX-NW-LWQR RX-NW-LWQY
Description Quarterfold Lite Wipes, Blue Quarterfold Lite Wipes, Green Quarterfold Lite Wipes, Red Quarterfold Lite Wipes, Yellow
Part No RX-NW-LWRB
Description RX Lite Wipe Roll, Blue
Heavy Wipes Part No RX-NW-HWQB RX-NW-HWQG RX-NW-HWQR RX-NW-HWQY
Description Quarterfold Heavy Wipes, Blue Quarterfold Heavy Wipes, Green Quarterfold Heavy Wipes, Red Quarterfold Heavy Wipes, Yellow
Tech Wipes
Sani Surface Sanitising Wipes
Highly absorbent solution for dealing with everyday non-hazardous substances
Medium-weight wipe eliminating cross-contamination concerns with a single stroke. Suitable for use in a wide range of applications.
Pack Sizes: Various
Pack Sizes: 150 wipes/tub 1500 wipes/tub
Part No
Description
RX-NW-TWQB RX Quarterfold Tech Wipes, Blue RX-NW-TWQDW RX Quarterfold Tech Wipes in Dispenser Box, White RX-NW-TWRB RX Tech Wipes Roll, Blue RX-NW-TWRW RX Tech Wipes Roll, White
Heavy Duty Max Wipes Heavy duty hand wipe with a textured finish on one side and impregnated with orange scrub for fast cleaning and degreasing.
Description
RX-WW-SS150 RX-WW-SS1500
Sani surface sanitising wipes, 150 wipes tubs Sani surface sanitising wipes, 1500 wipes tubs
Multi-Purpose Hand and Wet Surface Wipes The ultimate portable wet hand wipe for general applications. Pack Sizes: 150 wipes/tub
Part No
Description
Part No
Description
RX-WW-MX80
RX Heavy Duty Max Wipes
RX-WW-MP150
RX Multi-Purpose Hand and Wet Surface Wipes
www.eriks.co.uk
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Pack Sizes: 1 tub
Part No
226
Workplace Skin Care
3-Step Industrial Skin Care Programme STEP 1: Protect Stokoderm® Protect PURE Universal pre-work cream to help protect skin against water and non-water based workplace contaminants, e.g. oils and solvents
Food industry compatible Perfume-free and dye-free Suitable for use with gloves
Part no
Description
DEB - W22A-50090 Stokoderm Protect PURE Tube DEB - W22A - 14566 Stokoderm Protect PURE Cartridge DEB - PRO1LDSEN Deb Protect Dispenser
Size Pack Qty 100ml 1L 1L
12 6 Each
STEP 2: Cleanse Light /Medium Estesol® FX™ POWER FOAM Unique light/medium foam hand cleaner with powerful cleaning action Formulated to efficiently remove dirt, oil, grease and grime Clinically proven to care for the skin Skin hypoallergenic Part no Description DEB - EFM1L Estesol FX Only one dose required for effective clean
Available in Estesol® FX™
PURE, perfume-free and dye-free for food manufacturing
DEB - EFM2LT DEB - EPU1L DEB - EPU2LT DEB - EFM1LDSEN DEB - EFM2LDPEN
Estesol FX Estesol FX PURE Estesol FX PURE Estesol FX Dispenser Estesol FX Dispenser
Size Pack Qty 1L 2L 1L 2L 1L 2L
6 4 6 4 Each Each
STEP 2: Cleanse Heavy Solopol® GFX™ POWER FOAM Unique and powerful solvent-free foam hand cleaner with natural scrubbers
for removing medium to heavy soilings, including oils, greases, carbon black and lubricants Gentle on the skin and containing moisturisers, it leaves hands feeling smooth and cared for Rapid, deep cleaning action with easy rinse Efficient, economical foam formula with only one dose required Provides 43% more hand washes than traditional hand Part no Description Size Pack Qty cleaners DEB - GPF3LEURO Solopol GFX 3.25L 4 DEB - GF3LDXEN Solopol GFX Dispenser 3.25L Each EU Ecolabel certified and environmentally responsible Lightly fragranced
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
STEP 3: Restore Stokolan® Light PURE Universal after-work cream for moisturising and conditioning the skin Perfume-free and dye-free mild formulation reduces risk of skin irritation Contains glycerine, allantoin and shea butter to moisturise and condition the skin
Non-tainting to food, suitable for use under latex and nitrile gloves
Part no
Description
DEB - RES100ML Stokolan Light Pure DEB - W22A - 14569 Stokolan Light Pure DEB - RES1LDSEN Deb Restore Dispenser
Size Pack Qty 100ml 1L 1L
12 6 Each
0121 508 6000
227
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
www.eriks.co.uk
228
Workplace Storage
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Why buy Bott
Understand
Develop
The Bott and ERIKS sales team will work together with you to understand your requirements.
Using their knowledge and experience they will propose a tailored solution and can provide full 3D simulations giving a clear impression of the proposed workspace.
Manufacture
Deliver
Bott products are manufactured here in the UK using the latest sophisticated manufacturing processes, a dedicated workforce and high quality materials. Bott are fully ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 certified.
Bott have their own delivery vehicle fleet to get the products to your site on time and in good condition.
Install If required the Bott installation team will unwrap, assemble and position the equipment.
Built to last Aftercare Bott and ERIKS believe in long-term business relationships, so you can be assured of an excellent aftersales service.
All products undergo a rigorous testing and validation programme, ensuring they are truly fit for purpose. All Bott manufactured workplace storage equipment is proudly covered by a 10 year guarantee so you can be totally confident in the quality and durability of our range.
0121 508 6000
229
Cubio and Verso Bott manufacture a diverse range of storage solutions including workbenches, drawer cabinets, tool cupboards and small parts storage. Within 2 distinct modular systems, Bott offer a wide range of sizes, colours, configurations and options. .
Cubio
Verso
Cubio is our professional range, having the widest choice of options and offering a heavy duty, high capacity solution..
Verso is our medium duty system, a simpler range with quality, functional products at lower price points...
Both systems can be configured to suit any working environment creating a tailored solution for your operation.
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
www.eriks.co.uk
230
Henkel Loctite Adhesives
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
LOCTITE Universal Structural Bonders So strong, versatile and durable, the bonding possibilities are limitless.
Whatever your industry, LOCTITE has an adhesive solution.
0121 508 6000
231
Continued innovation from LOCTITE
Introducing limitless for limitless design a
Established product range and New Hybrid Technology - Threadlocking - Thread Sealing - Gasketing - Retaining - Structural Bonding - Instant adhesives
Universal Structur
LOCTITE 243
LOCTITE 577
LOCTITE 401
Threadlocker Medium Strength
Thread Sealant Pipe
Instant Adhesive General Purpose
Resists vibration loosening Locks and seals Temperature resistance up to 180°C Improved cure even on mildly oil contaminated parts
For general purpose threadlocking
Withstand pressures in excess of 500 bar
Instant seal on taper/parallel joints, also locks parts in place
Improved cure even on mildly oil contaminated parts
Approvals for Hot & Cold Water, Potable Water, Gas and LPG
For sealing metal coarse threads in any position
LIMITLES
BONDIN
LIMITLESS
Temperature resistance up to
REPAIR
120°C Handling strength in seconds Can be used with LOCTITE SF 770 Polyolefin Primer P1 NSF Reg. No.: 123011
For bonding close-fitting plastic and rubber components
LOCTITE 518
LOCTITE 638
LOCTITE 3090
Gasket Flange Sealant
Retaining Compound High Strength
Instant Adhesive 2-Component
Used where permanent fixing is
Fast curing Gel consistency Whatever your industry, Loctite has Precise and clean
One product for any shape or size gasket
Seals scored or damaged rigid flanges
No gasket relaxation Temperature resistance up to 150°C
required Prevents fretting Gap fill up to 0.25mm Temperature resistance up to 180°C
Contact us on 01442 application with syringe Temperature resistance up to 80°C
278100
For sealing rigid flanges with gaps up to 0.25mm
For bonding gears and impellors onto shafts
For the assembly of parts with bond gaps up to 5mm
New Hybrid Technology
LOCTITE HY 4060 GY
LOCTITE HY 4080 GY
Durable, 5-Minute Structural Repair Adhesive
Fast and Versatile Structural Bonder
For applications that require speed and structural integrity
Excellent structural
Good elasticity Excellent resistance to shock
www.eriks.co.uk
loading
Available in big pack size
LOCTITE HY 4070
LOCTITE HY 4090
Ultra-Fast, Universal Repair Adhesive
Tough and Versatile Structural Bonder
Fixture time <1min Gap fill up to 5mm Ready to use pack
Maximum temperature resistance up to 150°C
Low blooming Available in big pack size
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
In Maintenance/Repair or Assembly, the new Hybrid Adhesives can bond most substrates including metals,most plastics and rubbers and have good moisture, temperature and chemical resistance.
and environmental durability Mix by hand No dispensing equipment
232
Thormas Safety Gloves
Thormas Safety Gloves Glove Second Skin black/black Second Skin fit gloves are light but strong with an exceptionally tactile feel and snug fit. They have a close-fitting knitted wrist with a white polyurethane coated palm on a seamless knitted white nylon liner. Hard-wearing and excellent dexterity for applications where fine handling is important. Perfect for inspection jobs where the use of white gloves is desirable. Conform to EN 388 4.1.3.1 Part No
Glove Size
THMS2420036 6 THMS2420037 7 THMS2420038 8 THMS2420039 9 THMS2420040 10 THMS2420047 11
Glove Second Skin white/white Second Skin fit gloves are light but strong with an exceptionally tactile feel and snug fit. They have a close-fitting knitted wrist with a white polyurethane coated palm on a seamless knitted white nylon liner. Hard-wearing and excellent dexterity for applications where fine handling is important. Perfect for inspection jobs where the use of white gloves is desirable. Part No
Glove Size
THMS2420031 6 THMS2420032 7 THMS2420033 8 THMS2420034 9 THMS2420035 10 THMS2420046 11
Glove Secure Grip white/grey High quality grey nitrile foam palm coating on a seamless 13g white nylon liner for extra comfort. Open back style allows excellent breathability.
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Tight fitting to for maximum dexterity for the most tactile of applications. Elasticated knitted wrist for a snug fit. Part No
Glove Size
THMS2420011 6 THMS2420012 7 THMS2420013 8 THMS2420014 9 THMS2420015 10 THMS2420042 11
0121 508 6000
233
Glove Ultimate Flex grey/black Designed and developed as a breathable glove, the Ultimate Flex has a 15g nylon/spandex grey liner with a black nitrile foam palm coating. Ideal glove for precision handling in dry environments. Suitable for a wide variety of applications such as packaging, logistics and warehousing, using tools and instruments, wiring operations, automotive and construction. Part No
Glove Size
THMS2420021 6 THMS2420022 7 THMS2420023 8 THMS2420024 9 THMS2420025 10 THMS2420044 11
Glove Ultimate Flex Pro grey/black The Ultimate Flex Pro glove offers cutting edge technology nitrile micro-foam with a black palm coating on a 15g grey nylon/spandex liner. Extremely comfortable for prolonged wear. Excellent dexterity, sensitivity, tactility and fit. Superior grip and abrasion resistance. Good for both wet and dry applications such as handling oily components. Part No
Glove Size
THMS2420026 6 THMS2420027 7 THMS2420028 8 THMS2420029 9 THMS2420030 10 THMS2420045 11
Glove Cut Resistant3 HPPE grey/grey The HPPE 13g cut resistant grey liner is super-lightweight and flexible for optimum comfort and dexterity. Grey polyurethane palm coating gives excellent handling performance in dry or slightly oily environments as it channels liquids away from the glove surface. Cut level 3 protection for applications with medium cut risk.
.CO.U K I KS
IK S
R .E
ERIKS WEBSHOP
SHOP.E R
SH
OP
www.eriks.co.uk
Thousands of products available to order on
UK O. .C
Glove Size
THMS2420016 6 THMS2420017 7 THMS2420018 8 THMS2420019 9 THMS2420020 10 THMS2420043 11
.E R I KS.CO. OP UK
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Part No
SH
234
Thormas Safety Gloves
Thormas Diamond Cut Durability without the price tag, for performances that last
Glove Diamond Cut B PU PU coating with cut level B protection in an ultra-light weight, ergonomic and extremely breathable glove offering easy natural hand movements, dexterity for delicate precision work and a firm confident grip. Due to the use of thin, but remarkable strong Dyneema® Diamond Technology cut resistant fibres, THORMASAFE Diamond Cut B offers enhanced comfort while being incredibly tactile, allowing for better feel and control for delicate and natural movements. It radiate heat away from the hand, keeping it cool and dry and promotes all day wear A remarkable cost savings solution Much longer lifespan and higher level of performance than alternatives Abrasion and tear resistant for increased durability – extended life – reduced glove purchasing costs Excellent dirt masking properties and washable Exceptional comfort and breathability – promotes active use and thus reduces injuries and injury leave days Part No
Glove Size
THMS2420200 6 THMS2420201 7 THMS2420202 8 THMS2420203 9 THMS2420204 10 THMS2420205 11
Glove Diamond Cut B NF Nitrile Foam coated glove with cut level B protection in an ultra-light weight, ergonomic and extremely breathable glove offering easy natural hand movements, dexterity for delicate precision work and a firm confident grip Due to the use of thin, but remarkable strong Dyneema® Diamond Technology cut resistant fibres, THORMASAFE Diamond Cut B offers enhanced comfort while being incredibly tactile, allowing for better feel and control for delicate and natural movements. It radiate heat away from the hand, keeping it cool and dry and promotes all day wear.
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
A remarkable cost savings solution Much longer lifespan and higher level of performance than alternatives Abrasion and tear resistant for increased durability – extended life – reduced glove purchasing costs Excellent dirt masking properties and washable Exceptional comfort and breathability – promotes active use and thus reduces injuries and injury leave days Part No
Glove Size
THMS2420206 6 THMS2420207 7 THMS2420208 8 THMS2420209 9 THMS2420210 10 THMS2420211 11
0121 508 6000
235
Glove Diamond Cut D PU Utilizing the worlds most advanced cut resistant fibre, Dyneema® Diamond Technology, THORMASAFE Diamond Cut D PU delivers a high level of cut protection without the use of steel or glass fibre. Ultra lightweight and breathable, Diamond Cut gloves radiate heat away from the hand, keeping it cool and dry. Due to the use of thin, but remarkable strong fibres, the glove is incredibly tactile, allowing for better feel and control for delicate and natural movements without any of the discomfort or brittleness of steel or glass fibres. Diamond Cut gloves can endure the most challenging of conditions to provide all-day protection A remarkable cost savings solution Much longer lifespan and higher level of performance than alternatives Abrasion and tear resistant for increased durability – extended life – reduced glove purchasing costs Excellent dirt masking properties and washable Exceptional comfort and breathability – promotes active use and thus reduces injuries and injury leave days Part No
Glove Size
THMS2420218 6 THMS2420219 7 THMS2420220 8 THMS2420221 9 THMS2420222 10 THMS2420223 11
Glove Diamond Cut D NF Utilizing the worlds most advanced cut resistant fibre, Dyneema® Diamond Technology, THORMASAFE Diamond Cut D NF delivers a high level of cut protection without the use of steel or glass fibre. Ultra lightweight and breathable, Diamond Cut gloves radiate heat away from the hand, keeping it cool and dry. Due to the use of thin, but remarkable strong fibres, the glove is incredibly tactile, allowing for better feel and control for delicate and natural movements without any of the discomfort or brittleness of steel or glass fibres. Diamond Cut gloves can endure the most challenging of conditions to provide all-day protection. A remarkable cost savings solution
Part No
Glove Size
THMS2420224 6 THMS2420225 7 THMS2420226 8 THMS2420227 9 THMS2420228 10 THMS2420229 11
www.eriks.co.uk
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Much longer lifespan and higher level of performance than alternatives Abrasion and tear resistant for increased durability – extended life – reduced glove purchasing costs Excellent dirt masking properties and washable Exceptional comfort and breathability – promotes active use and thus reduces injuries and injury leave day
236
Thormas Safety Gloves
Thormas Protection Glove Clip Red
Glove Clip High Visibility Yellow
Part No
Part No
THMS2420900
THMS2420901
Earplug Disposable Uncorded
Earplug Disposable With Cord
Earplug Reusable With Cord
Disposable uncorded earplugs made of extra-soft, extra light polyurethane foam. Their tapered shape fits easily in the ear canal, allowing them to expand and seal gently and snugly without pressure.
Disposable corded earplugs made of extra-soft, extra light polyurethane foam. Their tapered shape fits easily in the ear canal, allowing them to expand and seal gently and snugly without pressure.
Reusable corded earplug made of soft silicone for greater comfort and improved hearing protection.
The outer surface of the earplug is smooth, so it doesn't irritate the ear canal. SNR 36db
The outer surface of the earplug is smooth, so it doesn't irritate the ear canal. SNR 36db.
Part No THMS2410001
Washable. Compact design for easy storage. SNR 28db. Part No THMS2410011
Part No THMS2410002
Earplug Disposable Metal Detectable Corded
Earplug Reusable Uncorded
Metal detachable corded disposable earplugs - ideal for food processing applications.
Reusable uncorded earplug made of soft silicone for greater comfort and improved hearing protection.
For extra safety and convenience the earplugs are linked by a cord to reduce the risk of loss. SNR 36db.
Washable. Compact design for easy storage. SNR 28db.
Part No
Part No
THMS2410010
THMS2410011
Storage Box For Silicone Earplug
Part No THMS2410015 (100pc)
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Safety Glasses With Virtually Unbreakable Lenses Virtually unbreakable, THORMASAFE safety glasses offer excellent visibility while ensuring a high level of protection that makes sure you go home with your vision intact. In addition to its innovative crush, bend and impact resistant material, it also comes equipped with UV protection, anti-scratch and anti-fog properties. Durable and dependable, this polycarbonate frame is highly transparent and offers better light transmission than traditional glass allowing for enhanced contrasts.
Part No THMS2410050
0121 508 6000
237
Safety Footwear
RX Safety Footwear Securo Safety Shoe The Securo is a quality safety shoe made of lightweight materials, with shock absorbent soles and composite toe protection, plus MS3 non-metallic penetration resistant midsole. This makes the RX Footwear one of the most comfortable and stylish on the market. Composite toe cap which can resist a pressure of 200 J
Shock-absorbing comfort sole for better walking comfort
Anti-perforation sole made from MS3 textile; very flexible, gives a much better walking comfort, isolates against the cold and/or heat, protects a larger area of the foot
PU/rubber sole material; oil and petrol resistant
Scuff pad allows more ‘give’ at the point where the foot flexes. Ideal for jobs where kneeling is required
H RO resistant to 300°C contact heat SRC sole for improved slip resistance Ladder grip prevents slipping on ladders Extra wide fit
Quality uppers stabilises and supports the foot TPU heel support Reflective accents for high visibility
Part No
Description
W93L-50005 W93L-50006 W93L-50007 W93L-50008 W93L-50009
RX Safety Shoe Securo RX Safety Shoe Securo RX Safety Shoe Securo RX Safety Shoe Securo RX Safety Shoe Securo
UK size 5 6 6.5 7 8
Part No
Description
W93L-50010 W93L-50011 W93L-50012 W93L-50013 W93L-50014
RX Safety Shoe Securo RX Safety Shoe Securo RX Safety Shoe Securo RX Safety Shoe Securo RX Safety Shoe Securo
UK size 9 9.5 10 11 12
Solido Safety Boot The Solido is a quality safety boot made of lightweight materials, with shock absorbent soles and composite toe protection, plus MS3 non-metallic penetration resistant midsole. This makes the RX Footwear one of the most comfortable and stylish on the market. Composite toe cap which can resist a pressure of 200 J
Shock-absorbing comfort sole for better walking comfort
Anti-perforation sole made from MS3 textile; very flexible, gives a much better walking comfort, isolates against the cold and/or heat, protects a larger area of the foot
PU/rubber sole material; oil and petrol resistant
SRC sole for improved slip resistance Ladder grip prevents slipping on ladders Extra wide fit
Quality uppers stabilises and supports the foot TPU heel support Reflective accents for high visibility
www.eriks.co.uk
Part No
Description
W93L-50015 W93L-50016 W93L-50017 W93L-50018 W93L-50019
RX Safety Boot Solido RX Safety Boot Solido RX Safety Boot Solido RX Safety Boot Solido RX Safety Boot Solido
UK size 5 6 6.5 7 8
Part No
Description
W93L-50020 W93L-50021 W93L-50022 W93L-50023 W93L-50024
RX Safety Boot Solido RX Safety Boot Solido RX Safety Boot Solido RX Safety Boot Solido RX Safety Boot Solido
UK size 9 9.5 10 11 12
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Scuff pad allows more ‘give’ at the point where the foot flexes. Ideal for jobs where kneeling is required.
H RO resistant to 300°C contact heat
238
Brady Label Printers and Lockout Equipment
GO FOR ZERO WITH LOCKOUT/TAGOUT WITH LOCKOUT/TAGOUT
With best practice With best practiceprocedures, machine-specific machine-specific software to easily procedures, create and software to easily create and evaluate them, and the tools evaluate and thefrom toolsits to isolatethem, any machine to isolate any machine energy supply, you canfrom avoidits energy supply, you can avoid accidents during machine accidents during interventions andmachine push your go for interventions andto push for zero programme the your next go level! zero programme to the next level! Lockout/Tagout Guide Book
Lockout/Tagout Guide Book
ENABLE SAFER ENABLE MACHINE INTERVENTIONS
SAFER
MACHINE INTERVENTIONS
Request the Lockout/ Request the Lockout/ Tagout guide book Tagout guide book “Safer machine “Safer machine interventions”! interventions”!
www.bradyeurope.com/LOTOservices www.bradyeurope.com/LOTOservices
Reduce accidents, accidents, Reduce increase productivity productivity increase
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Print lean & safety signs on-site Print lean & safety signs on-site
Brady offers durable visual workplace labels, including amongst others lean visual and 5Sworkplace labels, floor marking, storage Brady offers durable labels, including area labels, levellean indicators, equipment amongst others and 5S gauge labels, labels, floor marking, storage identification labels and logistics area labels, level indicators, gaugelabelling. labels, equipment These labels can be and printed on-site identification labels logistics labelling. when needed with Brady printer. These labels can beaprinted on-site when needed with a Brady printer. Discover the advantages of visual workplace signs with ourof complete Discover the advantages visual range of sign & label workplace signs withprinters. our complete range of sign & label printers. Discover our printers! Discover our printers!
www.bradyeurope.com/diy www.bradyeurope.com/diy
BRADY UK BRADY UKIndustrial Estate, Wildmere Wildmere Industrial Banbury, Oxon OX16Estate, 3JU Banbury, Oxon OX16 3JU
0121 508 6000
Discover the advantages of visual workplace signs with our complete range of sign & label printers.
239
Discover our printers!
www.bradyeurope.com/diy
Label Printers and Lockout Equipment
BRADY UK Wildmere Industrial Estate, Banbury, Oxon OX16 3JU
Standard Safety Padlocks With a variety of different shackle sizes, materials and colours! Comes standard with hardened steel shackle for enhanced security or with nylon shackle to cut off the electrical current for the shackle to the key
Aluminium shackle available on request for a significant reduction in weight Stainless steel shackle available on request for maximum corrosion resistance Available in 10 different colours Key retaining system (key won’t release until padlock shackle is correctly closed) Optional laser engraving Locks are supplied keyed different. 1 key supplied with each padlock. Customer keying options available Part No
Description
51339 51344 51346 51345
Safety Padlock Red – 38mm Shackle 6 pack Safety Padlock Blue – 38mm Shackle 6 pack Safety Padlock Yellow – 38mm Shackle 6 pack Safety Padlock Green – 38mm Shackle 6 pack
BMP™ 21-Plus Label Printer Once you experience the BMP™21-PLUS Label Printer’s unstoppable labelling power, you’re not going to want to share. It combines a tough exterior with smart printing capabilities for wires, cables and flat surfaces. Drop-lock-and-print cartridges Super rugged with moulded rubber bumpers Rechargeable lithium-ion battery 7 durable continuous materials with widths from 6 to 38.10 mm Automatic label formatting for wire wraps, terminal blocks, patch panels and cable flags and general banner labels
104 symbols for electric, smart home, safety and datacom Label grabber, printer holds label after cutting Standard 2 year warranty Part No
Description
W15D-54376 W15D-57633 W15D-57647
BMP21-PLUS Label Printer 19.05mm Vinyl Tape Cartridge - Black on White 19.05mm Vinyl Tape Cartridge - Black on Yellow
Group Lock Box For group lockout situations involving a large number of workers and equipment in a lock box.Each authorized work team member places a personal lock or tagout device in the group lock box. Ensures that no single employee has access to the box unless ALL employees have removed their locks or tags. Part No
Description
W15D-52690 W15D-53302 W15D-53312
Portable Metal Group Lock Box Blue Portable Metal Group Lock Box Yellow Portable Metal Group Lock Box Red
www.eriks.co.uk
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
After machine or process is locked out, the key or keys of the machine are placed
240
Carl Kammerling Tools and Accessories
THE NEW TECHNICIAN TOOL CASE MAX FOR PROFESSIONALS* Benefiting from 35% greater capacity, the Technician’s Toolcase Max features a wide central compartment and deep side panels perfect for storing electronic equipment and the larger toolkit.
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
• Extra wide central compartment for larger tools • Heavy duty, pierce protected zips for long life • 100% waterproof and crackproof rubberised base
• Removable and adjustable divider for flexibility • Retaining straps to avoid tripping hazard • Extra deep square pockets for easy tool access MA2639
*Tools not included
Tel: 01758 701070
email: sales@cki.uk.com
www.carlkammerling.com
0121 508 6000
241
Tools and Accessories Stubby VDE Slim Screwdrivers Set of 4
Test Equipment Case MA2638 Adjustable padded compartments for safe storage of test equipment and accessories Pockets and holders for extensive storage of test equipment, accessories and tools Lockable zip system for extra security Hard protective divider between tools and test equipment Dimensions: 350 x 240 x 180 mm
T48349 Stubby size ideal for use in confined spaces and slim shafted insulated blades allow access to recessed screws and fixings. Contents: 1 x slotted 4.0 x 46 1 x slotted 5.5 x 46 1 x PZ2 x 46 1 x MOD2 x 46mm.
NEW
VDE Combicutter3 431008 Wire stripping notches for effortless & damage free stripping of 1.5 & 2.5mm2 wire. Wire bending anvil for quick & damage free doubling back of copper wire. Patress screw shear for damage free cutting of 3.5mm patress screws.
MightyRods PRO Cable Rod Standard Set - 10m T5421 100% splinter-proof rods. Set contains 7 flexible rods for overhead, under floor, tight angled and obstructed runs.
Kasp Service Centre
Ordering is quick and easy, with an average delivery time of just 2-3 days. Express key cutting Padlock cloning Keyed alike suites Master keyed systems Padlock & key engraving
www.eriks.co.uk
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Our Service Centre provides an array of services from simple key cutting to more complex master keyed systems.
242
Dormer Pramet Metal Cutting Tools
Metal Cutting Tools 90° Countersink Set
A002 TiN Tipped Jobber Drill
Metric set (Plastic case) containing G136 HSS 90 degree straight shank countersinks For production of 90° countersinks in most materials Can also be used as a de-burring tool Bright finish, 3 flute, ground all over
Numerous aspects of Dormer’s renowned A002’s design contribute to its outstanding all-round capabilities Special 118° four facet point enables excellent centring Titanium Nitride (TiN) coating not only resists wear but also reduces friction. Thick web design optimises the structural strength of the drill
Part No DORG236-1
Part No DORA002-XX
Burrs
HSS Tap and Drill Set
Dormer’s range of carbide burrs is a high quality, comprehensive program which includes designs and shapes to offer a solution for the majority of applications in all major industry segments.
Brand new 14pc set Features E500 straight flute taps and A002 TiN coated jobbers Ideal for a wide range of general purpose machining applications Contains M3-M12 taps and equivalent pre-tapping dril sizes
Cut styles include aluminium and double cut Toughened and hardened steel shanks Special brazing elements provide excellent braze strength Ball Nose Geometry, skip flute grinding TiAIN Coating
Part No DORL115NO101
Negative Turning Holders and Boring Bars For all general internal and external turning operations Tool holders and boring bars available in left hand or right hand
D style holder with top clamp for increased security Available in styles that enable the use of all insert edges
Part No PCLNR
PCKNR
PCBNR
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
DCLNR
0121 508 6000
243
Negative Turning Inserts Available with corner radii 0.2mm - 1.6mm Chip Breakers and Grades for all materials and machining conditions Toolholders and Boring Bars available For all general internal and external turning operations
Tool holders and boring bars available in left hand or right hand D style holder with top clamp for increased security Available in styles that enable the use of all insert edges
Part No
CNMG 09/12/16/19
RNMG 12/15/19
TNMG 16/22
DNMG 11/1504/1506
SNMG 12/15/19
VNMG 16
WNMG 06T3/0604/08
Positive Turning Holders and Boring Bars For all general internal and external turning operations Tool holders and boring bars available in left hand or right hand
D style holder with top clamp for increased security Available in styles that enable the use of all insert edges
Part No SCLCR
SDNCN
SRDCN
Positive Turning Inserts Available with corner radii 0.2mm - 1.6mm Chip Breakers and Grades for all materials and machining conditions Toolholders and Boring Bars available
For all general internal and external turning operations Tool holders and boring bars available in left hand or right hand D style holder with top clamp for increased security Available in styles that enable the use of all insert edges
CCGT/MT 06/08/09/12
RCGT/MT 06/08/10/12/16/20
TCGT/MT 09/11/16
DCGT/MT 07/11
VBMT 11/16
www.eriks.co.uk
SCMT 09/12
VCGT/MT 07/11/13/16
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Part No
244
Dormer Pramet Metal Cutting Tools
Metal Cutting Tools Milling Versatile range of cutters for face milling, shoulder milling, slot milling, plunge milling, ramping and helical interpolation. End Mills, Helical End Mills and Face mills available
Part No
ADMX 07/11/16 Chip Breakers and Grades for all materials and machining conditions Available with corner radii 0.2mm - 3.0mm
U-Drills Available in diameters 15mm - 58mm, in lengths 2D, 3D, 4D & 5D. High drill body stability with low friction coating Versatile with high application security Part No SCET 05/06/07/09/12/15
XPET 05/06/07/09/ 11/12/15/19
Strong square insert in Grades and Chip Breakers to suit all materials and machining conditions
2D
3D
4D
5D
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Parting & Grooving For radial parting and grooving applications Single edge inserts for production of deeper grooves Back stop incorporated within insert for improved depth control 4 different kits available Each kit comes with a blade and a packet of 10 x LFMX inserts (T8330 Grade)
Part No
Holder
W24A-71384 W24A-71385 W24A-71386 W24A-71387
XLCFN 2602 J 3.00 (x1) XLCFN 2603 J 4.00 (x1) XLCFN 3202 M 3.00 (x1) XLCFN 3203 M 4.00 (x1)
Inserts
LFMX 3.1-.20TNF2 T8330 (x10) LFMX 4.1-.20SNF2:T8330 (x10) LFMX 3.1-.20TNF2 T8330 (x10) LFMX 4.1-.20SNF2:T8330 (x10)
0121 508 6000
245
Metric & Unified Threading Kits For the production of external and internal metric threads in most materials Tool holders for both conventional and partial profile inserts Left hand holders and inserts also available Suitable for a wide range of materials
Part No
Style
W24A-71388 External W24A-71389 External W24A-71390 Internal W24A-71391 Internal
L000
L001
L002
HSS ISO straight flute tap (E500) for threading through or blind holes up to 1.5XD in most materials.
HSS-E DIN spiral point (EP006H) or spiral flute (EX006H) machine taps for threading up to 2.5XD in most materials.
HSS-E ISO spiral point (E000) or spiral flute (E002) machine taps for threading up to 2.5XD in most materials.
NEW 2-piece set featuring metric tap & pre-drill hole in one convenient package Makes selection of tap and correct prehole drill simple Brand new packaging concept features twist-lock closure and transparent lid Packaging incorporates euro slot hanger making it ideal for retail display Features the A002 split point jobber drill and a choice of ISO hand or ISO/ DIN machine taps for both through or blind holes
NEW 2-piece set featuring metric tap & pre-drill hole in one convenient package Makes selection of tap and correct prehole drill simple Brand new packaging concept features twist-lock closure and transparent lid Packaging incorporates euro slot hanger making it ideal for retail display Features the A002 split point jobber drill and a choice of ISO hand or ISO/ DIN machine taps for both through or blind holes
NEW 2-piece set featuring metric tap & pre-drill hole in one convenient package Makes selection of tap and correct prehole drill simple Brand new packaging concept features twist-lock closure and transparent lid Packaging incorporates euro slot hanger making it ideal for retail display Features the A002 split point jobber drill and a choice of ISO hand or ISO/ DIN machine taps for both through or blind holes
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
www.eriks.co.uk
246
Norbar Wrenches
Norbar Torque Wrenches All of the Norbar screwdrivers and wrenches listed come with a declaration of conformance
Torque Screwdrivers TTs Screwdrivers offer versatile, accurate and easy torqueing for smaller fasteners and restricted spaces. Tool 'slips' when torque is achieved removing the possibility of 'over-tightening' Supplied with a ¼” hexagon bit holder Part No
Details
NOR13850 NOR13851 NOR13852
TTs1.5 0.3 – 1.5 N�m screwdriver TTs 3.0 0.6 – 3 N�m screwdriver TTs 6.0 1.2 – 6 N�m screwdriver
TT Torque Wrenches TTi torque wrenches offer no-nonsense torqueing – comfortable, accurate and easy to use. Micrometer scale for simple and error free setting Handle and lens materials resistant to commonly used industrial chemicals Quick and light adjustment Part No
Details
NOR13830 NOR13831 NOR13841 NOR13842
TTi 20 1/4" 4 – 20 N�m, 35 -180 lbf�in TTi 20 ³/8" 4 – 20 N�m, 35 -180 lbf�in TTi 50 ³/8" 10 – 50 N�m, 8 – 35 lbf�ft TTi 50 ½" 10 – 50 N�m, 8 – 35 lbf�ft
NorTorque® The NorTorque® utilises Norbar’s proven mechanism and internal components and incorporates them into a purposeful and attractive torque wrench. Push/pull lock is fast and intuitive to use
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Micrometer scale applying to the primary torque units (N·m on a dual scale wrench) for simple and error free setting Push through ratchets with a narrow engagement angle of 5° for working in tight spaces for models up to 200 N·m Part No
Details
NOR130101+ NorTorque® model 60 ³/8" 12 - 60 N�m, 10 - 45 lbf�ft NOR130103* NorTorque® model 100 ½" 20 - 100 N�m, 15 - 75 lbf�ft NOR130104 NorTorque® model 200 ½" 40 - 200 N�m, 30 - 150 lbf�ft NOR130105 NorTorque® model 300 ½" 60 - 300 N�m, 45 - 220 lbf�ft NOR130106 NorTorque® model 340 ½" 60 - 340 N�m, 45 - 250 lbf�ft
Supplied with a 1/2" sq. dr. adaptor * Supplied with a ³/8" sq. dr. adaptor
+
0121 508 6000
247
Professional Torque Wrenches Norbar’s Professional torque wrench range has become one of the most popular wrench ranges available worldwide. Large scale for better visibility and more accurate setting Handle material and lens resist all chemicals in common automotive, industrial and aviation use Unique on a torque wrench, the Timestrip® gives a visual indication that the wrench is due for re-calibration Part No
Details
NOR15002+ NOR15003- NOR15004 NOR15005 NOR15006 NOR15007*
Pro 50 3/8" 10 – 50 N�m, 7.5 – 37.5 lbf�ft Pro 100 ½" 20 – 100 N�m, 15 - 75 lbf�ft Pro 200 ½" 40 – 200 N�m, 30- 150 lbf�ft Pro 300 ½" 60 – 300 N�m, 45 – 220 lbf�ft Pro 340 ½" 60 – 340 N�m, 45 – 250 lbf.ft Pro 400 ½" 80 – 400 N�m, 60 – 300 lbf�ft
Supplied with a 1/2" sq. dr. adaptor Supplied with a ³/8" sq. dr. adaptor * Model 400 supplied with Reversible Industrial Ratchet
+ -
Industrial Torque Wrenches Industrial torque wrenches offer ultimate torque control in heavy duty applications. Unique ‘break action’ mechanism gives unparalleled control over the applied torque Perfect for wheel nuts and many other applications Accurate to ±4% of reading Part No NOR12001 NOR12006 NOR12007 NOR12009 NOR12012
Details 3AR 3/4" 100 – 500 N�m, 70 – 350 lbf�ft 4R 3/4" 150 – 700 N�m, 100 – 500 lbf�ft 4AR 3/4" 200 – 800 N�m, 150 – 600 lbf�ft 5R 3/4" 300 – 1000 N�m, 200 – 750 lbf�ft 5AR 3/4" 700 – 1500 N�m, 500 – 1000 lbf�ft
HandTorque® The HandTorque® range has been designed for use where it is necessary to provide higher torques than would otherwise be possible due to limitations of space or operator strength. Input to the multiplier is via a ratchet torque wrench set to one fifth of the desired output torque.
Robust construction means minimal maintenance and long life 1300 N·m version has a spare ¾” output square included
www.eriks.co.uk
Part No NOR180260 NOR17220 NOR17221
Details HT3-1000 N�m Kit, ½" input, 3/4" output HT3 1300 N�m Kit, ½" input, 3/4" output HT3 2700 N�m Kit, 3/4" input, 1" output
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
5:1 multiplication, accuracy ±4% Small and compact design
248
Kärcher Steam Cleaners
NT 80/1
IVS 100/40
IVR 50/40 PF
IVC 60/24
IVS 100/75 M Z22
IVR B 50/30
TOTALLY CLEAN, TOTALLY SAFE, TOTALLY KÄRCHER. Whatever you need to clean, Kärcher provides outstanding solutions, both in terms of performance and cost-effectiveness. For industrial applications and hygiene-critical zones as well as building sites, offices and outdoor grounds care - from standard machines to complete custom-made solutions. Our expert team provides free site surveys, consultations and advice to help your business find the safest cleaning process to achieve the best results.
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Call Eriks today to arrange your free site survey.
IVR L 100/24-2 Tc Me Dp
0121 508 6000
249
Kärcher Steam Cleaners Why Steam? Steam cleaners are excellent multitaskers for hygienically cleaning hard floors, tiles, stainless steel, chrome, appliances and glass. Steam enables chemical free and odourless cleaning, restores original finishes and surface textures as well as reducing slip hazards on floor surfaces. With commercial models being no bigger than a standard vacuum cleaner, they are easy to manoeuvre and can even be used to rejuvenate textiles. Introducing efficient cleaning technology can completely overhaul your cleaning plans, reducing manual effort, freeing up time and opening up longer cleaning windows due to the machines’ quiet running, discrete appearance and rapid drying times. Kärcher steam cleaners are certified to kill 99.999%* bacteria, without the need for chemicals.
Kärcher Steam Cleaner SG 4/4 Professional 4-bar steam cleaner with 4 litre tank providing deep and hygienic cleaning without the need of chemicals. Easy to operate, quick heating functionality and can be used continually thanks to its two tank system Steam pressure (bar): Tank capacity (l)|: Heat output (W): Cable length (m):
4 4 2300 7.5
Kärcher Steam Generating Vacuum SGV 8/4 Innovative steam-generating vacuum for easy deep cleaning of hygienecritical environments.
Steam pressure (bar): Tank capacity (l): Heat output (W): Cable length (m):
www.eriks.co.uk
8 5 3000 7.5
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Ideal for thorough cleaning of large areas, this machine comes with 8 bar steam pressure, a powerful vacuum and self-cleaning function.
250
Starrett Band Saw Blades
Band Saw Blades Intenss™ Pro Complete line with a wide range of widths and pitches to suit a huge variety of cutting needs Unique tooth geometry provides intense production cutting in ferrous and non-ferrous metals Faster and straighter cuts Improved fatigue and wear resistance Ideal for production cutting across a wide range of metals For solids and thick wall tubes
Versatix™ MP Special tooth geometry developed for cutting structural materials Increased tooth strength Faster and straighter cuts Less tooth breakage For a wide range of applications such as: tubes and structurals; small solids; bundles For all machines: manual, hydraulic, gravitational etc.
Intenss PRO Width x Thickness Pitch mm inch 19 x 0.90 3/4 x .035 27 x 0.90 1 x .035 34 x 1.10 1.1/4 x .042 41 x 1.30 1.1/2 x .050 54 x 1.30 2 x .050 54 x 1.60 2 x .063 67 x 1.60 2.5/8 x .063 80 x1.60 3.1/8 x .063
Versatix MP Pitch
3 - 4 4-6 4-6 5-8 5-8 6 - 10 6 - 10 - 8 - 12 - 10 - 14 2-3 3-4 3-4 4 - 6 4-6 5 - 8 5-8 6 - 10 6 - 10 - 8 - 12 - 10 - 14 3* 2 - 3 2-3 3 - 4 3-4 4 - 6 4-6 5 - 8 5-8 6 - 10 6 - 10 1 - 1.2 1.4 - 2 2-3 2-3 3 - 4 3-4 4 - 6 4-6 5 - 8 5-8 - 2-3 - 3-4 - 4-6 .8 - 1.3 1 - 1.2 1.4 - 2 2 - 3 2-3 3 - 4 3-4 - 4-6 .8 - 1.3 1-1.2 1.4 - 2 - 2-3 - 3-4 0.8 - 1.3 1 - 1.2 1.4 - 2 -
PS Tooth Shape * = BR Tooth Shape Raker Tooth Set Furnished in welded bands, random length coils and 45 metre coils.
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Note: Special products on request.
Place your order for Starrett Band Saw Blades before 12pm and have them delivered within 48 hours.
0121 508 6000
251
DEGREASERS & CLEANERS LUBRICANTS, OILS & GREASES ANTI-CORROSION
Over 170 Products Since 1948
Ambersil.com
METAL WORKING WELDING PAINTS POLYMER PROCESSING
For more details see page 271 20565 Ambersil A5L Press Ads_AW.indd 1
01/05/2018 17:20
6 Reasons to try ERIKS Webshop 1. Powerful yet intuitive search functionality 2. Order lists and import function saves time 3. Extensive range for one stop shop simplicity 4. Technical documentation and real time support
6. Total control over team purchasing visit: HTTP://SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK
www.eriks.co.uk
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
5. Flexibility in delivery options, payment and platforms
252
Calibration Sensors, Optional Bench and Cabinets
Calibration Sensors, Optional Bench & Cabinets Facom Calibration Sensors & Optional Bench In order to maintain accuracy and correct operation, torque wrenches need to be checked and calibrated every 5,000 clicks or every 12 months. The E.6000 Calibration Sensors with an optional bench are the perfect companion for test teams and high Torque wrench use environments. Having the ability to test (and with the added CD.12A bench) certify torque wrenches, this will reduce external calibration cost and tool downtime. There are 6 in the range from 0.04NM up to 1000NM, each sensor connects via USB to a Windows PC and is supplied with Facom Control Software that can provide a basic test or advanced test depending on your requirements.
USB connection for use with FACOM torque calibration software which offers 2 modes (basic and advanced). Full range up to 1000Nm Wide range sensor accurate from 10-1000Nm. Accuracy < 0.5% from 10-100% of the capacity. Sensors can be used Standalone for Basic Calibration and with CD.12A for ISO Calibration. ISO 6789 compliant accuracy < 1% across full range. The range offers 4 sensors for torque wrenches and 2 for torque screwdrivers (relevant adapters supplied)
Part No.
Description
FACCD12A FACE6000-C08 FACE6000-C5 FACE6000-C1000 FACE6000-C30 FACE6000-C50 FACE6000-C400
Torque Calibration Bench CD.12A Screwdriver Sensor 0.04 - 1.2Nm E.6000-C08 Screwdriver Sensor 0.5 – 5Nm E.6000-C5 High Range Torque Wrench Sensor 10 – 1000Nm E.6000-C1000 Torque Wrench Sensor 1 – 30Nm E.6000-C30 Torque Wrench Sensor 5 – 50Nm E.6000-C50 Torque Wrench Sensor 20 – 400Nm E.6000-C400
Facom Jet.6M3 Cabinet 6 Drawer 3 module roller cabinet Aluminium Top – 900Kg load capacity and wooden sub structure allow for vice mounting if required. Soft Rubber Bumpers – Shock absorbing corner bumpers protect the cabinet and objects in the workplace.
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Epoxy Powder Paint – Hardened & non-flaking coating also resistance to chemicals and moisture. Easy Start Rubber Castors – Chemical and contaminant resistant, requires less than 7kg of pressure to move the cabinet. Cabinet dimensions 971H x 774L x 546 W (mm), Drawer sizes 569L x 421D x 60/130/270H (mm). Suitable for food safe environments. Designed to fit 3 module trays into each row of drawers. Part No.
Description
FACJET.6M3
JET6M3 6 Drawer Roller Cabinet
0121 508 6000
253
Cutting Discs and Holesaw Set
Cutting Discs and Holesaw Set Lenox Metal Max™ Diamond Cutting Discs LENOX METALMAX™ is a new alternative to abrasive cut-off wheels. Its breakthrough diamond technology delivers extreme durability to help you maximize work efficiencies and reduce costs in your metal cutting jobs. Delivering 1,000+ cuts, with no need for wheel changes you could experience up to 30 times longer life than thin bonded cut-off wheels. One wheel, multiple materials, the Metal Max™ is recommended for multiple types of metal including Steel, Sheet Metal, Stainless Steel, Rebar, Cast Iron, Aluminium and Nonferrous metals, available from 3.5” up to 14” diameter.
Durable – the blade can perform 1,000 or more cuts before wheel change. Diameter Retention – blade is made with diamonds preventing size reduction to ensure maximum cut depth throughout its life. Safety – solid steel body greatly reduces the chance of wheel breakage or blow out. Less dust residue – generates less odour and dust residue as the wheel doesn’t wear like a bonded abrasive. Multiple Metals – works with a wide range of metals from Aluminium to Stainless Steel.
For more information, scan the QR code and follow the link
Part No.
Size (Dia x Thickness x Arbor)
Power Tool Type
Max RPM
LEN2030863 LEN2030865 LEN2030866 LEN2030868 LEN2030870 LEN2030942
3" x 0.050" x 3/8" 4.5" x 0.050" x 7/8" 5" x 0.050" x 7/8" 7" x 0.060" x 7/8" 9"Dimensions TBC 14"Dimensions TBC
Die Grinder Angle Grinder Angle Grinder Angle Grinder / Circular Saw Angle Grinder Chop Saw
20300 13300 12200 8400 6650 4300
Lenox Holesaw Set Set contents: 19, 22, 29, 38, and 44, 68 mm Holesaws, 2L & 5L Arbors and 1 Arbor Adaptor. Improved Metal cutting Performance – Increased wall thickness minimises tooth loss and optimised geometry penetrates Metal with ease.
Speed Slot offer easy plug removal. Full range available from 14-210mm with a range of standard and snap back arbors. Part No.
Description
LEN1768436
T3 Bi-Metal Holesaw Set with Speed Slot
www.eriks.co.uk
For more information, scan the QR code and follow the link
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Fast Efficient cutting into wood – Larger, Sharper teeth remove more wood quicker for speedier cuts.
254
Pferd Finishing Stones, Brushes, Polishing tools and Cut-Off Wheels
Finishing Stones, Brushes, Polishing Tools and Cut-Off Wheels Finishing Stones UNIVERSAL Type manufactured from aluminium oxide, a great general purpose polishing stone. Suitable for hardened and heat treated steels over 1200 N/mm2 (>38 HRC), INOX, stainless steel, aluminium and other non-ferrous metals. CARBIDE Type manufactured from green silicon carbide offering higher removal rates without clogging. Suitable for high-temperature resistant metals, tungsten carbide & steels above 54 HRC.
Type
Dimensions WxHxL (mm)
GRIT - Part No 220
320
400
600
Universal - aluminium oxide Universal - aluminium oxide Universal - aluminium oxide Universal - aluminium oxide Green - silicon carbide Green - silicon carbide Green - silicon carbide Green - silicon carbide
4 x 4 x 150 6 x 6 x 150 13 x 6 x 150 25 x 13 x 150 4 x 4 x 150 6 x 6 x 150 13 x 6 x 150 25 x 13 x 150
PFERD106679 PFERD106921 PFERD106945 PFERD106952 PFERD107218 PFERD107232 PFERD107256 PFERD107263
PFERD106969 PFERD106983 PFERD107010 PFERD107027 PFERD107270 PFERD107294 PFERD107317 PFERD107324
PFERD107034 PFERD107058 PFERD107072 PFERD107089 PFERD107331 PFERD107355 PFERD107379 PFERD107386
PFERD107096 PFERD107119 PFERD107133 PFERD107140 PFERD107393 PFERD107416 PFERD107430 PFERD107447
Other size stones and arbors available.
Universal Line (PSF) Cut-Off Wheels Cut-off wheels for Steel and Stainless Steel (INOX) with high cutting performance and long tool life, manufactured from Aluminium Oxide A.
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
PSF STEEL – Suitable for cutting of sheet metal, profiles and solid material & cutting out holes in Steel materials. PSF STEELOX - Suitable for cutting of sheet metal, profiles and solid material & cutting out holes in Steel and Stainless Steel materials. Available with Flat or Depressed-Centre, also available in high performance Aluminium Oxide a (SG) range. Part No
Disc Type Size (mm)
Dia x Thickness x Bore Centre Type
Max RPM
PFERD560242 PFERD538111 PFERD560259 PFERD538128 PFERD163528 PFERD163429 PFERD560266 PFERD538135 PFERD560372 PFERD538142 PFERD523032 PFERD523056
PSF STEEL PSF STEEL PSF STEEL PSF STEEL PSF STEEL PSF STEEL PSF STEELOX PSF STEELOX PSF STEELOX PSF STEELOX PSF STEELOX PSF STEELOX
115 x 1.0 x 22.23 115 x 1.6 x 22.23 125 x 1.0 x 22.23 125 x 1.6 x 22.23 115 x 2.4 x 22.23 125 x 2.4 x 22.23 115 x 1.0 x 22.23 115 x 1.6 x 22.23 125 x 1.0 x 22.23 125 x 1.6 x 22.23 115 x 2.4 x 22.23 125 x 2.4 x 22.23
13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 13,300 12,200 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 13,300 12,200
Flat Flat Flat Flat Depressed-centre Depressed-centre Flat Flat Flat Flat Depressed-centre Depressed-centre
Other sizes available plus discs for Aluminium (SG ALU) and Ceramic (SGP).
0121 508 6000
255
Felt Polishing Tools Pferd offer a comprehensive range of felt polishing tools including Felt Points, Mounted Flap Wheels, Felt Wheels, Felt Flap Discs and Cloth Rings. The felt range of tooling offers many benefits such as high flexibility meaning they can be freely shaped, perfect for applications with complicated geometries. They give a perfectly fine polished finish with minimal damage to the workpiece. For best performance use with a recommended cutting speed between 5-10m/s and a polishing/grinding paste.
Part No Product Type
Dimensions (mm)
Shank Dia Density Application (mm) area RPM
Max
PFERD035931 PFERD035948 PFERD153802 PFERD035986 PFERD153949 PFERD294741 PFERD153895 PFERD153789 PFERD936160 PFERD936184 PFERD936207 PFERD936214
12 x 20 head x 36 length 12 x 20 head x 36 length 12 x 20 head x 36 length 12 x 20 head x 36 length 15 x 30 head x 45 length 15 x 20 head x 42 length 15 x 20 head x 42 length 10 x 14 x 43 length 30 x 20 head x 40 length 40 x 20 x 40 length 50 x 30 x 40 length 50 x 30 x 40 length
6 6 6 - end hole 6 - end hole 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
39,500 39,500 23,500 23,500 31,500 31,500 31,500 47,500 20,000 15,000 12,000 12,000
Felt Point Cylindrical Shape ZYA Felt Point Cylindrical Shape ZYA Felt Point Cylindrical Shape ZYA Felt Point Cylindrical Shape ZYA Felt Point Conical Point Shape SPK Felt Point Conical Shape KEL Felt Point Cylindrical with Radius Shape WRC Felt Point Oval Shape TRE Felt Mounted Shank Flap Wheel Felt Mounted Shank Flap Wheel Felt Mounted Shank Flap Wheel Felt Mounted Shank Flap Wheel
Medium Hard Medium Hard Medium Medium Medium Medium Soft Soft Soft Hard
Peripheral use Peripheral use Face down use Face down use Radii & Contours Radii Small concave contours Small Radii High Gloss polishing & Contours High Gloss polishing & Contours High Gloss polishing & Contours Pre-polishing
Shank Mounted Steel Crimped Wire Wheel Brushes A highly flexible, universal wheel suitable for cleaning, de-rusting, smoothing, cleaning of weld seams, light deburring and removal of corrosion and paint. For best results use a tool drive with a minimum of 300 watts. All brushes have a 6mm shank, supplied in Box’s 10. Also available in Stainless Steel (INOX), Brass (MES), Silicone Carbide (SiC) and Ceramic Oxide (CO). Opt.RPM
Max RPM
PFERD152980 PFERD153017 PFERD153048 PFERD104767 PFERD658437 PFERD153109 PFERD153130 PFERD658451
10,000 – 15,000 10,000 – 15,000 9,000 – 13,500 7,500 – 11,300 7,500 – 11,300 7,500 – 11,300 6,000 – 9,000 6,000 – 9,000
20,000 20,000 18,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 12,000 12,000
20 x 4 30 x 6 40 x 9 50 x 10 60 x 15 70 x 15 80 x 15 100 x 10
Other sizes available.
www.eriks.co.uk
0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.30
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Part No Diameter x Width Wire Size (mm) (mm)
256
RÖHM Live Centres, Chucks and Compact Vices
RÖHM Live Centres, Chucks and Compact Vices Live Centres The requirement for high cutting capacities and high working precision demands an additional support by a revolving live centre for many workpieces due to their shape and length. Thanks to their precision bearings, RÖHM live centres offer optimal force absorption and a maximum concentricity deviation of up to 0.003 mm. Thanks to the lifetime lubrication, the centre points are maintenance free. Maximum concentricity and optimal force absorption thanks to proven precision bearings Special lubrication for long service life and little required maintenance Minimum interference contour thanks to slender housing shape
Key Bar Chucks With Quick-Acting Jaw Change System The RÖHM key bar chucks with quick-acting jaw change system are used successfully in areas where extremely high clamping forces, high concentricity and reliable long-term repeatability are required. Thanks to the quick-acting jaw change system, the jaws can be quickly and easily turned, changed or offset over the entire clamping range within a few seconds. Maximum clamping forces thanks to direct force transfer via the key bar system Maximum concentricity and axial run-out tolerance High user-friendliness thanks to quick-acting jaw change system
NC-Compact Vices NC-compact vices are particularly suited for use on machining centers, milling machines and are ideal for 5-axis machining.
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
These premium vices are very impressive with their stable and compact design for maximum clamping accuracy and optimal workpiece accessibility. By simply turning the clamping force presetting, a clamping force of up to 60 kN can be achieved. With workpieces that are sensitive to deformation, the force amplification can be disabled. Large clamping range and precise positioning due to fixed clamping jaw The compact design resists deformation for the greatest possible clamping precision Consistent clamping force and maximum repeatability of 0.01 mm
0121 508 6000
257
HIGH PERFORMANCE LUBRICATION We bring our experience, our know-how and our passion for technology and we apply them not just at your machinery’s lubrication points but at every stage of your process.
LUBRICATION TECHNOLOGY
We can recommend products across one brand or a range of brands, ensuring the best performance and best value, regardless of supplier.
We offer lubricants for every industry and every requirement including special lubricants for the Food and Beverage and Pharmaceutical industries to meet the very highest legislative requirements.
An effective lubrication service does more than keep machinery functioning smoothly, it can improve reliability, lengthen machinery life, increase efficiency and enhance productivity.
Product Range Lubricants; grease, oil, pastes, dry film lubricants and cleaners Lubricators Lubrication Systems Equipment and accessories including grease guns and storage systems Services Application and selection advice Lubricant management contracts Oil sampling Condition Monitoring Products from all the Leading Brands
36% of rolling bearings fail due inadequate lubrication
www.eriks.co.uk
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
DID YOU KNOW...
258
Bearing Greases and Technical Lubricants
ERIKS Lubrication Essentials ERIKS Lubrication Essentials, featured across pages 220-223, is a range of high quality, readily available items designed to meet the most common industrial lubrication and maintenance applications.
ER IKSls Essentia Lubrication Essentials brication range Your core lubrication rang ER IKS Lu Your core lubrication e
Bearing Greases
Multi-Purpose Grease EP2
Wide Temperature Range EP2 Grease
Food Grade EP2 Bearing Grease
Part No
Part No
Part No
Part No
EP2-400G-RX
EP2-HP-400G-RX
OKS404-400ML
OKS479-400ML
High Temperature EP2 Bearing Grease
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Multi-Purpose Lithium Complex Grease
White Grease Spray
Part No
Part No
OKS422-400ML
RX-WHITEGREASE-400ML
Wire Rope Spray
Open Gear Grease Spray
Part No
Part No
ROC-WIRE ROPE SPRAY
ROC-TUFGEAR SPRAY
Food Safe Silicone Grease
Marine Grease
Part No OKS1110-80ML OKS1110-500G OKS1111-400ML
Part No OKS403-400ML
DON’T FORGET Side Lever Grease Gun Suitable for use with 400ml cartridges Part No: OKS5500
0121 508 6000
259
WHY LUBRICATION ESSENTIALS? Feedback from our customers has indicated two common problems with lubricant supply...
which sound too good to be true, but how do you cut through the jargon and find out if it is really the right product for your application?
Problem 1
Problem 2
he ever expanding plethora of different T lubricants, additives and performance claims is becoming impossible to keep up with. Also, it’s easy to become blinded by the “science” of performance claims
When surveying customer stores we regularly encounter several stocked items which all do exactly the same job, multiplying our customers stock values and wasting their time managing excessive inventory.
Gear Oil
Gear Oil
Chain Oil
Synthetic Gear Oil
Part No CAS-ALPHASP220-20LTR CAS-ALPHASP320-20LTR
Chain Spray
Part No Part No CAS-ALPHASYNPG320-20KG
Chain Oil
Food Grade Chain Spray
Food Grade Gear Oil OKS3720-5LTR OKS3720-25LTR
Part No OKS671-400ML
Hydraulic Oil High Temp Chain Oil
Hydraulic Oil
Premium Hydraulic Oil Part No
Part No
Part No
Part No
OKS3751-500ML
OKS352-5LTR
EP32-25LTR-RX
CAS-HYSPINAWS32-20LTR CAS-HYSPINASW46-20LTR
Hydraulic Oil
Compressor Oil
Silicone Oil
Dry Film
Part No
Part No
Part No
Part No
OKS3770-5LTR
CAS-AIRCOLPD100-20LTR
OKS1361-500ML
OKS571-400ML
www.eriks.co.uk
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Food Grade Hydraulic Oil
260
Maintenance and Workbox Essentials
WHY LUBRICATION ESSENTIALS? The Concept With this in mind we set out to define a core range of items with excellent stock availability, hand picked, by our lubrication engineers to cover as wide a range of applications as possible while always maintaining the very best in performance and compliance.
The Products ERIKS Lubrication Essentials range meets the widest variety of applications imaginable from around 50 core items. These are amongst our most popular products and are proven in hundreds of applications across as wide a variety of industrial sectors imaginable.
Maintenance Sprays
MultiPurpose WD Spray
Multi-Purpose Maintenance Spray with PTFE
High Performance Maintenance Spray
Food Grade Maintenance Spray
Part No
Part No
Part No
Part No
WD40-400ML
TRIFLOW-500ML
OKS641-400ML
OKS371-400ML
Leak Detector Spray
Belt Dressing Spray
Workbox Essentials
Rust Remover
Cutting Oil
Part No
Part No
Part No
Part No
OKS611-400ML
OKS391-400ML
OKS2801-400ML
OKS2901-400ML
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Workbox Essentials
Air Duster
Anti-Seize
Jointing Compound
Copper Anti-Seize Paste
Moly Paste (and Spray)
Part No
Part No
Part No
Part No
AMB-AIRDUSTER-400ML
ROC-HYLOMAR-100G
OKS245-250G
OKS221-400ML
0121 508 6000
261 Anti-Seize
Corrosion Protection
Food Grade, Anti-Seize Paste
Temporary Protective Film, Wax Based
Zinc Galvanising Spray, Permanent
Zinc Spray
Part No
Part No
Part No
Part No
OKS252-250G
OKS2101-400ML
OKS2511-400ML
RX-ZINCSPRAY-400ML
Cleaners
Universal Cleaner
High Performance Universal Cleaner
Brake Cleaner
Multi-Foam Cleaner
Part No
Part No
Part No
Part No
RX-DEGREASER-400M
OKS2611-500ML
OKS2631-400ML
RX-BRAKECLEANER-500ML
Electrical Contact Cleaner
Fast Drying Cleaner
Industrial Degreaser Food Safe
Part No
Part No
Part No
OKS2621-400ML
AMB-AMBERKLFE10-400ML
AMB-INDDEGREASERFG-500ML
Biodegradeable Cleaner Part No OKS2650-500ML
Automatic Lubricator
Part No SIMASL24 Multi Purpose Grease SIMASL10 Food Industry Grease SIMASL01 Water Resistant SIMASL14 Chain Oil SIMASL15 High Temperature Chain Oil SIMASL18 Food Industry Oil
www.eriks.co.uk
simalube IMPULSE – the pressure booster up to 10 bar The ideal solution for installations with long lubrication lines or high back pressure
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Single-point Automatic Lubricator
simalube IMPULSE
262
Simatec Maintenance Products and Multi-Use Lubricants
maintenance products
Because my bearings are worth it! Lubricators The simalube lubricator provides automatic lubrication over a period of one month to a year and can be adjusted in an infinitely variable manner. simalube supplies every lubricating point with the ideal amount of lubricant – be it oil or grease – so that subsequent manual lubrication is no longer needed and maintenance costs are reduced in the long term.
Induction Heaters simatherm induction heaters heat circular metal parts, such as roller bearings, in a very short amount of time, so they can be installed quickly and efficiently. The inductive heating of metallic workpieces makes sense from both an economical and ecological perspective. simatec is the world’s leading manufacturer of these types of heaters.
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Tools The simatool toolkits enable the fast installation and removal of roller bearings and seals. They are used all over the world in machine and maintenance workshops within all industries.
smart technologies 0121 508 6000
263
WD-40 Multi-Use Product WD-40 Multi-Use Product is still ‘the’ maintenance spray for use in Industry for good reason. It helps to keep plant efficiency and operating costs down whilst solving problems and helping to maintain equipment along the way. WD-40 Multi-Use Product stops squeaks and noise, it is designed to drive out water, it cleans and protects equipment & prevents corrosion. This is especially relevant for machinery and appliances exposed to the elements, it leaves a protective coating with a dielectric strength of ~38kV, and it penetrates to loosen rusted, seized parts. A useful problem solver for a lot of the tasks faced by technicians and engineering staff today, simply taken care of from one quick convenient application of WD-40 Multi-Use Product.
WD-40 Multi-Use Product Aerosols Cleans, protects, penetrates, lubricates and displaces moisture Prevents rust and corrosion Silicone free Easy to use Versatile Smart straw variant available
Part No
Size
WD40-100ML 100ml WD40-SMARTSTRAW-300ML 300ml WD40-SMARTSTRAW-450ML 450ml WD40-600ML 600ml
WD-40 Multi-Use Product Bulk Cleans, protects, penetrates, lubricates and displaces moisture Prevents rust and corrosion Silicone free Easy to use Versatile
Size
WD40-5LTR 5ltr WD40-25LTR 25ltr
www.eriks.co.uk
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Part No
264
Maintenance Sprays
Less is More with RXÂŽ Maintenance Sprays
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
The new range of RX Maintenance Sprays is a complete line-up of readily available products designed to cover the most common industrial applications.
With an ever-increasing choice of maintenance sprays on the market today, it can be challenging to identify the most compatible solutions for your requirements. Keeping up to date with the latest technology, additives and performance claims can be equally confusing.
Each product in this series has been handpicked by ERIKS lubrication engineers to cover as wide a range of applications as possible across a variety of industrial sectors, whilst always maintaining the very best in performance and compliance.
It is with this in mind that we have developed the RX Maintenance range, which allows you to source all the core products your workshop needs from a single supplier.
Because sometimes less is more. Order your RXÂŽ Maintenance Sprays today. Call 0800 006 6000 or visit www.eriks.co.uk
0121 508 6000
265
RX Lubricants
RX Oil, Grease and Maintenance Sprays
The range of RX products has been developed by ERIKS over many years of practical application engineering and development, this knowledge and understanding is designed into all of our products with the aim to increase your performance and extend reliability.
Hydraulic Oil
Bearing Grease
Hydraulic Oil EP32
MultiPurpose Grease EP2
EP32 hydraulic oil formulated with mineral oil
EP2 lithium soap based highly refined mineral oil
MultiPurpose Lithium Complex EP2 lithium complex grease
Part No
Part No
Part No
EP32-25LTR-RXL
EP2-400G-RX
EP2-HP-400G-RX
Maintenance Sprays White Grease High-grade white grease aerosol spray with PTFE
Zinc Spray High purity zinc aerosol spray for protecting metal surfaces
Super Industrial Degreaser Solvent degreaser aerosol spray removes oil, grease and dirt
Silicone Spray High-grade silicone oil aerosol spray
Part No
Part No
Part No
Part No
RX-WHITEGREASE-400ML
RX-ZINCSPRAY-400ML
RX-DEGREASER-400ML
RX-SILICONESPRAY-400ML
Multi-Purpose Spray with PTFE Multi-purpose oil aerosol spray with PTFE
Foam Cleaner
Brake Cleaner
Foaming aerosol spray cleaner for universal use
Fast-drying aerosol spray cleaner for brake and clutch parts
Biological Small Parts Cleaner Biological cleaner trigger spray
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Part No
Part No
Part No
Part No
RX-MULTIOIL+PTFE-400ML
RX-FOAMCLEANER-500ML
RX-BRAKECLEANER-500ML
RX-BIOCLEANER-500ML
www.eriks.co.uk
266
Food Grade Lubricants and Gear Oils
Trust in TOTAL Lubricants Developing your productivity TOTAL are at your side to help you get the best from your machinery and to accompany your development at both local and international levels.
TOTAL lubricants offer a comprehensive range of oils, greases and special products for industries such as: n Chemicals n Energy n Metals
Industry specific solutions Each industrial sector has a specific operating environment, their knowledge and experience of industrial applications means that our products are suited perfectly to meet your requirements.
n Automotive n
Original Equipment Manufacturers Building, Mining and Construction n Papermaking n Food Processing Industry n
Innovative products Innovation is priority for TOTAL, with several research centres, where chemical and mechanical engineers and specialists in tribology work together. Their close relations with equipment manufacturers enable the formulation and testing of tomorrow’s products, and guarantee optimal performance and protection of your machines.
Mineral Gear Oils CARTER EP 68 - 1000 For industrial gears, bearings under high loads and high temperatures. Extends oil drain intervals. Protects against micropitting. Part Number
Description
Size
TOTAL-CARTEREP100-208LTR TOTAL-CARTEREP150-208LTR TOTAL-CARTEREP150-20LTR TOTAL-CARTEREP220-208LTR TOTAL-CARTEREP220-20LTR TOTAL-CARTEREP320-208LTR TOTAL-CARTEREP320-20LTR TOTAL-CARTEREP460-208LTR TOTAL-CARTEREP460-20LTR TOTAL-CARTEREP68-208LTR TOTAL-CARTEREP68-20LTR TOTAL-CARTEREP680-208LTR TOTAL-CARTEREP680-20LTR
Total Carter Total Carter Total Carter Total Carter Total Carter Total Carter Total Carter Total Carter Total Carter Total Carter Total Carter Total Carter Total Carter
208 Litre 208 Litre 20 Litre 208 Litre 20 Litre 208 Litre 20 Litre 208 Litre 20 Litre 208 Litre 20 Litre 208 Litre 20 Litre
EP 100 Gear Oil 208ltr EP 150 Gear Oil 208ltr EP 150 Gear Oil 20ltr EP 220 Gear Oil 208ltr EP 220 Gear Oil 20ltr EP 320 Gear Oil 208ltr EP 320 Gear Oil 20ltr EP 460 Gear Oil 208ltr EP 460 Gear Oil 20ltr EP 68 Gear Oil 208ltr EP 68 Gear Oil 20ltr EP 680 Gear Oil 208ltr EP 680 Gear Oil 20ltr
Synthetic Gear Oils CARTER SH For Gears subjected to very high loads and high temperatures in difficult environments, especially gears for wind turbine. Excellent protection against corrosion, wear and micropitting. Extended oil service life due to excellent thermal stability. Can operate outdoors thanks to a very low pour point. CARTER SY For severe temperature conditions and high loads; gears, slideways, plain bearings and (roller) bearings. Excellent level of equipment protection. Extension of oil drain intervals. Extended equipment service life.
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Part Number
TOTAL-CARTERSH1000-208L TOTAL-CARTERSH1000-20LTR TOTAL-CARTERSH150-20LTR TOTAL-CARTERSH220-208LTR TOTAL-CARTERSH220-20LTR TOTAL-CARTERSH320-208LTR TOTAL-CARTERSH320-20LTR TOTAL-CARTERSH460-208LTR TOTAL-CARTERSH460-20LTR TOTAL-CARTERSY150-208LTR TOTAL-CARTERSY150-20LTR TOTAL-CARTERSY220-208LTR TOTAL-CARTERSY220-20LTR TOTAL-CARTERSY320-208LTR TOTAL-CARTERSY320-20LTR TOTAL-CARTERSY460-208LTR TOTAL-CARTERSY460-20LTR
Description
Total Carter SH 1000 Gear Oil 208ltr Total Carter SH 1000 Gear Oil 20ltr Total Carter SH 150 Gear Oil 20ltr Total Carter SH 220 Gear Oil 208ltr Total Carter SH 220 Gear Oil 20ltr Total Carter SH 320 Gear Oil 208ltr Total Carter SH 320 Gear Oil 20ltr Total Carter SH 460 Gear Oil 208ltr Total Carter SH 460 Gear Oil 20ltr Total Carter SY 150 Gear Oil 208ltr Total Carter SY 150 Gear Oil 20ltr Total Carter SY 220 Gear Oil 208ltr Total Carter SY 220 Gear Oil 20ltr Total Carter SY 320 Gear Oil 208ltr Total Carter SY 320 Gear Oil 20ltr Total Carter SY 460 Gear Oil 208ltr Total Carter SY 460 Gear Oil 20ltr
Size
208 Litre 20 Litre 20 Litre 208 Litre 20 Litre 208 Litre 20 Litre 208 Litre 20 Litre 208 Litre 20 Litre 208 Litre 20 Litre 208 Litre 20 Litre 208 Litre 20 Litre
0121 508 6000
267
R .E
ERIKS WEBSHOP SH
OP
We bring our expertise to help you to optimize the productivity of your machinery and improve your competitiveness. You benefit from our specialist knowledge and high-level after-sales services that include: rationalization and organization of lubrication operations, maintenance and laboratory analyses of the fluids in service, training of your personnel.
UK O. .C
They have made a commitment to safety, health and respect for the environment. Their R&D teams integrate from the initial design stage of new products parameters conducive to the reduction of toxicity risks and VOC emissions, biodegradability, recycling or disposal of the products.
Thousands of products available to order on
IK S
High added value services
.E R I KS.CO. OP UK
SHOP.E R
Safe and environmentally friendly
.CO.U K I KS
SH
NEVASTANE Food Grade Lubricants A range of products adapted to your needs, the NEVASTANE range spans a wide array of products that have been completely reformulated to meet the latest requirements of industrial equipment suppliers. Offering improved performance NEVASTANE products protect your equipment and extend its working life, even in the most difficult working conditions and across wide temperature ranges.
Registered NSF H1 Free of any compound of animal origin GMO free Allergen free Manufactured in ISO 21469-certified
Description
Size
TOTAL-FINAVEST360B-20LTR TOTAL-FINAVESTA360B-208L TOTAL-FINAVESTANA80B-20L TOTAL-LUNARIASH46-208LTR TOTAL-LUNARIASH46-20LTR TOTAL-LUNARIASH68-20LTR TOTAL-N/STANEAF-205LTR TOTAL-N/STANEAW22-208LTR TOTAL-N/STANEAW22-20LTR TOTAL-N/STANEAW32-208LTR TOTAL-N/STANEAW32-20LTR TOTAL-N/STANEAW46-20LTR TOTAL-N/STANEAW68-20LTR TOTAL-N/STANECHAINXT-20L TOTAL-N/STANEEP100-20LTR TOTAL-N/STANEEP150-20LTR TOTAL-N/STANEEP220-20LTR TOTAL-N/STANEEP320-20LTR TOTAL-N/STANEEP460-20LTR TOTAL-N/STANEHTF-208LTR TOTAL-N/STANESDO-10LTR TOTAL-N/STANESH100-20LTR TOTAL-N/STANESH32-20LTR TOTAL-N/STANESH46-208LTR TOTAL-N/STANESH46-20LTR TOTAL-N/STANESH68-20LTR TOTAL-N/STANESIL-207ML TOTAL-N/STANESPGRE-300ML TOTAL-N/STANESPLUB-300ML TOTAL-N/STANESY220-25KG TOTAL-N/STANESY460-210KG TOTAL-N/STANESY460-25KG TOTAL-N/STANEXMF0-16KG TOTAL-N/STANEXMF00-16KG TOTAL-N/STANEXMF2-16KG TOTAL-N/STANEXMF2-375G TOTAL-N/STANEXMF2LS-375G TOTAL-N/STANEXS320-400G TOTAL-N/STANEXS80-16KG TOTAL-N/STANEXS80-400G TOTAL-N/STANEXS80LS-400G TOTAL-N/STANEXSH150-208L TOTAL-N/STANEXSH150-20L TOTAL-N/STANEXSH220-208L TOTAL-N/STANEXSH220-20L TOTAL-N/STANEXSH320-208L TOTAL-N/STANEXSH320-20L TOTAL-N/STANEXSH460-20L
Total Finavestan A 360B White Oil 20ltr Total Finavestan A 360B White Oil 208ltr Total Finavestan A 80B White Oil 20ltr Total Lunaria SH 46 Food Grade Compressor Oil 208ltr Total Lunaria SH 46 Food Grade Compressor Oil 20ltr Total Lunaria SH 68 Food Grade Compressor Oil 20ltr Total Nevastane Food Grade Antifreeze 205ltr Total Nevastane AW 22 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 208ltr Total Nevastane AW 22 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 22ltr Total Nevastane AW 32 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 208ltr Total Nevastane AW 32 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 20ltr Total Nevastane AW 46 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 20ltr Total Nevastane AW 68 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 20ltr Total Nevastane Chain Oil XT Food Grade Chain Oil Xt 20ltr Total Nevastane EP 100 Food Grade Gear Oil 20ltr Total Nevastane EP 150 Food Grade Gear Oil 20ltr Total Nevastane EP 220 Food Grade Gear Oil 20ltr Total Nevastane EP 320 Food Grade Gear Oil 20ltr Total Nevastane EP 460 Food Grade Gear Oil 20ltr Total Nevastane HTF Food Grade Heat Transfer Oil 208ltr Total Nevastane SDO Food Grade Sugar Dissolving Oil 10ltr Total Nevastane SH 100 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 20ltr Total Nevastane SH 32 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 20ltr Total Nevastane SH 46 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 208ltr Total Nevastane SH 46 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 20ltr Total Nevastane SH 68 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 20ltr Total Nevastane Food Grade Silicone Safe Guard 207ml Total Nevastane Food Grade Grease Aerosol 300ml Total Nevastane Food Grade Lube Aerosol 300ml Total Nevastane SY 220 Food Grade Gear Oil 25kg Total Nevastane SY 460 Food Grade Gear Oil 210kg Total Nevastane SY 460 Food Grade Gear Oil 25kg Total Nevastane XMF 0 Food Grade Grease 16kg Total Nevastane XMF 00 Food Grade Grease 16kg Total Nevastane XMF 2 Food Grade Grease 16kg Total Nevastane XMF 2 Food Grade Grease 375g Total Nevastane XMF 2 Food Grade Grease Lube Shuttle Cartridge 375g Total Nevastane XS 320 Food Grade Grease 400g Total Nevastane XS 80 Food Grade Grease 16Kg Total Nevastane XS 80 Food Grade Grease 400g Total Nevastane XS 80 Food Grade Grease Lube Shuttle Cartridge 400g Total Nevastane XSH 150 Food Grade Gear Oil 208ltr Total Nevastane XSH 150 Food Grade Gear Oil 20ltr Total Nevastane XSH 220 Food Grade Gear Oil 208ltr Total Nevastane XSH 220 Food Grade Gear Oil 20ltr Total Nevastane XSH 320 Food Grade Gear Oil 208ltr Total Nevastane XSH 320 Food Grade Gear Oil 20ltr Total Nevastane XSH 460 Food Grade Gear Oil 20ltr
20 Litre 208 Litre 20 Litre 208 Litre 20 Litre 20 Litre 205 Litre 208 Litre 22 Litre 208 Litre 20 Litre 20 Litre 20 Litre 20 Litre 20 Litre 20 Litre 20 Litre 20 Litre 20 Litre 208 Litre 10 Litre 20 Litre 20 Litre 208 Litre 20 Litre 20 Litre 207 ml Aerosol 300 ml Aerosol 300 ml Aerosol 25 Kg 210 Kg 25 Kg 16 Kg 16 Kg 16 Kg 375 g Cartridge 375 g Cartridge 400 g Cartridge 16 Kg 400 g Cartridge 400 g Cartridge 208 Litre 20 Litre 208 Litre 20 Litre 208 Litre 20 Litre 20 Litre
www.eriks.co.uk
plants Innovative packaging
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Part Number
268
Bearing Lubricants
Bearing Lubricants SAPPHIRE® high performance bearing greases that extend component life, reduce downtime and increase lubrication intervals.
SAPPHIRE 2 Heavy duty bearing grease designed for the effective lubrication and protection of all types of ball, roller and plain bearings.
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Revolutionary multi-complex soap technology provides outstanding EP performance superior to conventional soap thickened lubricants - >800kg 4 ball weld load according to IP239. Highly resistant to oxidation providing greatly extended lubrication intervals – typically 3 times longer than conventional lubricants. Excellent corrosion resistance to protect in humid, damp and even wet conditions. Highly tenacious with outstanding film strength, ensuring the lubricant remains in place even in severe operating conditions. Maintains integrity in extreme conditions and protects over extended lubrication intervals, reducing equipment failure, downtime and lubricant usage. Excellent temperature resistance from -30°C to +160°C. Blue in colour for high visibility in use.
0121 508 6000
269
SAPPHIRE Advance
SAPPHIRE Premier
SAPPHIRE Extreme
Multi-purpose grease, fortified with PTFE, for an extensive range of applications particularly high speeds such as electric motors and fan bearings.
Multi-purpose grease, fortified with PTFE, for an extensive range of applications including low temperatures, high temperatures and high speed. It also makes an ideal electrical contact grease.
Heavy duty, high temperature bearing grease fortified with molybdenum disulphide.
Excellent extreme temperature resistance
Non-melting, organically modified clay
Lithium complex soap technology and
EP additives, including PTFE, providing outstanding high load, EP performance of 560kg that is superior to standard soap thickened lubricants. Highly resistant to oxidation, providing extended lubrication intervals whilst reducing equipment failure, downtime and lubricant usage. Excellent corrosion resistance to protect in humid, damp and even wet conditions. Outstanding high speed performance for most applications found in industry. PTFE has an extremely low coefficient of friction and its inclusion in SAPPHIRE Advance 2 reduces stick-slip on start-up ensuring a smooth controlled movement. Excellent extreme temperature resistance – ranging from -30°C to +160°C.
ranging from -50°C to +200°C ensures components are protected even on equipment working constantly in extreme sub-zero conditions. Lithium complex soap technology and EP additives, including PTFE, provides outstanding high load performance. Fully synthetic base oil leaves minimal residues providing long life even at elevated temperatures. Highly resistant to oxidation, providing extended lubrication intervals whilst reducing equipment failure, downtime and lubricant usage. Excellent corrosion resistance to protect in humid, damp and even wet conditions. Outstanding high speed performance for most applications found in industry. PTFE has an extremely low coefficient of friction and its inclusion in SAPPHIRE Premier reduces stick-slip on start-up ensuring a smooth controlled movement. Prevents wear and corrosion on switchgear and electrical contacts to enhance performance.
Excellent high temperature resistance – operating from -10°C to +235°C.
(Bentone) thickened, grease, fortified with molybdenum disulphide, for excellent high temperature and water resistance. Molybdenum disulphide (MoS2) has an affinity to metal surfaces leaving a tenacious high load carrying film with a low coefficient of friction. This film provides an extremely durable layer, reducing frictional heat and wear and extending component life and lubrication intervals. Ideal for highly loaded applications, where shock loads and vibration can occur. Highly resistant to oxidation, providing extended lubrication intervals over conventional lubricants. Excellent corrosion resistance to protect in humid, damp and even wet conditions.
SAPPHIRE Hi-Speed Specifically designed for the effective lubrication and protection of all types of bearings where an extreme high speed, low noise, grease is required. Particularly where bearings require grease with a dmN factor of 1 million or more. Wide operating temperature ranging from -40°C to +120°C.
Ideal for use at high speeds with a speed rating of 1.25 x 106 (1,250,000) dmN. load of 200kg.
Provides a long lasting lubricant film even
at extreme high speeds and eliminates the need for an external oil lubrication system, reducing overall cost of maintenance. Low noise grease which is ideal when used in applications such as high speed spindles and other high speed applications found throughout industry.
www.eriks.co.uk
Description
Pack Volume/Weight
ROC-SAPPHIRE-NO2-400G ROC-SAPPHIRE-NO2-5KG ROC-SAPPHIRE-NO2-18KG ROC-SAPPHIRE-NO2-50KG ROC-SAPPHIRE-NO2-185KG ROC-SAPPHIRE-ADV2-380G ROC-SAPPHIRE-ADV2-18KG ROC-SAPPHIRE-PREM-380G ROC-SAPPHIRE-PREM-4KG ROC-SAPPHIRE-PREM-18KG ROC-SAPPHIRE-PREM-170KG ROC-SAPPHIRE-EXT-400G ROC-SAPPHIRE-EXT-5KG ROC-SAPPHIRE-EXT-18KG ROC-SAPPHIRE-EXT-50KG ROC-SAPPHIRE-HS2-380G ROC-SAPPHIRE-HS2-4.5KG ROC-SAPPHIRE-HS2-18KG
ROCOL SAPPHIRE 2 ROCOL SAPPHIRE 2 ROCOL SAPPHIRE 2 ROCOL SAPPHIRE 2 ROCOL SAPPHIRE 2 ROCOL SAPPHIRE Advance ROCOL SAPPHIRE Advance ROCOL SAPPHIRE Premier ROCOL SAPPHIRE Premier ROCOL SAPPHIRE Premier ROCOL SAPPHIRE Premier ROCOL SAPPHIRE Extreme ROCOL SAPPHIRE Extreme ROCOL SAPPHIRE Extreme ROCOL SAPPHIRE Extreme ROCOL SAPPHIRE Hi-Speed ROCOL SAPPHIRE Hi-Speed ROCOL SAPPHIRE Hi-Speed
400g 5kg 18kg 50kg 185kg 380g 18kg 380g 4kg 18kg 170kg 400g 5kg 18kg 50kg 380g 4.5kg 18kg
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Good anti-wear performance with a weld
Product Code
270
Food Grade Lubricants
Food Grade Lubricants Technically advanced lubricants developed by chemists and engineers to meet customer needs. Our food grade products: Reduce production downtime Avoid costly product recalls Support audit compliance
FOODLUBE Extreme
FOODLUBE Premier 1
Extreme resistance to water wash-off Prevents wear and protects under high load conditions Anti-microbial additives protect grease from deterioration and odour Significantly extends bearing life NSF H1, ISO 21469, Halal and Kosher certified
Multi-purpose EP grease Highly resistant to water wash-off Outstanding corrosion protection Excellent oxidation stability increases service life of the grease, extending re-lubrication intervals NSF H1, ISO 21469, Halal and Kosher certified
Product
Description
Pack Volume/Weight
ROC-FOODLUBE-EXT-18KG ROC-FOODLUBE-EXT-380G ROC-FOODLUBE-EXT-4KG ROC-FOODLUBE-EXTSC-380G ROC-FOODLUBE-PREM1-18KG ROC-FOODLUBE-PREM1-380G ROC-FOODLUBE-PREM1-4KG ROC-FOODLUBE-ANTISEIZE ROC-SS-CLEANER-400ML
ROCOL FOODLUBE Extreme ROCOL FOODLUBE Extreme Shuttle Cartridge ROCOL FOODLUBE Extreme ROCOL FOODLUBE Extreme Shuttle Cartridge ROCOL FOODLUBE Premier 1 ROCOL FOODLUBE Premier 1 ROCOL FOODLUBE Premier 1 ROCOL FOODLUBE Anti-seize ROCOL STAINLESS STEEL CLEANER Spray
18kg 380g 4kg 380g 18kg 380g 4kg 500g 400ml
FOODLUBE Anti-Seize An advanced next-generation anti-seize grease designed specifically for the challenges of the food processing industry. The grease retains its consistency and doesn’t set firm, even in the most humid environments and during frequent washdowns, providing the reassurance that you will be able to disassemble your equipment at any point in the future. Advanced non-drying formula holds lubricating agents in place to allow controlled assembly or disassembly of machinery over extended periods Consistent coefficient of friction makes allowances for minor variations in engineering tolerance: Increases precision of assembly for critical equipment Allows more accurate bolt tension; particularly important for pressurised and gasketed joints
Optimised for use on stainless steel NSF H1, ISO 21469, Halal and Kosher certified
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
STAINLESS STEEL CLEANER Spray Effectively removes grease, grime and dirt Leaves clean, smear free, polished surface NSF A7 registered: used for non-food contact surfaces
0121 508 6000
271
Chemical Lubricants
Your Complete Chemical Solution The Ambersil brand has been at the forefront of maintenance chemical development for over 70-years. As a British manufacturer with purpose-built research, development, manufacturing and marketing facilities in Somerset, United Kingdom; professional engineers know Ambersil products embody “Performance, Reliability & Trust”. In addition to over 170 MRO products, mainly in the aerosol format, Ambersil also offer genuinely useful value-added services such as automatic datasheet updating via “MyAmbersil” and the “GreenLight” safety system for the food & beverage sector. Backed up with a team of nine factory-trained, full-time Territory Managers for product support, you can be confident that Ambersil is “Your Complete Chemical Solution”.
General Maintenance and Overhaul DEGREASERS & CLEANERS LUBRICANTS, OILS & GREASES ANTI-CORROSION
Over 170 Products Since 1948
Ambersil.com
METAL WORKING WELDING PAINTS POLYMER PROCESSING
20565 Ambersil A5L Press Ads_AW.indd 1
Product
Description
Fill / Code
Amberklene FE10 Contact Cleaner FG Tufcut Metal Penetrating Oil Silicone Lubricant Chainspray Copper Anti-Seize Paste Bright. Cold Galvanise
Fast-evap. Solvent Electrical Solvent Cutting Lube Rapid Anti-Seize Oil Multi-Purpose Lube Heavy Duty Lubricant Assembly Lubricant Superb ‘Hot-Dip’ Paint
AMB-AMBERKLFE10-400ML AMB-CONTACTCLEANFG-400ML AMB-TUFCUT-SPRAY-400ML AMB-PENETRATINGOIL-400ML AMB-SILREL-500ML AMB-CHAINSPRAY-400ML AMB-COPPERAS-400ML AMB-BRIGHTGALV-400ML
01/05/2018 17:20
Bearing Maintenance & Lubrication DEGREASERS & CLEANERS LUBRICANTS, OILS & GREASES ANTI-CORROSION
Over 170 Products Since 1948
Ambersil.com
METAL WORKING
PAINTS POLYMER PROCESSING
20565 Ambersil A5L Press Ads_AW.indd 2
Product
METAL WORKING
Over 170 Products Since 1948
Ambersil.com
WELDING PAINTS POLYMER PROCESSING
20565 Ambersil A5L Press Ads_AW.indd 3
www.eriks.co.uk
Fill / Code AMB-AMBERGREXL-400G AMB-AMBERGREXL-12.5KG AMB-GREASEFG1-400G AMB-GREASEFG1-18KG AMB-GREASEFG2-400G AMB-GREASEFG3-400G AMB-GREASEFG4-18KG AMB-HILOADFG-400G
01/05/2018 17:20
Description
Hydraulic Oil PAO, Synthetic Oil, NSF H1 Food Grade Super 32 FG Hydraulic Oil PAO, Synthetic Oil, NSF H1 Food Grade Super 46 FG Hydraulic Oil PAO, Synthetic Oil, NSF H1 Food Grade Super 68 FG Lubricating Oil Semi-Synthetic Oil, NSF H1 Food Grade LO 100 FG Gear Oil PAO, Synthetic Oil, NSF H1 Food Grade Super 150 FG Gear Oil PAO, Synthetic Oil, NSF H1 Food Grade Super 220 FG Gear Oil PAO, Synthetic Oil, NSF H1 Food Grade Super 320 FG
Fill / Code 5L: AMB-HYDSUPER32FG-5LTR 20L: AMB-HYDSUPER32FG-20LTR 5L: AMB-HYDSUPER46FG-5LTR 20L: AMB-HYDSUPER46FG-20LTR 5L: AMB-HYDSUPER68FG-5LTR 20L: AMB-HYDSUPER68FG-20LTR 20L: AMB-LUBE100-FG-20LTR 5L: AMB-GEARSUPER150FG-5LTR 20L: AMB-GEARSUPER150FG-20LTR 5L: AMB-GEARSUPER220FG-5LTR 20L: AMB-GEARSUPER220FG-20LTR 5L: AMB-GEARSUPER320FG-5LTR 20L: AMB-GEARSUPER320FG-20LTR
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
DEGREASERS & CLEANERS
ANTI-CORROSION
Description
01/05/2018 17:20
Fluid Power & Systems Maintenance LUBRICANTS, OILS & GREASES
Product
Ambergrease EXL NLGI 2 Multi-Purpose Bearing Grease Ambergrease FG1 NLGI 2 Food Grade, Premium/ Multi-Purpose Ambergrease FG2 NLGI 2 Food Grade, High-Temp Silicone Grease Ambergrease FG3 NLGI 2 Food Grade General Purpose Grease Ambergrease FG4 NLGI 0/00 Food Grade Can Seaming Grease Hi-Load Lube FG NLGI 2 Food Grade High-Load Grease
WELDING
272
Multi-Use Lubricants
Tri-Flow Industrial Lubricants Tri-Flow Lubricant is ideal for preventive and corrective maintenance in industrial applications. Tri-Flow will keep equipment in service longer and reduce costly breakdowns caused by worn and grimy parts.
Tri-Flow Industrial Lubricant, 200ml
Tri-Flow Industrial Lubricant 500ml
For general applications Formulated with PTFE High temperature range (-53°C to +246°C) Extends machinery service life
For general applications Formulated with PTFE High temperature range (-53°C to +246°C) Improves machinery performance
Part No
Size
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
TRIFLOW-200ML 200ML
Part No
Size
TRIFLOW-500ML 500ML
Tri-Flow Industrial Lubricant Precision Spray (NEW) 500ml
Tri-Flow Industrial Lubricant 4ltr
For hard to reach applications Formulated with PTFE High temperature range (-53°C to +246°C) Reduces operating costs Protects against moisture and corrosion
For larger volume users Formulated with PTFE High temperature range (-53°C to +246°C) Ideal for use on closed system industrial machinery
Part No
Size
TRIFLOW-PREC-500ML 500ML
Part No
Size
TRIFLOW-4LTR 4LTR
0121 508 6000
273
INDUSTRIAL ELECTRICAL Your first point of call for quality and value industrial electrical products and service. Delivering operational benefits backed up by a robust and efficient logistics infrastructure.
IMMEDIATE DESPATCH There are over 50,000 Industrial Electrical products and solutions available from our Service Centres, all ready for immediate dispatch to wherever you need them
Industrial Contols Contactors, Relays and Control Motor Starters and Protection Equipment Pushbuttons, Switches and Pilot Lights Sensors Enclosures and Accessories PLC's and HMI's Electrical Installation Switchgear Wiring Accessories Site Equipment Batteries Industrial Plugs and Sockets Cables and Accessories Cable Management Lighting
Electrical Specialists can help you with:
PRODUCT TECHNICAL INFORMATION OEM PART CONVERSION
www.eriks.co.uk
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
SPECIALIST PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Torches Light Fittings Lamps and Tubes
274
IFM Position Sensors
Position Sensors Kplus Sensor Constant correction factor Kplus sensors have the same sensing range for all types of metals. They are for example perfectly suited for the detection of aluminium, where conventional sensors show a considerably reduced sensing range. The high switching frequencies enable the monitoring of fast changing switching states. The resistant stainless steel sleeve allows reliable use in oil and coolant applications. The wide temperature range as well as the high protection ratings enable universal use of the new Kplus sensors.
Compact dimensions for use in the smallest of space Electromagnetic field immune sensor technology to prevent incorrect switching High-quality stainless steel housing
M8 connector · 3 wire DC PNP · Output function normally open Type Total Sensing Installation Switching Current length range frequency load (mm) (mm) [Hz] [mA]
Part no.
M8 40 M8 40
IFIES200 IFIES201
3 6
Uniform sensing range for the reliable detection of all metals
flush non-flush
2000 2000
100 100
High reliability thanks to protection rating from IP 65 / IP 69KK
M12 connector · 3 wire DC PNP Output function normally open Type Total Sensing Installation Switching Current length range frequency load (mm) (mm) [Hz] [mA]
Part no.
M12 45 M12 45 M12 45 M12 60 M12 60 M12 60 M18 45 M18 45 M18 45 M18 60 M18 60 M18 60 M30 45 M30 60 M30 60 M30 60
IFIFS297 IFIFS298 IFIFS299 IFIFS304 IFIFS305 IFIFS306 IFIGS287 IFIGS288 IFIGS289 IFIGS290 IFIGS291 IFIGS292 IFIIS281 IFIIS282 IFIIS283 IFIIS284
4 8 10 4 8 10 8 12 15 8 12 15 15 15 22 30
flush non-flush non-flush flush non-flush non-flush flush non-flush non-flush flush non-flush non-flush flush flush non-flush non-flush
2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Further technical data
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Operating voltage
[V DC] 10...30
Reverse polarity protection
•
Short-circuit protection
•
Overload protection
•
Protection
IP 65 / IP 66 / IP 67 / IP 68 / IP 69K
Protection class
III
Ambient temperature
-40...85
[°C]
Housing materials sensing face
High-grade stainless steel (316L) sensing face LCP
Switching status indication
yellow (4 x 90°)
[LED]
0121 508 6000
275
Electromagnetic field immune Kplus sensors Use in harsh welding applications The inductive Kplus sensors withstand harsh operating conditions and reliably detect metal objects even in case of soiling. The sensor housing and the fixing nuts have a non-stick coating to prevent sticking of weld slag. Strong magnetic fields occur in welding processes. The new sensor technology prevents incorrect switching. The quick connection with the connector and matching cable from the ecolink range is the ideal basis for permanent use
Total Sensing Installation length range (mm) (mm)
M8 40 M8 40
3 6
flush non flush
Robust design with non-stick coating Electromagnetic field immune sensor technology to prevent incorrect switching Wide temperature range for universal use
M8 connector · 3 wire DC PNP · Output function normally open · stainless steel (316L) anti-spatter Type
Uniform sensing range for the reliable detection of all metals
Switching frequency [Hz]
Current load [mA]
Part no.
2000 2000
100 100
IFIEW200 IFIEW20
Switching frequency [Hz]
Current load [mA]
Part no.
2000 2000 2000
100 100 100
IFIFW204 IFIGW202 IFIIW202
High protection ratings up to IP 68 / IP 69K
M12 connector · 3 wire DC PNP · Output function normally open · brass anti-spatter Type
Total Sensing Installation length range (mm) (mm)
M12 65 M18 65 M30 65
4 8 15
flush flush flush
Further technical data
www.eriks.co.uk
10...30 < 20 • • • IP 65 / IP 66 / IP 67 / IP 68 / IP 69K II -40...85 LCP yellow (4 x 90°)
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Operating voltage [V DC] Current consumption [mA] Reverse polarity protection Short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection Protection class Ambient temperature [°C] Housing materials sensing face Switching status indication [LED]
276
Torches and Headlamps
ATEX Range Zone 0/20 Safe, bright and reliable in the harshest of environments Ledlenser EX4 ATEX 50LM
Ledlenser EX7 ATEX 200LM
LUMENS 50 RUN TIME (H) 7 WEIGHT (G) 85 DUST/WATER RESISTANCE IP66
LUMENS 200/60 RUN TIME (H) 16/45 WEIGHT (G) 225 DUST/WATER RESISTANCE IP66
Lightweight, intrinsically safe Zones 0/20 compliant LED torch Handy pocket clip 2 x AAA batteries (supplied)
Intrinsically safe Zones 0/20 LED torch with patented Advanced
Part No
Part No
LEDL500682
LEDL500836
Focus System optics and magnetic switch for easier operation
Focus for flood (near) or spot (distance) illumination 3 x AA (supplied)
Ledlenser EXH8 ATEX 180LM LUMENS 180/50 RUN TIME (H) 15/40 WEIGHT (G) 330 DUST/WATER RESISTANCE IP66
Intrinsically safe LED headlamp with spot to flood beam focusing suitable for Zones 0/20
Direct the light within a 55° angle 3 x AA batteries (supplied) Part No LEDL501017
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Zone 1/21 Rechargeable lighting for hazardous area Ledlenser EX7R ATEX 220LM
Ledlenser EXH8R ATEX 200LM
LUMENS 220/50 RUN TIME (H) 10/45 WEIGHT (G) 250 DUST/WATER RESISTANCE IP66
LUMENS 200/45 RUN TIME (H) 10/45 WEIGHT (G) 320 DUST/WATER RESISTANCE IP66
Rechargeable, intrinsically safe LED torch for Zones 1/21 with spot to
Rechargeable, intrinsically safe Zones 1/21LED headlamp for hands-
flood beam focusing Magnetic switch for easier operation with gloves and protective equipment L-ion rechargeable battery supplied
Part No LEDL500837
free light
Spot to flood beam focusing and 55° angle directable light L-ion battery (supplied)
Part No LEDL501018
0121 508 6000
277
Zone 2/22 Ideal for any work safety inspection
Ledlenser iL4 ATEX 80LM
Ledlenser iL7 ATEX 340LM
LUMENS 80 RUN TIME (H) 4 WEIGHT (G) 85 DUST/WATER RESISTANCE IP66
LUMENS 340/70 RUN TIME (H) 7/37 WEIGHT (G) 220 DUST/WATER RESISTANCE IP66
Intrinsically safe pocket LED torch rated for Zones 2/22 Excellent 50 metre beam distance 2 x AAA (supplied)
Intrinsically safe Zones 2/22 LED torch with patented Advanced Focus System optics for spot or fl ood beam focusing
Power and Low Power options easily controlled via magnetic switch for easier operation
3 x AA batteries (supplied)
Part No
Part No
LEDL500684
LEDL500838
Ledlenser iL7R ATEX 360LM
Ledlenser iLH8 ATEX 280LM
LUMENS 360/55 RUN TIME (H) 6/40 WEIGHT (G) 245 DUST/WATER RESISTANCE IP66
LUMENS 280/60 RUN TIME (H) 9/38 WEIGHT (G) 330 DUST/WATER RESISTANCE IP66
Powerful rechargeable, intrinsically safe LED torch suitable for Zones
Intrinsically safe LED headlamp for use in Zones 2/22 Patented Advanced Focus System optics for spot to flood beam
2/22 Recharge via recharging cradle (supplied) L-ion battery (supplied)
focusing
3 x AA batteries (supplied
Part No
Part No
LEDL501052
LEDL501019
Ledlenser iLH8R ATEX 300LM
Hands-free, intrinsically safe LED headlamp for use in Zones 2/22 Ability to focus the light from spot to fl ood as well as direct it within a 55° angle
L-ion battery (supplied)
Part No LEDL501074
www.eriks.co.uk
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
LUMENS 300/50 RUN TIME (H) 7/40 WEIGHT (G) 320 DUST/WATER RESISTANCE IP66
278
Torches and Headlamps
Torches and Headlamps Ledlenser P4BM
Ledlenser P7
This slim, metal-bodied pen torch is frequently used by engineers, mechanics and technicians, who like to have on hand a top quality inspection instrument that can throw light into narrow or inaccessible areas.
The Ledlenser P7 is the perfect all-rounder. Brightness, beam distance and lighting duration are harmoniously configured for optimum performance.
Blue Moon Focus System delivers a brighter, whiter beam Speed Focus enables smooth single-handed beam focusing Superior rear tail cap switch
Part No LEDL8404
Energy efficient Premium LED Light Chip Advanced Focus System Optics Dynamic Switch Water resistant. IPX54
Part No LEDL501046
Ledlenser IH7CRI
Ledlenser iSEOR5
Ledlenser’s first i-series headlamp with Natural Light offers true colours and true freedom. Because it frees up your hands when working in dark surroundings – and thanks to its minimal weight and maximum wearing comfort, you’ll probably forget you’re even wearing it.
The Ledlenser iSEO5R is a high-quality rechargeable head lamp that has been precision engineered to meet the needs of professionals in the most testing of workplace and industrial environments.
So that you don’t forget to charge your iH7R as well, we added a handy three-level charging indicator. The answer for everyone who likes using their heads when working in the dark.
Natural Light Technology for more natural color rendering Multi-function rear switch wheel Different light modes make it extremely easy to use in changing lighting conditions
Low battery warning indicator plus charging status indicator
Part No LEDL500889
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
The patented Advanced Focus System optics enable flood (distance) or spot (near) illumination and the three light settings enable tailored light for the job in hand. Robust aircraft-grade aluminium housing and premium gold plated contacts complete this awesome handheld torch..
The lamp head can be tilted 60 degrees to save neck strain and help highlight harder-to-view corners and dark spots. A replaceable, machine washable head band makes the iSEO5R comfortable and clean to wear over sustained periods, while a Transport Lock prevents it from turning on when not in use and stops accidental battery drain.
Premium Power LED (white light) + glare-free LED (red light) Smart Light Technology Instant Focusing – Focus the light with just one twist Water-resistant (IPX6)
Part No LEDL5605 LED5805R- rechargeable
Ledlenser L7
Ledlenser H7R.2 - Rechargeable
Travelling light? This high-tech torch is perfect for expeditions and adventure travel but sits just as readily in a builder’s toolbox.
Rechargeable (350lm) and non-rechargeable (250lm) multi-mode headlamps. Seriously versatile hands-free lighting companion for any environment.
It is made from tough, weight-saving polycarbonate, which is temperatureresistant from -175 to +175 degrees.
Rechargeable Headlamp packed full of smart technologies and
Shockproof light-weight Polycarbonate housing and long run-time Advanced Focus System Optics Water and dust resistant. IPX54
Multi-function Dynamic ‘wheel’ switch Rear safety light – either red or
Part No LEDL7008
outstanding optics
blinking options Part No LEDL7298 LEDL7297 non-rechargeable
0121 508 6000
279
CEENORM Surface Mounting Sockets and Quick-Connect
Surface Mounting Sockets and Quick-Connect Surface mounting sockets and Quick-Connect 16A and 32A with QUICK-CONNECT connection technology Approved and certified by VDE Validated according to IEC standards, CE and RoHS material restrictions
Suitable for nominal operating temperature -25° up to +50°C (environmental condition)
Engineered and Made in Germany High-temperature-resistant contact carrier Nickel plated contacts (IP67) With mechanical double interlocking Lockable in 0-position Available in IP44 and IP67
QUICK-CONNECT series plugs & connectors Screwless connection technology patented by Bals Spring-clamp technology Safe, more reliable and maintenance-free Terminals delivered in open position Fingertip control of internal wiring All types of copper conductors accepted, solid or stranded, adaptation to all cross sections
Wiring with or without cable lugs Constant contact force over lifetime of installation, adjusting to Available in IP44 and IP67 Engineered and Made in Germany
In section: Surface mounting socket outlet, switched, interlocked and TLQ-Plug with QUICK-CONNECT
QUICK-CONNECT Surface Mounting Socket Outlet
QUICK-CONNECT Surface Mounting Socket Outlet
Screwless terminals Switched With mech. double interlocking High temperature resistant contact carrier Protection degree IP44 Dimensions: 16A - 170 x 90 mm
Screwless terminals Switched With mech. double interlocking High temperature resistant contact carrier Nickel plated contacts Protection degree IP67 Dimensions: 16A - 170 x 90 mm
vibrations and temperature fluctuations
32A - 225 x 118 mm
32A - 225 x 118 mm
16185
Pole
16 16 16 16 32 32 32 32
3 110 3 230 4 400 5 400 3 110 3 230 4 400 5 400
Voltage
www.eriks.co.uk
Part No.
Ampere
Pole
CEEN16165 CEEN16167 CEEN16175 CEEN16185 CEEN16191 CEEN16193 CEEN16201 CEEN16211
16 16 16 16 32 32 32 32
3 110 3 230 4 400 5 400 3 110 3 230 4 400 5 400
16211
Voltage
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
Ampere
16186
Part No. CEEN16166 CEEN16168 CEEN16176 CEEN16186 CEEN16192 CEEN16194 CEEN16202 CEEN16212
16212
280
Torches and Lighting
Torches and Lighting ATEX-FL4
ZONE 0 INTRINSICALLY SAFE FLASHLIGHT
150 Lumen white CREE LED ATEX Zone 0 gas compliant Safety release valve to release hydrogen gases Chemical and corrosion resistant Rubberised head & handle for greater durability Industrial strength polycarbonate housing Detachable pocket clip included for hands free use Safety locking battery compartment Optional brackets available for helmets IP67 dust and waterproof - 3m submersible BATTERY 4 x 1.5v AA Alkaline Batteries (not included) WEIGHT 115g (without batteries) DIMENSION 174 x 47 x 47mm
Part No UNIATEXFL4
PS-L2
LED FLOATING LANTERN
300 Lumen white Seoul LED Industrial strength copolymer housing Robust and weatherproof Floats beam upright in water Optical Beamaster lens for beam penetration Ultra tough polycarbonate reflector Rubber moulded push micro-switch High-vis yellow for added safety Impact resistant to 1m IP56 dust and water resistant BATTERY 6v PJ996 or PS-RB2LION Rechargeable Lantern Battery (not included) WEIGHT 254g (without battery) Part No DIMENSION 175 x 105 x 115mm UNIPSL2
ATEX-RA2
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
ZONE 0 INTRINSICALLY SAFE RIGHT ANGLE
350 Lumen white CREE LED Zone 0 ATEX gas compliant Suitable for mining Safety release valve to release hydrogen gases Chemical and corrosion resistant Rubberised head and grips for durability Ultra strength polycarbonate housing Convenient pocket clip Safety locking battery compartment Easy push micro switch operation IP54 dust and water resistant
Part No UNIATEXRA2
BATTERY 4 x 1.5v AA Alkaline Batteries (not included) WEIGHT 250g (without batteries) DIMENSION 183 x 69 x 63mm
0121 508 6000
281
PS-HDL2
HELMET MOUNTABLE LED HEADLIGHT
200 Lumen white CREE LED 4 main functions - High / Medium / Low / SOS flashing 3 auxiliary function - High / Low / Strobe Flashing Easy push button micro switch Ultra-smooth reflector 45° rotational head Fully adjustable silicone lined headband Attach to industrial or sports helmet with 3M pad (included) IPX6 water resistant BATTERY 3 x 1.5v AAA Alkaline Energizer Batteries (included) WEIGHT 88g (with batteries) DIMENSION Headlight: 47 x 62 x 37mm Part No UNIPSHDL2
PS-IL10R
USB RECHARGEABLE INSPECTION LIGHT
1000 Lumen White Samsung SMD LEDs Additional 250 lumen torch in the head Ultra-strength aluminium and polycarbonate housing Integral hanging hook and strong magnet for hands-free use Multi positional hook / foldable kick stand DC-USB charging cable included for portable non-static charging Red-to-Green charging indicator light Protection Class: IP54 (do not submerge) Impact Resistant to 1m BATTERY 3.7v 5000 mAh lithium-ion rechargeable battery (included) WEIGHT 338g (with battery) DIMENSION 205 x 60 x 42 mm Part No UNIPSIL10R
HV-FL1
TACTICAL LED FLASHLIGHT
BATTERY 1 x 1.5v AA Duracell Alkaline (included) WEIGHT 92g (with battery) DIMENSION 29 x 108mm
www.eriks.co.uk
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
175 Lumen white Luxeon LED Hard anodized die cast matte aluminium body Tactical rubberised micro switch operation 3 light mode settings and 8Hz defence strobe Multi-faceted reflector for smooth beam spread Water resistant IPX7 - 1m submersible Impact resistant to 1m Nylon velcro holster (included) Safety nylon wrist strap (included)
Part No UNIHVFL1
282
Handheld, Desktop Printers and Cable Ties
Handheld and Desktop Printers PanTher™ LS8E and LS8EQ Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers can support all your identification requirements for control panel labelling to plant wide facility identification. Both self- laminating and Heatshrink labels are available for desktop and handheld printers
Portable and desktop marking tools for quick and easy on-site identification
Easily identify moves, adds, or changes Fast, high quality label production Solutions for the harshest environments For use on a wide variety of label materials for electrical and network application
Metal Detectable Cable Ties Pan-Ty® Metal Detectable Cable Ties and Mounts Panduit offers a broad selection of industry approved styles, sizes, and materials to meet a full range of electrical, industrial, and networking applications and are engineered to withstand the harsh demands associated with food processing. Pan-Ty® Metal Detectable Cable Ties and Mounts are designed to help the food and beverage industry meet product manufacturing safety standards. Identifiable: by metal detectors and x-ray inspection equipment Regulatory compliant: complies with European Union (EU) hygiene monitoring regulations Distinct blue colour: facilitates quick visual detection Available in either nylon or polypropylene material Metal Detectable Polypropelene Cable Ties – for use in areas where aggressive acid and alkaline chemicals are used to clean the equipment. Polypropelene offers superior resistance and long term durability.
Cable Tie Installation Tools Panduit offers the most preferred hand-operated tools in the industry. These versatile tools can be used for production, maintenance or construction applications. Panduit cable tie installation tools promote worker safety, help reduce downtime, improve productivity and provide the lowest total installed cost. As with all Panduit products, quality in design and production along with customer service excellence, are assured.
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
New Ergonomic Cable Tie Tools
Designed to speed installation and reduce operator fatigue Lowest activation and impact force to installer’s hand Flush tie cut-off limits exposure to sharp edges Lightweight, ergonomic hand tools available Panduit leads the industry in reliability and performance GTS-E used with SM,M,I and S cable ties, GTH-E used with S,HS,LH and H cable ties Cable Tie Tool for Stainless Steel Ties
GS4MT used with Standard, Light-Heavy and Heavy stainless steel cable ties New ergonomic version GS4MT-E available soon
0121 508 6000
283
The Calibration Centre
Beha-Amprobe Innovative Testing Tools For Electricians Welcome to Beha-Amprobe, the place to find great quality testing tools for electricians. With a combined experience of over 100 years, well-known German brand Beha and US-based Amprobe have a track record to be proud of. Now we have joined forces, and together we are committed to making your job safer, faster and easier than ever. Our expertise is legendary. Almost 70 years ago in 1948, we invented the very first clamp meter, and we haven’t stopped innovating since. From multimeters to voltage detectors, at Beha-Amprobe we constantly improve our designs to provide you with the very best quality products and support.
AMP-220-EUR Current Clamp (AC/DC) Current, voltage and resistance
AM-535-EUR Voltage, current and resistance measurement
LM-100 Digital Lux Meter Light measurement Manual range selection Silicon sensor Integrated measurement memory (data hold) Max data hold (Max)
measurement Capacitance and frequency measurement Continuity beeper Low pass filter Measurement of inrush current Non-contact voltage detection
Capacitance and frequency measurement Diode and acoustic continuity test Temperature measurement
Part No
Part No
Part No
AMPRAMP220EUR
AMPRAM535EUR
AMPRLM100
SM-20A Digital Sound Level Meter
This unit conforms to the IEC651 Type 2, ANSI S1.4 Type 2, JISC1502 requirements for Sound Level Meters
www.eriks.co.uk
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
This Sound Level Meter has been designed to meet the measurement requirements of safety Engineers, Health, Industrial safety offices and quality control in various environments.
Part No AMPRSM20A
TOOLS, SAFETY & MAINTENANCE
284
0121 508 6000
Product & Service Know-How
0121 508 6000
Bearings
Power Transmission
Fluid Power, Transfer & Control
Sealing & Polymer
Flow Control
Tools, Safety & Maintenance